]> Dogcows Code - chaz/tar/blob - doc/tar.texi
Options to control option handling in file lists.
[chaz/tar] / doc / tar.texi
1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @comment %**start of header
3 @setfilename tar.info
4 @include version.texi
5 @settitle GNU tar @value{VERSION}
6 @setchapternewpage odd
7
8 @finalout
9
10 @smallbook
11 @c %**end of header
12
13 @c Maintenance notes:
14 @c 1. Pay attention to @FIXME{}s and @UNREVISED{}s
15 @c 2. Before creating final variant:
16 @c 2.1. Run 'make check-options' to make sure all options are properly
17 @c documented;
18 @c 2.2. Run 'make master-menu' (see comment before the master menu).
19
20 @include rendition.texi
21 @include value.texi
22
23 @defcodeindex op
24 @defcodeindex kw
25
26 @c Put everything in one index (arbitrarily chosen to be the concept index).
27 @syncodeindex fn cp
28 @syncodeindex ky cp
29 @syncodeindex pg cp
30 @syncodeindex vr cp
31 @syncodeindex kw cp
32
33 @copying
34
35 This manual is for @acronym{GNU} @command{tar} (version
36 @value{VERSION}, @value{UPDATED}), which creates and extracts files
37 from archives.
38
39 Copyright @copyright{} 1992, 1994--1997, 1999--2001, 2003--2013 Free
40 Software Foundation, Inc.
41
42 @quotation
43 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
44 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 or
45 any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with the
46 Invariant Sections being ``GNU General Public License'', with the
47 Front-Cover Texts being ``A GNU Manual'', and with the Back-Cover Texts
48 as in (a) below. A copy of the license is included in the section
49 entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
50
51 (a) The FSF's Back-Cover Text is: ``You have the freedom to
52 copy and modify this GNU manual.''
53 @end quotation
54 @end copying
55
56 @dircategory Archiving
57 @direntry
58 * Tar: (tar). Making tape (or disk) archives.
59 @end direntry
60
61 @dircategory Individual utilities
62 @direntry
63 * tar: (tar)tar invocation. Invoking @GNUTAR{}.
64 @end direntry
65
66 @shorttitlepage @acronym{GNU} @command{tar}
67
68 @titlepage
69 @title @acronym{GNU} tar: an archiver tool
70 @subtitle @value{RENDITION} @value{VERSION}, @value{UPDATED}
71 @author John Gilmore, Jay Fenlason et al.
72
73 @page
74 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
75 @insertcopying
76 @end titlepage
77
78 @ifnottex
79 @node Top
80 @top @acronym{GNU} tar: an archiver tool
81
82 @insertcopying
83
84 @cindex file archival
85 @cindex archiving files
86
87 The first part of this master menu lists the major nodes in this Info
88 document. The rest of the menu lists all the lower level nodes.
89 @end ifnottex
90
91 @c The master menu goes here.
92 @c
93 @c NOTE: To update it from within Emacs, make sure mastermenu.el is
94 @c loaded and run texinfo-master-menu.
95 @c To update it from the command line, run
96 @c
97 @c make master-menu
98
99 @menu
100 * Introduction::
101 * Tutorial::
102 * tar invocation::
103 * operations::
104 * Backups::
105 * Choosing::
106 * Date input formats::
107 * Formats::
108 * Media::
109 * Reliability and security::
110
111 Appendices
112
113 * Changes::
114 * Configuring Help Summary::
115 * Fixing Snapshot Files::
116 * Tar Internals::
117 * Genfile::
118 * Free Software Needs Free Documentation::
119 * GNU Free Documentation License::
120 * Index of Command Line Options::
121 * Index::
122
123 @detailmenu
124 --- The Detailed Node Listing ---
125
126 Introduction
127
128 * Book Contents:: What this Book Contains
129 * Definitions:: Some Definitions
130 * What tar Does:: What @command{tar} Does
131 * Naming tar Archives:: How @command{tar} Archives are Named
132 * Authors:: @GNUTAR{} Authors
133 * Reports:: Reporting bugs or suggestions
134
135 Tutorial Introduction to @command{tar}
136
137 * assumptions::
138 * stylistic conventions::
139 * basic tar options:: Basic @command{tar} Operations and Options
140 * frequent operations::
141 * Two Frequent Options::
142 * create:: How to Create Archives
143 * list:: How to List Archives
144 * extract:: How to Extract Members from an Archive
145 * going further::
146
147 Two Frequently Used Options
148
149 * file tutorial::
150 * verbose tutorial::
151 * help tutorial::
152
153 How to Create Archives
154
155 * prepare for examples::
156 * Creating the archive::
157 * create verbose::
158 * short create::
159 * create dir::
160
161 How to List Archives
162
163 * list dir::
164
165 How to Extract Members from an Archive
166
167 * extracting archives::
168 * extracting files::
169 * extract dir::
170 * extracting untrusted archives::
171 * failing commands::
172
173 Invoking @GNUTAR{}
174
175 * Synopsis::
176 * using tar options::
177 * Styles::
178 * All Options::
179 * help::
180 * defaults::
181 * verbose::
182 * checkpoints::
183 * warnings::
184 * interactive::
185
186 The Three Option Styles
187
188 * Long Options:: Long Option Style
189 * Short Options:: Short Option Style
190 * Old Options:: Old Option Style
191 * Mixing:: Mixing Option Styles
192
193 All @command{tar} Options
194
195 * Operation Summary::
196 * Option Summary::
197 * Short Option Summary::
198
199 @GNUTAR{} Operations
200
201 * Basic tar::
202 * Advanced tar::
203 * create options::
204 * extract options::
205 * backup::
206 * Applications::
207 * looking ahead::
208
209 Advanced @GNUTAR{} Operations
210
211 * Operations::
212 * append::
213 * update::
214 * concatenate::
215 * delete::
216 * compare::
217
218 How to Add Files to Existing Archives: @option{--append}
219
220 * appending files:: Appending Files to an Archive
221 * multiple::
222
223 Updating an Archive
224
225 * how to update::
226
227 Options Used by @option{--create}
228
229 * override:: Overriding File Metadata.
230 * Ignore Failed Read::
231
232 Options Used by @option{--extract}
233
234 * Reading:: Options to Help Read Archives
235 * Writing:: Changing How @command{tar} Writes Files
236 * Scarce:: Coping with Scarce Resources
237
238 Options to Help Read Archives
239
240 * read full records::
241 * Ignore Zeros::
242
243 Changing How @command{tar} Writes Files
244
245 * Dealing with Old Files::
246 * Overwrite Old Files::
247 * Keep Old Files::
248 * Keep Newer Files::
249 * Unlink First::
250 * Recursive Unlink::
251 * Data Modification Times::
252 * Setting Access Permissions::
253 * Directory Modification Times and Permissions::
254 * Writing to Standard Output::
255 * Writing to an External Program::
256 * remove files::
257
258 Coping with Scarce Resources
259
260 * Starting File::
261 * Same Order::
262
263 Performing Backups and Restoring Files
264
265 * Full Dumps:: Using @command{tar} to Perform Full Dumps
266 * Incremental Dumps:: Using @command{tar} to Perform Incremental Dumps
267 * Backup Levels:: Levels of Backups
268 * Backup Parameters:: Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
269 * Scripted Backups:: Using the Backup Scripts
270 * Scripted Restoration:: Using the Restore Script
271
272 Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
273
274 * General-Purpose Variables::
275 * Magnetic Tape Control::
276 * User Hooks::
277 * backup-specs example:: An Example Text of @file{Backup-specs}
278
279 Choosing Files and Names for @command{tar}
280
281 * file:: Choosing the Archive's Name
282 * Selecting Archive Members::
283 * files:: Reading Names from a File
284 * exclude:: Excluding Some Files
285 * wildcards:: Wildcards Patterns and Matching
286 * quoting styles:: Ways of Quoting Special Characters in Names
287 * transform:: Modifying File and Member Names
288 * after:: Operating Only on New Files
289 * recurse:: Descending into Directories
290 * one:: Crossing File System Boundaries
291
292 Reading Names from a File
293
294 * nul::
295
296 Excluding Some Files
297
298 * problems with exclude::
299
300 Wildcards Patterns and Matching
301
302 * controlling pattern-matching::
303
304 Crossing File System Boundaries
305
306 * directory:: Changing Directory
307 * absolute:: Absolute File Names
308
309 Date input formats
310
311 * General date syntax:: Common rules.
312 * Calendar date items:: 19 Dec 1994.
313 * Time of day items:: 9:20pm.
314 * Time zone items:: @sc{est}, @sc{pdt}, @sc{gmt}.
315 * Day of week items:: Monday and others.
316 * Relative items in date strings:: next tuesday, 2 years ago.
317 * Pure numbers in date strings:: 19931219, 1440.
318 * Seconds since the Epoch:: @@1078100502.
319 * Specifying time zone rules:: TZ="America/New_York", TZ="UTC0".
320 * Authors of parse_datetime:: Bellovin, Eggert, Salz, Berets, et al.
321
322 Controlling the Archive Format
323
324 * Compression:: Using Less Space through Compression
325 * Attributes:: Handling File Attributes
326 * Portability:: Making @command{tar} Archives More Portable
327 * cpio:: Comparison of @command{tar} and @command{cpio}
328
329 Using Less Space through Compression
330
331 * gzip:: Creating and Reading Compressed Archives
332 * sparse:: Archiving Sparse Files
333
334 Creating and Reading Compressed Archives
335
336 * lbzip2:: Using lbzip2 with @GNUTAR{}.
337
338 Making @command{tar} Archives More Portable
339
340 * Portable Names:: Portable Names
341 * dereference:: Symbolic Links
342 * hard links:: Hard Links
343 * old:: Old V7 Archives
344 * ustar:: Ustar Archives
345 * gnu:: GNU and old GNU format archives.
346 * posix:: @acronym{POSIX} archives
347 * Checksumming:: Checksumming Problems
348 * Large or Negative Values:: Large files, negative time stamps, etc.
349 * Other Tars:: How to Extract GNU-Specific Data Using
350 Other @command{tar} Implementations
351
352 @GNUTAR{} and @acronym{POSIX} @command{tar}
353
354 * PAX keywords:: Controlling Extended Header Keywords.
355
356 How to Extract GNU-Specific Data Using Other @command{tar} Implementations
357
358 * Split Recovery:: Members Split Between Volumes
359 * Sparse Recovery:: Sparse Members
360
361 Tapes and Other Archive Media
362
363 * Device:: Device selection and switching
364 * Remote Tape Server::
365 * Common Problems and Solutions::
366 * Blocking:: Blocking
367 * Many:: Many archives on one tape
368 * Using Multiple Tapes:: Using Multiple Tapes
369 * label:: Including a Label in the Archive
370 * verify::
371 * Write Protection::
372
373 Blocking
374
375 * Format Variations:: Format Variations
376 * Blocking Factor:: The Blocking Factor of an Archive
377
378 Many Archives on One Tape
379
380 * Tape Positioning:: Tape Positions and Tape Marks
381 * mt:: The @command{mt} Utility
382
383 Using Multiple Tapes
384
385 * Multi-Volume Archives:: Archives Longer than One Tape or Disk
386 * Tape Files:: Tape Files
387 * Tarcat:: Concatenate Volumes into a Single Archive
388
389
390 Tar Internals
391
392 * Standard:: Basic Tar Format
393 * Extensions:: @acronym{GNU} Extensions to the Archive Format
394 * Sparse Formats:: Storing Sparse Files
395 * Snapshot Files::
396 * Dumpdir::
397
398 Storing Sparse Files
399
400 * Old GNU Format::
401 * PAX 0:: PAX Format, Versions 0.0 and 0.1
402 * PAX 1:: PAX Format, Version 1.0
403
404 Genfile
405
406 * Generate Mode:: File Generation Mode.
407 * Status Mode:: File Status Mode.
408 * Exec Mode:: Synchronous Execution mode.
409
410 Copying This Manual
411
412 * GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual
413
414 @end detailmenu
415 @end menu
416
417 @node Introduction
418 @chapter Introduction
419
420 @GNUTAR{} creates
421 and manipulates @dfn{archives} which are actually collections of
422 many other files; the program provides users with an organized and
423 systematic method for controlling a large amount of data.
424 The name ``tar'' originally came from the phrase ``Tape ARchive'', but
425 archives need not (and these days, typically do not) reside on tapes.
426
427 @menu
428 * Book Contents:: What this Book Contains
429 * Definitions:: Some Definitions
430 * What tar Does:: What @command{tar} Does
431 * Naming tar Archives:: How @command{tar} Archives are Named
432 * Authors:: @GNUTAR{} Authors
433 * Reports:: Reporting bugs or suggestions
434 @end menu
435
436 @node Book Contents
437 @section What this Book Contains
438
439 The first part of this chapter introduces you to various terms that will
440 recur throughout the book. It also tells you who has worked on @GNUTAR{}
441 and its documentation, and where you should send bug reports
442 or comments.
443
444 The second chapter is a tutorial (@pxref{Tutorial}) which provides a
445 gentle introduction for people who are new to using @command{tar}. It is
446 meant to be self-contained, not requiring any reading from subsequent
447 chapters to make sense. It moves from topic to topic in a logical,
448 progressive order, building on information already explained.
449
450 Although the tutorial is paced and structured to allow beginners to
451 learn how to use @command{tar}, it is not intended solely for beginners.
452 The tutorial explains how to use the three most frequently used
453 operations (@samp{create}, @samp{list}, and @samp{extract}) as well as
454 two frequently used options (@samp{file} and @samp{verbose}). The other
455 chapters do not refer to the tutorial frequently; however, if a section
456 discusses something which is a complex variant of a basic concept, there
457 may be a cross-reference to that basic concept. (The entire book,
458 including the tutorial, assumes that the reader understands some basic
459 concepts of using a Unix-type operating system; @pxref{Tutorial}.)
460
461 The third chapter presents the remaining five operations, and
462 information about using @command{tar} options and option syntax.
463
464 The other chapters are meant to be used as a reference. Each chapter
465 presents everything that needs to be said about a specific topic.
466
467 One of the chapters (@pxref{Date input formats}) exists in its
468 entirety in other @acronym{GNU} manuals, and is mostly self-contained.
469 In addition, one section of this manual (@pxref{Standard}) contains a
470 big quote which is taken directly from @command{tar} sources.
471
472 In general, we give both long and short (abbreviated) option names
473 at least once in each section where the relevant option is covered, so
474 that novice readers will become familiar with both styles. (A few
475 options have no short versions, and the relevant sections will
476 indicate this.)
477
478 @node Definitions
479 @section Some Definitions
480
481 @cindex archive
482 @cindex tar archive
483 The @command{tar} program is used to create and manipulate @command{tar}
484 archives. An @dfn{archive} is a single file which contains the contents
485 of many files, while still identifying the names of the files, their
486 owner(s), and so forth. (In addition, archives record access
487 permissions, user and group, size in bytes, and data modification time.
488 Some archives also record the file names in each archived directory, as
489 well as other file and directory information.) You can use @command{tar}
490 to @dfn{create} a new archive in a specified directory.
491
492 @cindex member
493 @cindex archive member
494 @cindex file name
495 @cindex member name
496 The files inside an archive are called @dfn{members}. Within this
497 manual, we use the term @dfn{file} to refer only to files accessible in
498 the normal ways (by @command{ls}, @command{cat}, and so forth), and the term
499 @dfn{member} to refer only to the members of an archive. Similarly, a
500 @dfn{file name} is the name of a file, as it resides in the file system,
501 and a @dfn{member name} is the name of an archive member within the
502 archive.
503
504 @cindex extraction
505 @cindex unpacking
506 The term @dfn{extraction} refers to the process of copying an archive
507 member (or multiple members) into a file in the file system. Extracting
508 all the members of an archive is often called @dfn{extracting the
509 archive}. The term @dfn{unpack} can also be used to refer to the
510 extraction of many or all the members of an archive. Extracting an
511 archive does not destroy the archive's structure, just as creating an
512 archive does not destroy the copies of the files that exist outside of
513 the archive. You may also @dfn{list} the members in a given archive
514 (this is often thought of as ``printing'' them to the standard output,
515 or the command line), or @dfn{append} members to a pre-existing archive.
516 All of these operations can be performed using @command{tar}.
517
518 @node What tar Does
519 @section What @command{tar} Does
520
521 @cindex tar
522 The @command{tar} program provides the ability to create @command{tar}
523 archives, as well as various other kinds of manipulation. For example,
524 you can use @command{tar} on previously created archives to extract files,
525 to store additional files, or to update or list files which were already
526 stored.
527
528 Initially, @command{tar} archives were used to store files conveniently on
529 magnetic tape. The name @command{tar} comes from this use; it stands for
530 @code{t}ape @code{ar}chiver. Despite the utility's name, @command{tar} can
531 direct its output to available devices, files, or other programs (using
532 pipes). @command{tar} may even access remote devices or files (as archives).
533
534 You can use @command{tar} archives in many ways. We want to stress a few
535 of them: storage, backup, and transportation.
536
537 @FIXME{the following table entries need a bit of work.}
538 @table @asis
539 @item Storage
540 Often, @command{tar} archives are used to store related files for
541 convenient file transfer over a network. For example, the
542 @acronym{GNU} Project distributes its software bundled into
543 @command{tar} archives, so that all the files relating to a particular
544 program (or set of related programs) can be transferred as a single
545 unit.
546
547 A magnetic tape can store several files in sequence. However, the tape
548 has no names for these files; it only knows their relative position on
549 the tape. One way to store several files on one tape and retain their
550 names is by creating a @command{tar} archive. Even when the basic transfer
551 mechanism can keep track of names, as FTP can, the nuisance of handling
552 multiple files, directories, and multiple links makes @command{tar}
553 archives useful.
554
555 Archive files are also used for long-term storage. You can think of
556 this as transportation from the present into the future. (It is a
557 science-fiction idiom that you can move through time as well as in
558 space; the idea here is that @command{tar} can be used to move archives in
559 all dimensions, even time!)
560
561 @item Backup
562 Because the archive created by @command{tar} is capable of preserving
563 file information and directory structure, @command{tar} is commonly
564 used for performing full and incremental backups of disks. A backup
565 puts a collection of files (possibly pertaining to many users and
566 projects) together on a disk or a tape. This guards against
567 accidental destruction of the information in those files.
568 @GNUTAR{} has special features that allow it to be
569 used to make incremental and full dumps of all the files in a
570 file system.
571
572 @item Transportation
573 You can create an archive on one system, transfer it to another system,
574 and extract the contents there. This allows you to transport a group of
575 files from one system to another.
576 @end table
577
578 @node Naming tar Archives
579 @section How @command{tar} Archives are Named
580
581 Conventionally, @command{tar} archives are given names ending with
582 @samp{.tar}. This is not necessary for @command{tar} to operate properly,
583 but this manual follows that convention in order to accustom readers to
584 it and to make examples more clear.
585
586 @cindex tar file
587 @cindex entry
588 @cindex tar entry
589 Often, people refer to @command{tar} archives as ``@command{tar} files,'' and
590 archive members as ``files'' or ``entries''. For people familiar with
591 the operation of @command{tar}, this causes no difficulty. However, in
592 this manual, we consistently refer to ``archives'' and ``archive
593 members'' to make learning to use @command{tar} easier for novice users.
594
595 @node Authors
596 @section @GNUTAR{} Authors
597
598 @GNUTAR{} was originally written by John Gilmore,
599 and modified by many people. The @acronym{GNU} enhancements were
600 written by Jay Fenlason, then Joy Kendall, and the whole package has
601 been further maintained by Thomas Bushnell, n/BSG, Fran@,{c}ois
602 Pinard, Paul Eggert, and finally Sergey Poznyakoff with the help of
603 numerous and kind users.
604
605 We wish to stress that @command{tar} is a collective work, and owes much to
606 all those people who reported problems, offered solutions and other
607 insights, or shared their thoughts and suggestions. An impressive, yet
608 partial list of those contributors can be found in the @file{THANKS}
609 file from the @GNUTAR{} distribution.
610
611 @FIXME{i want all of these names mentioned, Absolutely. BUT, i'm not
612 sure i want to spell out the history in this detail, at least not for
613 the printed book. i'm just not sure it needs to be said this way.
614 i'll think about it.}
615
616 @FIXME{History is more important, and surely more interesting, than
617 actual names. Quoting names without history would be meaningless. FP}
618
619 Jay Fenlason put together a draft of a @GNUTAR{}
620 manual, borrowing notes from the original man page from John Gilmore.
621 This was withdrawn in version 1.11. Thomas Bushnell, n/BSG and Amy
622 Gorin worked on a tutorial and manual for @GNUTAR{}.
623 Fran@,{c}ois Pinard put version 1.11.8 of the manual together by
624 taking information from all these sources and merging them. Melissa
625 Weisshaus finally edited and redesigned the book to create version
626 1.12. The book for versions from 1.14 up to @value{VERSION} were edited
627 by the current maintainer, Sergey Poznyakoff.
628
629 For version 1.12, Daniel Hagerty contributed a great deal of technical
630 consulting. In particular, he is the primary author of @ref{Backups}.
631
632 In July, 2003 @GNUTAR{} was put on CVS at savannah.gnu.org
633 (see @url{http://savannah.gnu.org/projects/tar}), and
634 active development and maintenance work has started
635 again. Currently @GNUTAR{} is being maintained by Paul Eggert, Sergey
636 Poznyakoff and Jeff Bailey.
637
638 Support for @acronym{POSIX} archives was added by Sergey Poznyakoff.
639
640 @node Reports
641 @section Reporting bugs or suggestions
642
643 @cindex bug reports
644 @cindex reporting bugs
645 If you find problems or have suggestions about this program or manual,
646 please report them to @file{bug-tar@@gnu.org}.
647
648 When reporting a bug, please be sure to include as much detail as
649 possible, in order to reproduce it.
650 @FIXME{Be more specific, I'd like to make this node as detailed as
651 'Bug reporting' node in Emacs manual.}
652
653 @node Tutorial
654 @chapter Tutorial Introduction to @command{tar}
655
656 This chapter guides you through some basic examples of three @command{tar}
657 operations: @option{--create}, @option{--list}, and @option{--extract}. If
658 you already know how to use some other version of @command{tar}, then you
659 may not need to read this chapter. This chapter omits most complicated
660 details about how @command{tar} works.
661
662 @menu
663 * assumptions::
664 * stylistic conventions::
665 * basic tar options:: Basic @command{tar} Operations and Options
666 * frequent operations::
667 * Two Frequent Options::
668 * create:: How to Create Archives
669 * list:: How to List Archives
670 * extract:: How to Extract Members from an Archive
671 * going further::
672 @end menu
673
674 @node assumptions
675 @section Assumptions this Tutorial Makes
676
677 This chapter is paced to allow beginners to learn about @command{tar}
678 slowly. At the same time, we will try to cover all the basic aspects of
679 these three operations. In order to accomplish both of these tasks, we
680 have made certain assumptions about your knowledge before reading this
681 manual, and the hardware you will be using:
682
683 @itemize @bullet
684 @item
685 Before you start to work through this tutorial, you should understand
686 what the terms ``archive'' and ``archive member'' mean
687 (@pxref{Definitions}). In addition, you should understand something
688 about how Unix-type operating systems work, and you should know how to
689 use some basic utilities. For example, you should know how to create,
690 list, copy, rename, edit, and delete files and directories; how to
691 change between directories; and how to figure out where you are in the
692 file system. You should have some basic understanding of directory
693 structure and how files are named according to which directory they are
694 in. You should understand concepts such as standard output and standard
695 input, what various definitions of the term @samp{argument} mean, and the
696 differences between relative and absolute file names.
697 @FIXME{and what else?}
698
699 @item
700 This manual assumes that you are working from your own home directory
701 (unless we state otherwise). In this tutorial, you will create a
702 directory to practice @command{tar} commands in. When we show file names,
703 we will assume that those names are relative to your home directory.
704 For example, my home directory is @file{/home/fsf/melissa}. All of
705 my examples are in a subdirectory of the directory named by that file
706 name; the subdirectory is called @file{practice}.
707
708 @item
709 In general, we show examples of archives which exist on (or can be
710 written to, or worked with from) a directory on a hard disk. In most
711 cases, you could write those archives to, or work with them on any other
712 device, such as a tape drive. However, some of the later examples in
713 the tutorial and next chapter will not work on tape drives.
714 Additionally, working with tapes is much more complicated than working
715 with hard disks. For these reasons, the tutorial does not cover working
716 with tape drives. @xref{Media}, for complete information on using
717 @command{tar} archives with tape drives.
718
719 @FIXME{this is a cop out. need to add some simple tape drive info.}
720 @end itemize
721
722 @node stylistic conventions
723 @section Stylistic Conventions
724
725 In the examples, @samp{$} represents a typical shell prompt. It
726 precedes lines you should type; to make this more clear, those lines are
727 shown in @kbd{this font}, as opposed to lines which represent the
728 computer's response; those lines are shown in @code{this font}, or
729 sometimes @samp{like this}.
730
731 @c When we have lines which are too long to be
732 @c displayed in any other way, we will show them like this:
733
734 @node basic tar options
735 @section Basic @command{tar} Operations and Options
736
737 @command{tar} can take a wide variety of arguments which specify and define
738 the actions it will have on the particular set of files or the archive.
739 The main types of arguments to @command{tar} fall into one of two classes:
740 operations, and options.
741
742 Some arguments fall into a class called @dfn{operations}; exactly one of
743 these is both allowed and required for any instance of using @command{tar};
744 you may @emph{not} specify more than one. People sometimes speak of
745 @dfn{operating modes}. You are in a particular operating mode when you
746 have specified the operation which specifies it; there are eight
747 operations in total, and thus there are eight operating modes.
748
749 The other arguments fall into the class known as @dfn{options}. You are
750 not required to specify any options, and you are allowed to specify more
751 than one at a time (depending on the way you are using @command{tar} at
752 that time). Some options are used so frequently, and are so useful for
753 helping you type commands more carefully that they are effectively
754 ``required''. We will discuss them in this chapter.
755
756 You can write most of the @command{tar} operations and options in any
757 of three forms: long (mnemonic) form, short form, and old style. Some
758 of the operations and options have no short or ``old'' forms; however,
759 the operations and options which we will cover in this tutorial have
760 corresponding abbreviations. We will indicate those abbreviations
761 appropriately to get you used to seeing them. Note, that the ``old
762 style'' option forms exist in @GNUTAR{} for compatibility with Unix
763 @command{tar}. In this book we present a full discussion of this way
764 of writing options and operations (@pxref{Old Options}), and we discuss
765 the other two styles of writing options (@xref{Long Options}, and
766 @pxref{Short Options}).
767
768 In the examples and in the text of this tutorial, we usually use the
769 long forms of operations and options; but the ``short'' forms produce
770 the same result and can make typing long @command{tar} commands easier.
771 For example, instead of typing
772
773 @smallexample
774 @kbd{tar --create --verbose --file=afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
775 @end smallexample
776
777 @noindent
778 you can type
779 @smallexample
780 @kbd{tar -c -v -f afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
781 @end smallexample
782
783 @noindent
784 or even
785 @smallexample
786 @kbd{tar -cvf afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
787 @end smallexample
788
789 @noindent
790 For more information on option syntax, see @ref{Advanced tar}. In
791 discussions in the text, when we name an option by its long form, we
792 also give the corresponding short option in parentheses.
793
794 The term, ``option'', can be confusing at times, since ``operations''
795 are often lumped in with the actual, @emph{optional} ``options'' in certain
796 general class statements. For example, we just talked about ``short and
797 long forms of options and operations''. However, experienced @command{tar}
798 users often refer to these by shorthand terms such as, ``short and long
799 options''. This term assumes that the ``operations'' are included, also.
800 Context will help you determine which definition of ``options'' to use.
801
802 Similarly, the term ``command'' can be confusing, as it is often used in
803 two different ways. People sometimes refer to @command{tar} ``commands''.
804 A @command{tar} @dfn{command} is the entire command line of user input
805 which tells @command{tar} what to do --- including the operation, options,
806 and any arguments (file names, pipes, other commands, etc.). However,
807 you will also sometimes hear the term ``the @command{tar} command''. When
808 the word ``command'' is used specifically like this, a person is usually
809 referring to the @command{tar} @emph{operation}, not the whole line.
810 Again, use context to figure out which of the meanings the speaker
811 intends.
812
813 @node frequent operations
814 @section The Three Most Frequently Used Operations
815
816 Here are the three most frequently used operations (both short and long
817 forms), as well as a brief description of their meanings. The rest of
818 this chapter will cover how to use these operations in detail. We will
819 present the rest of the operations in the next chapter.
820
821 @table @option
822 @item --create
823 @itemx -c
824 Create a new @command{tar} archive.
825 @item --list
826 @itemx -t
827 List the contents of an archive.
828 @item --extract
829 @itemx -x
830 Extract one or more members from an archive.
831 @end table
832
833 @node Two Frequent Options
834 @section Two Frequently Used Options
835
836 To understand how to run @command{tar} in the three operating modes listed
837 previously, you also need to understand how to use two of the options to
838 @command{tar}: @option{--file} (which takes an archive file as an argument)
839 and @option{--verbose}. (You are usually not @emph{required} to specify
840 either of these options when you run @command{tar}, but they can be very
841 useful in making things more clear and helping you avoid errors.)
842
843 @menu
844 * file tutorial::
845 * verbose tutorial::
846 * help tutorial::
847 @end menu
848
849 @node file tutorial
850 @unnumberedsubsec The @option{--file} Option
851
852 @table @option
853 @xopindex{file, tutorial}
854 @item --file=@var{archive-name}
855 @itemx -f @var{archive-name}
856 Specify the name of an archive file.
857 @end table
858
859 You can specify an argument for the @option{--file=@var{archive-name}} (@option{-f @var{archive-name}}) option whenever you
860 use @command{tar}; this option determines the name of the archive file
861 that @command{tar} will work on.
862
863 @vrindex TAPE
864 If you don't specify this argument, then @command{tar} will examine
865 the environment variable @env{TAPE}. If it is set, its value will be
866 used as the archive name. Otherwise, @command{tar} will use the
867 default archive, determined at compile time. Usually it is
868 standard output or some physical tape drive attached to your machine
869 (you can verify what the default is by running @kbd{tar
870 --show-defaults}, @pxref{defaults}). If there is no tape drive
871 attached, or the default is not meaningful, then @command{tar} will
872 print an error message. The error message might look roughly like one
873 of the following:
874
875 @smallexample
876 tar: can't open /dev/rmt8 : No such device or address
877 tar: can't open /dev/rsmt0 : I/O error
878 @end smallexample
879
880 @noindent
881 To avoid confusion, we recommend that you always specify an archive file
882 name by using @option{--file=@var{archive-name}} (@option{-f @var{archive-name}}) when writing your @command{tar} commands.
883 For more information on using the @option{--file=@var{archive-name}} (@option{-f @var{archive-name}}) option, see
884 @ref{file}.
885
886 @node verbose tutorial
887 @unnumberedsubsec The @option{--verbose} Option
888
889 @table @option
890 @xopindex{verbose, introduced}
891 @item --verbose
892 @itemx -v
893 Show the files being worked on as @command{tar} is running.
894 @end table
895
896 @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}) shows details about the results of running
897 @command{tar}. This can be especially useful when the results might not be
898 obvious. For example, if you want to see the progress of @command{tar} as
899 it writes files into the archive, you can use the @option{--verbose}
900 option. In the beginning, you may find it useful to use
901 @option{--verbose} at all times; when you are more accustomed to
902 @command{tar}, you will likely want to use it at certain times but not at
903 others. We will use @option{--verbose} at times to help make something
904 clear, and we will give many examples both using and not using
905 @option{--verbose} to show the differences.
906
907 Each instance of @option{--verbose} on the command line increases the
908 verbosity level by one, so if you need more details on the output,
909 specify it twice.
910
911 When reading archives (@option{--list}, @option{--extract},
912 @option{--diff}), @command{tar} by default prints only the names of
913 the members being extracted. Using @option{--verbose} will show a full,
914 @command{ls} style member listing.
915
916 In contrast, when writing archives (@option{--create}, @option{--append},
917 @option{--update}), @command{tar} does not print file names by
918 default. So, a single @option{--verbose} option shows the file names
919 being added to the archive, while two @option{--verbose} options
920 enable the full listing.
921
922 For example, to create an archive in verbose mode:
923
924 @smallexample
925 $ @kbd{tar -cvf afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
926 apple
927 angst
928 aspic
929 @end smallexample
930
931 @noindent
932 Creating the same archive with the verbosity level 2 could give:
933
934 @smallexample
935 $ @kbd{tar -cvvf afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
936 -rw-r--r-- gray/staff 62373 2006-06-09 12:06 apple
937 -rw-r--r-- gray/staff 11481 2006-06-09 12:06 angst
938 -rw-r--r-- gray/staff 23152 2006-06-09 12:06 aspic
939 @end smallexample
940
941 @noindent
942 This works equally well using short or long forms of options. Using
943 long forms, you would simply write out the mnemonic form of the option
944 twice, like this:
945
946 @smallexample
947 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --verbose @dots{}}
948 @end smallexample
949
950 @noindent
951 Note that you must double the hyphens properly each time.
952
953 Later in the tutorial, we will give examples using @w{@option{--verbose
954 --verbose}}.
955
956 @anchor{verbose member listing}
957 The full output consists of six fields:
958
959 @itemize @bullet
960 @item File type and permissions in symbolic form.
961 These are displayed in the same format as the first column of
962 @command{ls -l} output (@pxref{What information is listed,
963 format=verbose, Verbose listing, fileutils, GNU file utilities}).
964
965 @item Owner name and group separated by a slash character.
966 If these data are not available (for example, when listing a @samp{v7} format
967 archive), numeric @acronym{ID} values are printed instead.
968
969 @item Size of the file, in bytes.
970
971 @item File modification date in ISO 8601 format.
972
973 @item File modification time.
974
975 @item File name.
976 If the name contains any special characters (white space, newlines,
977 etc.)@: these are displayed in an unambiguous form using so called
978 @dfn{quoting style}. For the detailed discussion of available styles
979 and on how to use them, see @ref{quoting styles}.
980
981 Depending on the file type, the name can be followed by some
982 additional information, described in the following table:
983
984 @table @samp
985 @item -> @var{link-name}
986 The file or archive member is a @dfn{symbolic link} and
987 @var{link-name} is the name of file it links to.
988
989 @item link to @var{link-name}
990 The file or archive member is a @dfn{hard link} and @var{link-name} is
991 the name of file it links to.
992
993 @item --Long Link--
994 The archive member is an old GNU format long link. You will normally
995 not encounter this.
996
997 @item --Long Name--
998 The archive member is an old GNU format long name. You will normally
999 not encounter this.
1000
1001 @item --Volume Header--
1002 The archive member is a GNU @dfn{volume header} (@pxref{Tape Files}).
1003
1004 @item --Continued at byte @var{n}--
1005 Encountered only at the beginning of a multi-volume archive
1006 (@pxref{Using Multiple Tapes}). This archive member is a continuation
1007 from the previous volume. The number @var{n} gives the offset where
1008 the original file was split.
1009
1010 @item unknown file type @var{c}
1011 An archive member of unknown type. @var{c} is the type character from
1012 the archive header. If you encounter such a message, it means that
1013 either your archive contains proprietary member types @GNUTAR{} is not
1014 able to handle, or the archive is corrupted.
1015 @end table
1016
1017 @end itemize
1018
1019 For example, here is an archive listing containing most of the special
1020 suffixes explained above:
1021
1022 @smallexample
1023 @group
1024 V--------- 0/0 1536 2006-06-09 13:07 MyVolume--Volume Header--
1025 -rw-r--r-- gray/staff 456783 2006-06-09 12:06 aspic--Continued at byte 32456--
1026 -rw-r--r-- gray/staff 62373 2006-06-09 12:06 apple
1027 lrwxrwxrwx gray/staff 0 2006-06-09 13:01 angst -> apple
1028 -rw-r--r-- gray/staff 35793 2006-06-09 12:06 blues
1029 hrw-r--r-- gray/staff 0 2006-06-09 12:06 music link to blues
1030 @end group
1031 @end smallexample
1032
1033 @smallexample
1034 @end smallexample
1035
1036 @node help tutorial
1037 @unnumberedsubsec Getting Help: Using the @option{--help} Option
1038
1039 @table @option
1040 @opindex help
1041 @item --help
1042
1043 The @option{--help} option to @command{tar} prints out a very brief list of
1044 all operations and option available for the current version of
1045 @command{tar} available on your system.
1046 @end table
1047
1048 @node create
1049 @section How to Create Archives
1050 @UNREVISED
1051
1052 @cindex Creation of the archive
1053 @cindex Archive, creation of
1054 One of the basic operations of @command{tar} is @option{--create} (@option{-c}), which
1055 you use to create a @command{tar} archive. We will explain
1056 @option{--create} first because, in order to learn about the other
1057 operations, you will find it useful to have an archive available to
1058 practice on.
1059
1060 To make this easier, in this section you will first create a directory
1061 containing three files. Then, we will show you how to create an
1062 @emph{archive} (inside the new directory). Both the directory, and
1063 the archive are specifically for you to practice on. The rest of this
1064 chapter and the next chapter will show many examples using this
1065 directory and the files you will create: some of those files may be
1066 other directories and other archives.
1067
1068 The three files you will archive in this example are called
1069 @file{blues}, @file{folk}, and @file{jazz}. The archive is called
1070 @file{collection.tar}.
1071
1072 This section will proceed slowly, detailing how to use @option{--create}
1073 in @code{verbose} mode, and showing examples using both short and long
1074 forms. In the rest of the tutorial, and in the examples in the next
1075 chapter, we will proceed at a slightly quicker pace. This section
1076 moves more slowly to allow beginning users to understand how
1077 @command{tar} works.
1078
1079 @menu
1080 * prepare for examples::
1081 * Creating the archive::
1082 * create verbose::
1083 * short create::
1084 * create dir::
1085 @end menu
1086
1087 @node prepare for examples
1088 @subsection Preparing a Practice Directory for Examples
1089
1090 To follow along with this and future examples, create a new directory
1091 called @file{practice} containing files called @file{blues}, @file{folk}
1092 and @file{jazz}. The files can contain any information you like:
1093 ideally, they should contain information which relates to their names,
1094 and be of different lengths. Our examples assume that @file{practice}
1095 is a subdirectory of your home directory.
1096
1097 Now @command{cd} to the directory named @file{practice}; @file{practice}
1098 is now your @dfn{working directory}. (@emph{Please note}: Although
1099 the full file name of this directory is
1100 @file{/@var{homedir}/practice}, in our examples we will refer to
1101 this directory as @file{practice}; the @var{homedir} is presumed.)
1102
1103 In general, you should check that the files to be archived exist where
1104 you think they do (in the working directory) by running @command{ls}.
1105 Because you just created the directory and the files and have changed to
1106 that directory, you probably don't need to do that this time.
1107
1108 It is very important to make sure there isn't already a file in the
1109 working directory with the archive name you intend to use (in this case,
1110 @samp{collection.tar}), or that you don't care about its contents.
1111 Whenever you use @samp{create}, @command{tar} will erase the current
1112 contents of the file named by @option{--file=@var{archive-name}} (@option{-f @var{archive-name}}) if it exists. @command{tar}
1113 will not tell you if you are about to overwrite an archive unless you
1114 specify an option which does this (@pxref{backup}, for the
1115 information on how to do so). To add files to an existing archive,
1116 you need to use a different option, such as @option{--append} (@option{-r}); see
1117 @ref{append} for information on how to do this.
1118
1119 @node Creating the archive
1120 @subsection Creating the Archive
1121
1122 @xopindex{create, introduced}
1123 To place the files @file{blues}, @file{folk}, and @file{jazz} into an
1124 archive named @file{collection.tar}, use the following command:
1125
1126 @smallexample
1127 $ @kbd{tar --create --file=collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1128 @end smallexample
1129
1130 The order of the arguments is not very important, @emph{when using long
1131 option forms}. You could also say:
1132
1133 @smallexample
1134 $ @kbd{tar blues --create folk --file=collection.tar jazz}
1135 @end smallexample
1136
1137 @noindent
1138 However, you can see that this order is harder to understand; this is
1139 why we will list the arguments in the order that makes the commands
1140 easiest to understand (and we encourage you to do the same when you use
1141 @command{tar}, to avoid errors).
1142
1143 Note that the sequence
1144 @option{--file=@-collection.tar} is considered to be @emph{one} argument.
1145 If you substituted any other string of characters for
1146 @kbd{collection.tar}, then that string would become the name of the
1147 archive file you create.
1148
1149 The order of the options becomes more important when you begin to use
1150 short forms. With short forms, if you type commands in the wrong order
1151 (even if you type them correctly in all other ways), you may end up with
1152 results you don't expect. For this reason, it is a good idea to get
1153 into the habit of typing options in the order that makes inherent sense.
1154 @xref{short create}, for more information on this.
1155
1156 In this example, you type the command as shown above: @option{--create}
1157 is the operation which creates the new archive
1158 (@file{collection.tar}), and @option{--file} is the option which lets
1159 you give it the name you chose. The files, @file{blues}, @file{folk},
1160 and @file{jazz}, are now members of the archive, @file{collection.tar}
1161 (they are @dfn{file name arguments} to the @option{--create} operation.
1162 @xref{Choosing}, for the detailed discussion on these.) Now that they are
1163 in the archive, they are called @emph{archive members}, not files.
1164 (@pxref{Definitions,members}).
1165
1166 When you create an archive, you @emph{must} specify which files you
1167 want placed in the archive. If you do not specify any archive
1168 members, @GNUTAR{} will complain.
1169
1170 If you now list the contents of the working directory (@command{ls}), you will
1171 find the archive file listed as well as the files you saw previously:
1172
1173 @smallexample
1174 blues folk jazz collection.tar
1175 @end smallexample
1176
1177 @noindent
1178 Creating the archive @samp{collection.tar} did not destroy the copies of
1179 the files in the directory.
1180
1181 Keep in mind that if you don't indicate an operation, @command{tar} will not
1182 run and will prompt you for one. If you don't name any files, @command{tar}
1183 will complain. You must have write access to the working directory,
1184 or else you will not be able to create an archive in that directory.
1185
1186 @emph{Caution}: Do not attempt to use @option{--create} (@option{-c}) to add files to
1187 an existing archive; it will delete the archive and write a new one.
1188 Use @option{--append} (@option{-r}) instead. @xref{append}.
1189
1190 @node create verbose
1191 @subsection Running @option{--create} with @option{--verbose}
1192
1193 @xopindex{create, using with @option{--verbose}}
1194 @xopindex{verbose, using with @option{--create}}
1195 If you include the @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}) option on the command line,
1196 @command{tar} will list the files it is acting on as it is working. In
1197 verbose mode, the @code{create} example above would appear as:
1198
1199 @smallexample
1200 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --file=collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1201 blues
1202 folk
1203 jazz
1204 @end smallexample
1205
1206 This example is just like the example we showed which did not use
1207 @option{--verbose}, except that @command{tar} generated the remaining
1208 @iftex
1209 lines (note the different font styles).
1210 @end iftex
1211 @ifinfo
1212 lines.
1213 @end ifinfo
1214
1215 In the rest of the examples in this chapter, we will frequently use
1216 @code{verbose} mode so we can show actions or @command{tar} responses that
1217 you would otherwise not see, and which are important for you to
1218 understand.
1219
1220 @node short create
1221 @subsection Short Forms with @samp{create}
1222
1223 As we said before, the @option{--create} (@option{-c}) operation is one of the most
1224 basic uses of @command{tar}, and you will use it countless times.
1225 Eventually, you will probably want to use abbreviated (or ``short'')
1226 forms of options. A full discussion of the three different forms that
1227 options can take appears in @ref{Styles}; for now, here is what the
1228 previous example (including the @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}) option) looks like
1229 using short option forms:
1230
1231 @smallexample
1232 $ @kbd{tar -cvf collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1233 blues
1234 folk
1235 jazz
1236 @end smallexample
1237
1238 @noindent
1239 As you can see, the system responds the same no matter whether you use
1240 long or short option forms.
1241
1242 @FIXME{i don't like how this is worded:} One difference between using
1243 short and long option forms is that, although the exact placement of
1244 arguments following options is no more specific when using short forms,
1245 it is easier to become confused and make a mistake when using short
1246 forms. For example, suppose you attempted the above example in the
1247 following way:
1248
1249 @smallexample
1250 $ @kbd{tar -cfv collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1251 @end smallexample
1252
1253 @noindent
1254 In this case, @command{tar} will make an archive file called @file{v},
1255 containing the files @file{blues}, @file{folk}, and @file{jazz}, because
1256 the @samp{v} is the closest ``file name'' to the @option{-f} option, and
1257 is thus taken to be the chosen archive file name. @command{tar} will try
1258 to add a file called @file{collection.tar} to the @file{v} archive file;
1259 if the file @file{collection.tar} did not already exist, @command{tar} will
1260 report an error indicating that this file does not exist. If the file
1261 @file{collection.tar} does already exist (e.g., from a previous command
1262 you may have run), then @command{tar} will add this file to the archive.
1263 Because the @option{-v} option did not get registered, @command{tar} will not
1264 run under @samp{verbose} mode, and will not report its progress.
1265
1266 The end result is that you may be quite confused about what happened,
1267 and possibly overwrite a file. To illustrate this further, we will show
1268 you how an example we showed previously would look using short forms.
1269
1270 This example,
1271
1272 @smallexample
1273 $ @kbd{tar blues --create folk --file=collection.tar jazz}
1274 @end smallexample
1275
1276 @noindent
1277 is confusing as it is. When shown using short forms, however, it
1278 becomes much more so:
1279
1280 @smallexample
1281 $ @kbd{tar blues -c folk -f collection.tar jazz}
1282 @end smallexample
1283
1284 @noindent
1285 It would be very easy to put the wrong string of characters
1286 immediately following the @option{-f}, but doing that could sacrifice
1287 valuable data.
1288
1289 For this reason, we recommend that you pay very careful attention to
1290 the order of options and placement of file and archive names,
1291 especially when using short option forms. Not having the option name
1292 written out mnemonically can affect how well you remember which option
1293 does what, and therefore where different names have to be placed.
1294
1295 @node create dir
1296 @subsection Archiving Directories
1297
1298 @cindex Archiving Directories
1299 @cindex Directories, Archiving
1300 You can archive a directory by specifying its directory name as a
1301 file name argument to @command{tar}. The files in the directory will be
1302 archived relative to the working directory, and the directory will be
1303 re-created along with its contents when the archive is extracted.
1304
1305 To archive a directory, first move to its superior directory. If you
1306 have followed the previous instructions in this tutorial, you should
1307 type:
1308
1309 @smallexample
1310 $ @kbd{cd ..}
1311 $
1312 @end smallexample
1313
1314 @noindent
1315 This will put you into the directory which contains @file{practice},
1316 i.e., your home directory. Once in the superior directory, you can
1317 specify the subdirectory, @file{practice}, as a file name argument. To
1318 store @file{practice} in the new archive file @file{music.tar}, type:
1319
1320 @smallexample
1321 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --file=music.tar practice}
1322 @end smallexample
1323
1324 @noindent
1325 @command{tar} should output:
1326
1327 @smallexample
1328 practice/
1329 practice/blues
1330 practice/folk
1331 practice/jazz
1332 practice/collection.tar
1333 @end smallexample
1334
1335 Note that the archive thus created is not in the subdirectory
1336 @file{practice}, but rather in the current working directory---the
1337 directory from which @command{tar} was invoked. Before trying to archive a
1338 directory from its superior directory, you should make sure you have
1339 write access to the superior directory itself, not only the directory
1340 you are trying archive with @command{tar}. For example, you will probably
1341 not be able to store your home directory in an archive by invoking
1342 @command{tar} from the root directory; @xref{absolute}. (Note
1343 also that @file{collection.tar}, the original archive file, has itself
1344 been archived. @command{tar} will accept any file as a file to be
1345 archived, regardless of its content. When @file{music.tar} is
1346 extracted, the archive file @file{collection.tar} will be re-written
1347 into the file system).
1348
1349 If you give @command{tar} a command such as
1350
1351 @smallexample
1352 $ @kbd{tar --create --file=foo.tar .}
1353 @end smallexample
1354
1355 @noindent
1356 @command{tar} will report @samp{tar: ./foo.tar is the archive; not
1357 dumped}. This happens because @command{tar} creates the archive
1358 @file{foo.tar} in the current directory before putting any files into
1359 it. Then, when @command{tar} attempts to add all the files in the
1360 directory @file{.} to the archive, it notices that the file
1361 @file{./foo.tar} is the same as the archive @file{foo.tar}, and skips
1362 it. (It makes no sense to put an archive into itself.) @GNUTAR{}
1363 will continue in this case, and create the archive
1364 normally, except for the exclusion of that one file. (@emph{Please
1365 note:} Other implementations of @command{tar} may not be so clever;
1366 they will enter an infinite loop when this happens, so you should not
1367 depend on this behavior unless you are certain you are running
1368 @GNUTAR{}. In general, it is wise to always place the archive outside
1369 of the directory being dumped.)
1370
1371 @node list
1372 @section How to List Archives
1373
1374 @opindex list
1375 Frequently, you will find yourself wanting to determine exactly what a
1376 particular archive contains. You can use the @option{--list}
1377 (@option{-t}) operation to get the member names as they currently
1378 appear in the archive, as well as various attributes of the files at
1379 the time they were archived. For example, you can examine the archive
1380 @file{collection.tar} that you created in the last section with the
1381 command,
1382
1383 @smallexample
1384 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
1385 @end smallexample
1386
1387 @noindent
1388 The output of @command{tar} would then be:
1389
1390 @smallexample
1391 blues
1392 folk
1393 jazz
1394 @end smallexample
1395
1396 @noindent
1397 The archive @file{bfiles.tar} would list as follows:
1398
1399 @smallexample
1400 ./birds
1401 baboon
1402 ./box
1403 @end smallexample
1404
1405 @noindent
1406 Be sure to use a @option{--file=@var{archive-name}} (@option{-f
1407 @var{archive-name}}) option just as with @option{--create}
1408 (@option{-c}) to specify the name of the archive.
1409
1410 @xopindex{list, using with @option{--verbose}}
1411 @xopindex{verbose, using with @option{--list}}
1412 If you use the @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}) option with
1413 @option{--list}, then @command{tar} will print out a listing
1414 reminiscent of @w{@samp{ls -l}}, showing owner, file size, and so
1415 forth. This output is described in detail in @ref{verbose member listing}.
1416
1417 If you had used @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}) mode, the example
1418 above would look like:
1419
1420 @smallexample
1421 $ @kbd{tar --list --verbose --file=collection.tar folk}
1422 -rw-r--r-- myself/user 62 1990-05-23 10:55 folk
1423 @end smallexample
1424
1425 @cindex listing member and file names
1426 @anchor{listing member and file names}
1427 It is important to notice that the output of @kbd{tar --list
1428 --verbose} does not necessarily match that produced by @kbd{tar
1429 --create --verbose} while creating the archive. It is because
1430 @GNUTAR{}, unless told explicitly not to do so, removes some directory
1431 prefixes from file names before storing them in the archive
1432 (@xref{absolute}, for more information). In other
1433 words, in verbose mode @GNUTAR{} shows @dfn{file names} when creating
1434 an archive and @dfn{member names} when listing it. Consider this
1435 example:
1436
1437 @smallexample
1438 @group
1439 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --file archive /etc/mail}
1440 tar: Removing leading '/' from member names
1441 /etc/mail/
1442 /etc/mail/sendmail.cf
1443 /etc/mail/aliases
1444 $ @kbd{tar --test --file archive}
1445 etc/mail/
1446 etc/mail/sendmail.cf
1447 etc/mail/aliases
1448 @end group
1449 @end smallexample
1450
1451 @opindex show-stored-names
1452 This default behavior can sometimes be inconvenient. You can force
1453 @GNUTAR{} show member names when creating archive by supplying
1454 @option{--show-stored-names} option.
1455
1456 @table @option
1457 @item --show-stored-names
1458 Print member (as opposed to @emph{file}) names when creating the archive.
1459 @end table
1460
1461 @cindex File name arguments, using @option{--list} with
1462 @xopindex{list, using with file name arguments}
1463 You can specify one or more individual member names as arguments when
1464 using @samp{list}. In this case, @command{tar} will only list the
1465 names of members you identify. For example, @w{@kbd{tar --list
1466 --file=afiles.tar apple}} would only print @file{apple}.
1467
1468 Because @command{tar} preserves file names, these must be specified as
1469 they appear in the archive (i.e., relative to the directory from which
1470 the archive was created). Therefore, it is essential when specifying
1471 member names to @command{tar} that you give the exact member names.
1472 For example, @w{@kbd{tar --list --file=bfiles.tar birds}} would produce an
1473 error message something like @samp{tar: birds: Not found in archive},
1474 because there is no member named @file{birds}, only one named
1475 @file{./birds}. While the names @file{birds} and @file{./birds} name
1476 the same file, @emph{member} names by default are compared verbatim.
1477
1478 However, @w{@kbd{tar --list --file=bfiles.tar baboon}} would respond
1479 with @file{baboon}, because this exact member name is in the archive file
1480 @file{bfiles.tar}. If you are not sure of the exact file name,
1481 use @dfn{globbing patterns}, for example:
1482
1483 @smallexample
1484 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=bfiles.tar --wildcards '*b*'}
1485 @end smallexample
1486
1487 @noindent
1488 will list all members whose name contains @samp{b}. @xref{wildcards},
1489 for a detailed discussion of globbing patterns and related
1490 @command{tar} command line options.
1491
1492 @menu
1493 * list dir::
1494 @end menu
1495
1496 @node list dir
1497 @unnumberedsubsec Listing the Contents of a Stored Directory
1498
1499 To get information about the contents of an archived directory,
1500 use the directory name as a file name argument in conjunction with
1501 @option{--list} (@option{-t}). To find out file attributes, include the
1502 @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}) option.
1503
1504 For example, to find out about files in the directory @file{practice}, in
1505 the archive file @file{music.tar}, type:
1506
1507 @smallexample
1508 $ @kbd{tar --list --verbose --file=music.tar practice}
1509 @end smallexample
1510
1511 @command{tar} responds:
1512
1513 @smallexample
1514 drwxrwxrwx myself/user 0 1990-05-31 21:49 practice/
1515 -rw-r--r-- myself/user 42 1990-05-21 13:29 practice/blues
1516 -rw-r--r-- myself/user 62 1990-05-23 10:55 practice/folk
1517 -rw-r--r-- myself/user 40 1990-05-21 13:30 practice/jazz
1518 -rw-r--r-- myself/user 10240 1990-05-31 21:49 practice/collection.tar
1519 @end smallexample
1520
1521 When you use a directory name as a file name argument, @command{tar} acts on
1522 all the files (including sub-directories) in that directory.
1523
1524 @node extract
1525 @section How to Extract Members from an Archive
1526 @cindex Extraction
1527 @cindex Retrieving files from an archive
1528 @cindex Resurrecting files from an archive
1529
1530 @opindex extract
1531 Creating an archive is only half the job---there is no point in storing
1532 files in an archive if you can't retrieve them. The act of retrieving
1533 members from an archive so they can be used and manipulated as
1534 unarchived files again is called @dfn{extraction}. To extract files
1535 from an archive, use the @option{--extract} (@option{--get} or
1536 @option{-x}) operation. As with @option{--create}, specify the name
1537 of the archive with @option{--file} (@option{-f}) option. Extracting
1538 an archive does not modify the archive in any way; you can extract it
1539 multiple times if you want or need to.
1540
1541 Using @option{--extract}, you can extract an entire archive, or specific
1542 files. The files can be directories containing other files, or not. As
1543 with @option{--create} (@option{-c}) and @option{--list} (@option{-t}), you may use the short or the
1544 long form of the operation without affecting the performance.
1545
1546 @menu
1547 * extracting archives::
1548 * extracting files::
1549 * extract dir::
1550 * extracting untrusted archives::
1551 * failing commands::
1552 @end menu
1553
1554 @node extracting archives
1555 @subsection Extracting an Entire Archive
1556
1557 To extract an entire archive, specify the archive file name only, with
1558 no individual file names as arguments. For example,
1559
1560 @smallexample
1561 $ @kbd{tar -xvf collection.tar}
1562 @end smallexample
1563
1564 @noindent
1565 produces this:
1566
1567 @smallexample
1568 -rw-r--r-- me/user 28 1996-10-18 16:31 jazz
1569 -rw-r--r-- me/user 21 1996-09-23 16:44 blues
1570 -rw-r--r-- me/user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
1571 @end smallexample
1572
1573 @node extracting files
1574 @subsection Extracting Specific Files
1575
1576 To extract specific archive members, give their exact member names as
1577 arguments, as printed by @option{--list} (@option{-t}). If you had
1578 mistakenly deleted one of the files you had placed in the archive
1579 @file{collection.tar} earlier (say, @file{blues}), you can extract it
1580 from the archive without changing the archive's structure. Its
1581 contents will be identical to the original file @file{blues} that you
1582 deleted.
1583
1584 First, make sure you are in the @file{practice} directory, and list the
1585 files in the directory. Now, delete the file, @samp{blues}, and list
1586 the files in the directory again.
1587
1588 You can now extract the member @file{blues} from the archive file
1589 @file{collection.tar} like this:
1590
1591 @smallexample
1592 $ @kbd{tar --extract --file=collection.tar blues}
1593 @end smallexample
1594
1595 @noindent
1596 If you list the files in the directory again, you will see that the file
1597 @file{blues} has been restored, with its original permissions, data
1598 modification times, and owner.@footnote{This is only accidentally
1599 true, but not in general. Whereas modification times are always
1600 restored, in most cases, one has to be root for restoring the owner,
1601 and use a special option for restoring permissions. Here, it just
1602 happens that the restoring user is also the owner of the archived
1603 members, and that the current @code{umask} is compatible with original
1604 permissions.} (These parameters will be identical to those which
1605 the file had when you originally placed it in the archive; any changes
1606 you may have made before deleting the file from the file system,
1607 however, will @emph{not} have been made to the archive member.) The
1608 archive file, @samp{collection.tar}, is the same as it was before you
1609 extracted @samp{blues}. You can confirm this by running @command{tar} with
1610 @option{--list} (@option{-t}).
1611
1612 Remember that as with other operations, specifying the exact member
1613 name is important. @w{@kbd{tar --extract --file=bfiles.tar birds}}
1614 will fail, because there is no member named @file{birds}. To extract
1615 the member named @file{./birds}, you must specify @w{@kbd{tar
1616 --extract --file=bfiles.tar ./birds}}. If you don't remember the
1617 exact member names, use @option{--list} (@option{-t}) option
1618 (@pxref{list}). You can also extract those members that match a
1619 specific @dfn{globbing pattern}. For example, to extract from
1620 @file{bfiles.tar} all files that begin with @samp{b}, no matter their
1621 directory prefix, you could type:
1622
1623 @smallexample
1624 $ @kbd{tar -x -f bfiles.tar --wildcards --no-anchored 'b*'}
1625 @end smallexample
1626
1627 @noindent
1628 Here, @option{--wildcards} instructs @command{tar} to treat
1629 command line arguments as globbing patterns and @option{--no-anchored}
1630 informs it that the patterns apply to member names after any @samp{/}
1631 delimiter. The use of globbing patterns is discussed in detail in
1632 @xref{wildcards}.
1633
1634 You can extract a file to standard output by combining the above options
1635 with the @option{--to-stdout} (@option{-O}) option (@pxref{Writing to Standard
1636 Output}).
1637
1638 If you give the @option{--verbose} option, then @option{--extract}
1639 will print the names of the archive members as it extracts them.
1640
1641 @node extract dir
1642 @subsection Extracting Files that are Directories
1643
1644 Extracting directories which are members of an archive is similar to
1645 extracting other files. The main difference to be aware of is that if
1646 the extracted directory has the same name as any directory already in
1647 the working directory, then files in the extracted directory will be
1648 placed into the directory of the same name. Likewise, if there are
1649 files in the pre-existing directory with the same names as the members
1650 which you extract, the files from the extracted archive will replace
1651 the files already in the working directory (and possible
1652 subdirectories). This will happen regardless of whether or not the
1653 files in the working directory were more recent than those extracted
1654 (there exist, however, special options that alter this behavior
1655 @pxref{Writing}).
1656
1657 However, if a file was stored with a directory name as part of its file
1658 name, and that directory does not exist under the working directory when
1659 the file is extracted, @command{tar} will create the directory.
1660
1661 We can demonstrate how to use @option{--extract} to extract a directory
1662 file with an example. Change to the @file{practice} directory if you
1663 weren't there, and remove the files @file{folk} and @file{jazz}. Then,
1664 go back to the parent directory and extract the archive
1665 @file{music.tar}. You may either extract the entire archive, or you may
1666 extract only the files you just deleted. To extract the entire archive,
1667 don't give any file names as arguments after the archive name
1668 @file{music.tar}. To extract only the files you deleted, use the
1669 following command:
1670
1671 @smallexample
1672 $ @kbd{tar -xvf music.tar practice/folk practice/jazz}
1673 practice/folk
1674 practice/jazz
1675 @end smallexample
1676
1677 @noindent
1678 If you were to specify two @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}) options, @command{tar}
1679 would have displayed more detail about the extracted files, as shown
1680 in the example below:
1681
1682 @smallexample
1683 $ @kbd{tar -xvvf music.tar practice/folk practice/jazz}
1684 -rw-r--r-- me/user 28 1996-10-18 16:31 practice/jazz
1685 -rw-r--r-- me/user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 practice/folk
1686 @end smallexample
1687
1688 @noindent
1689 Because you created the directory with @file{practice} as part of the
1690 file names of each of the files by archiving the @file{practice}
1691 directory as @file{practice}, you must give @file{practice} as part
1692 of the file names when you extract those files from the archive.
1693
1694 @node extracting untrusted archives
1695 @subsection Extracting Archives from Untrusted Sources
1696
1697 Extracting files from archives can overwrite files that already exist.
1698 If you receive an archive from an untrusted source, you should make a
1699 new directory and extract into that directory, so that you don't have
1700 to worry about the extraction overwriting one of your existing files.
1701 For example, if @file{untrusted.tar} came from somewhere else on the
1702 Internet, and you don't necessarily trust its contents, you can
1703 extract it as follows:
1704
1705 @smallexample
1706 $ @kbd{mkdir newdir}
1707 $ @kbd{cd newdir}
1708 $ @kbd{tar -xvf ../untrusted.tar}
1709 @end smallexample
1710
1711 It is also a good practice to examine contents of the archive
1712 before extracting it, using @option{--list} (@option{-t}) option, possibly combined
1713 with @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}).
1714
1715 @node failing commands
1716 @subsection Commands That Will Fail
1717
1718 Here are some sample commands you might try which will not work, and why
1719 they won't work.
1720
1721 If you try to use this command,
1722
1723 @smallexample
1724 $ @kbd{tar -xvf music.tar folk jazz}
1725 @end smallexample
1726
1727 @noindent
1728 you will get the following response:
1729
1730 @smallexample
1731 tar: folk: Not found in archive
1732 tar: jazz: Not found in archive
1733 @end smallexample
1734
1735 @noindent
1736 This is because these files were not originally @emph{in} the parent
1737 directory @file{..}, where the archive is located; they were in the
1738 @file{practice} directory, and their file names reflect this:
1739
1740 @smallexample
1741 $ @kbd{tar -tvf music.tar}
1742 practice/blues
1743 practice/folk
1744 practice/jazz
1745 @end smallexample
1746
1747 @FIXME{make sure the above works when going through the examples in
1748 order...}
1749
1750 @noindent
1751 Likewise, if you try to use this command,
1752
1753 @smallexample
1754 $ @kbd{tar -tvf music.tar folk jazz}
1755 @end smallexample
1756
1757 @noindent
1758 you would get a similar response. Members with those names are not in the
1759 archive. You must use the correct member names, or wildcards, in order
1760 to extract the files from the archive.
1761
1762 If you have forgotten the correct names of the files in the archive,
1763 use @w{@kbd{tar --list --verbose}} to list them correctly.
1764
1765 @FIXME{more examples, here? hag thinks it's a good idea.}
1766
1767 @node going further
1768 @section Going Further Ahead in this Manual
1769 @UNREVISED
1770
1771 @FIXME{need to write up a node here about the things that are going to
1772 be in the rest of the manual.}
1773
1774 @node tar invocation
1775 @chapter Invoking @GNUTAR{}
1776
1777 This chapter is about how one invokes the @GNUTAR{}
1778 command, from the command synopsis (@pxref{Synopsis}). There are
1779 numerous options, and many styles for writing them. One mandatory
1780 option specifies the operation @command{tar} should perform
1781 (@pxref{Operation Summary}), other options are meant to detail how
1782 this operation should be performed (@pxref{Option Summary}).
1783 Non-option arguments are not always interpreted the same way,
1784 depending on what the operation is.
1785
1786 You will find in this chapter everything about option styles and rules for
1787 writing them (@pxref{Styles}). On the other hand, operations and options
1788 are fully described elsewhere, in other chapters. Here, you will find
1789 only synthetic descriptions for operations and options, together with
1790 pointers to other parts of the @command{tar} manual.
1791
1792 Some options are so special they are fully described right in this
1793 chapter. They have the effect of inhibiting the normal operation of
1794 @command{tar} or else, they globally alter the amount of feedback the user
1795 receives about what is going on. These are the @option{--help} and
1796 @option{--version} (@pxref{help}), @option{--verbose} (@pxref{verbose})
1797 and @option{--interactive} options (@pxref{interactive}).
1798
1799 @menu
1800 * Synopsis::
1801 * using tar options::
1802 * Styles::
1803 * All Options:: All @command{tar} Options.
1804 * help:: Where to Get Help.
1805 * defaults:: What are the Default Values.
1806 * verbose:: Checking @command{tar} progress.
1807 * checkpoints:: Checkpoints.
1808 * warnings:: Controlling Warning Messages.
1809 * interactive:: Asking for Confirmation During Operations.
1810 * external:: Running External Commands.
1811 @end menu
1812
1813 @node Synopsis
1814 @section General Synopsis of @command{tar}
1815
1816 The @GNUTAR{} program is invoked as either one of:
1817
1818 @smallexample
1819 @kbd{tar @var{option}@dots{} [@var{name}]@dots{}}
1820 @kbd{tar @var{letter}@dots{} [@var{argument}]@dots{} [@var{option}]@dots{} [@var{name}]@dots{}}
1821 @end smallexample
1822
1823 The second form is for when old options are being used.
1824
1825 You can use @command{tar} to store files in an archive, to extract them from
1826 an archive, and to do other types of archive manipulation. The primary
1827 argument to @command{tar}, which is called the @dfn{operation}, specifies
1828 which action to take. The other arguments to @command{tar} are either
1829 @dfn{options}, which change the way @command{tar} performs an operation,
1830 or file names or archive members, which specify the files or members
1831 @command{tar} is to act on.
1832
1833 You can actually type in arguments in any order, even if in this manual
1834 the options always precede the other arguments, to make examples easier
1835 to understand. Further, the option stating the main operation mode
1836 (the @command{tar} main command) is usually given first.
1837
1838 Each @var{name} in the synopsis above is interpreted as an archive member
1839 name when the main command is one of @option{--compare}
1840 (@option{--diff}, @option{-d}), @option{--delete}, @option{--extract}
1841 (@option{--get}, @option{-x}), @option{--list} (@option{-t}) or
1842 @option{--update} (@option{-u}). When naming archive members, you
1843 must give the exact name of the member in the archive, as it is
1844 printed by @option{--list}. For @option{--append} (@option{-r}) and
1845 @option{--create} (@option{-c}), these @var{name} arguments specify
1846 the names of either files or directory hierarchies to place in the archive.
1847 These files or hierarchies should already exist in the file system,
1848 prior to the execution of the @command{tar} command.
1849
1850 @command{tar} interprets relative file names as being relative to the
1851 working directory. @command{tar} will make all file names relative
1852 (by removing leading slashes when archiving or restoring files),
1853 unless you specify otherwise (using the @option{--absolute-names}
1854 option). @xref{absolute}, for more information about
1855 @option{--absolute-names}.
1856
1857 If you give the name of a directory as either a file name or a member
1858 name, then @command{tar} acts recursively on all the files and directories
1859 beneath that directory. For example, the name @file{/} identifies all
1860 the files in the file system to @command{tar}.
1861
1862 The distinction between file names and archive member names is especially
1863 important when shell globbing is used, and sometimes a source of confusion
1864 for newcomers. @xref{wildcards}, for more information about globbing.
1865 The problem is that shells may only glob using existing files in the
1866 file system. Only @command{tar} itself may glob on archive members, so when
1867 needed, you must ensure that wildcard characters reach @command{tar} without
1868 being interpreted by the shell first. Using a backslash before @samp{*}
1869 or @samp{?}, or putting the whole argument between quotes, is usually
1870 sufficient for this.
1871
1872 Even if @var{name}s are often specified on the command line, they
1873 can also be read from a text file in the file system, using the
1874 @option{--files-from=@var{file-of-names}} (@option{-T @var{file-of-names}}) option.
1875
1876 If you don't use any file name arguments, @option{--append} (@option{-r}),
1877 @option{--delete} and @option{--concatenate} (@option{--catenate},
1878 @option{-A}) will do nothing, while @option{--create} (@option{-c})
1879 will usually yield a diagnostic and inhibit @command{tar} execution.
1880 The other operations of @command{tar} (@option{--list},
1881 @option{--extract}, @option{--compare}, and @option{--update})
1882 will act on the entire contents of the archive.
1883
1884 @anchor{exit status}
1885 @cindex exit status
1886 @cindex return status
1887 Besides successful exits, @GNUTAR{} may fail for
1888 many reasons. Some reasons correspond to bad usage, that is, when the
1889 @command{tar} command line is improperly written. Errors may be
1890 encountered later, while processing the archive or the files. Some
1891 errors are recoverable, in which case the failure is delayed until
1892 @command{tar} has completed all its work. Some errors are such that
1893 it would be not meaningful, or at least risky, to continue processing:
1894 @command{tar} then aborts processing immediately. All abnormal exits,
1895 whether immediate or delayed, should always be clearly diagnosed on
1896 @code{stderr}, after a line stating the nature of the error.
1897
1898 Possible exit codes of @GNUTAR{} are summarized in the following
1899 table:
1900
1901 @table @asis
1902 @item 0
1903 @samp{Successful termination}.
1904
1905 @item 1
1906 @samp{Some files differ}. If tar was invoked with @option{--compare}
1907 (@option{--diff}, @option{-d}) command line option, this means that
1908 some files in the archive differ from their disk counterparts
1909 (@pxref{compare}). If tar was given @option{--create},
1910 @option{--append} or @option{--update} option, this exit code means
1911 that some files were changed while being archived and so the resulting
1912 archive does not contain the exact copy of the file set.
1913
1914 @item 2
1915 @samp{Fatal error}. This means that some fatal, unrecoverable error
1916 occurred.
1917 @end table
1918
1919 If @command{tar} has invoked a subprocess and that subprocess exited with a
1920 nonzero exit code, @command{tar} exits with that code as well.
1921 This can happen, for example, if @command{tar} was given some
1922 compression option (@pxref{gzip}) and the external compressor program
1923 failed. Another example is @command{rmt} failure during backup to the
1924 remote device (@pxref{Remote Tape Server}).
1925
1926 @node using tar options
1927 @section Using @command{tar} Options
1928
1929 @GNUTAR{} has a total of eight operating modes which
1930 allow you to perform a variety of tasks. You are required to choose
1931 one operating mode each time you employ the @command{tar} program by
1932 specifying one, and only one operation as an argument to the
1933 @command{tar} command (the corresponding options may be found
1934 at @ref{frequent operations} and @ref{Operations}). Depending on
1935 circumstances, you may also wish to customize how the chosen operating
1936 mode behaves. For example, you may wish to change the way the output
1937 looks, or the format of the files that you wish to archive may require
1938 you to do something special in order to make the archive look right.
1939
1940 You can customize and control @command{tar}'s performance by running
1941 @command{tar} with one or more options (such as @option{--verbose}
1942 (@option{-v}), which we used in the tutorial). As we said in the
1943 tutorial, @dfn{options} are arguments to @command{tar} which are (as
1944 their name suggests) optional. Depending on the operating mode, you
1945 may specify one or more options. Different options will have different
1946 effects, but in general they all change details of the operation, such
1947 as archive format, archive name, or level of user interaction. Some
1948 options make sense with all operating modes, while others are
1949 meaningful only with particular modes. You will likely use some
1950 options frequently, while you will only use others infrequently, or
1951 not at all. (A full list of options is available in @pxref{All Options}.)
1952
1953 @vrindex TAR_OPTIONS, environment variable
1954 @anchor{TAR_OPTIONS}
1955 The @env{TAR_OPTIONS} environment variable specifies default options to
1956 be placed in front of any explicit options. For example, if
1957 @code{TAR_OPTIONS} is @samp{-v --unlink-first}, @command{tar} behaves as
1958 if the two options @option{-v} and @option{--unlink-first} had been
1959 specified before any explicit options. Option specifications are
1960 separated by whitespace. A backslash escapes the next character, so it
1961 can be used to specify an option containing whitespace or a backslash.
1962
1963 Note that @command{tar} options are case sensitive. For example, the
1964 options @option{-T} and @option{-t} are different; the first requires an
1965 argument for stating the name of a file providing a list of @var{name}s,
1966 while the second does not require an argument and is another way to
1967 write @option{--list} (@option{-t}).
1968
1969 In addition to the eight operations, there are many options to
1970 @command{tar}, and three different styles for writing both: long (mnemonic)
1971 form, short form, and old style. These styles are discussed below.
1972 Both the options and the operations can be written in any of these three
1973 styles.
1974
1975 @FIXME{menu at end of this node. need to think of an actual outline
1976 for this chapter; probably do that after stuff from chapter 4 is
1977 incorporated.}
1978
1979 @node Styles
1980 @section The Three Option Styles
1981
1982 There are three styles for writing operations and options to the command
1983 line invoking @command{tar}. The different styles were developed at
1984 different times during the history of @command{tar}. These styles will be
1985 presented below, from the most recent to the oldest.
1986
1987 Some options must take an argument@footnote{For example, @option{--file}
1988 (@option{-f}) takes the name of an archive file as an argument. If
1989 you do not supply an archive file name, @command{tar} will use a
1990 default, but this can be confusing; thus, we recommend that you always
1991 supply a specific archive file name.}. Where you @emph{place} the
1992 arguments generally depends on which style of options you choose. We
1993 will detail specific information relevant to each option style in the
1994 sections on the different option styles, below. The differences are
1995 subtle, yet can often be very important; incorrect option placement
1996 can cause you to overwrite a number of important files. We urge you
1997 to note these differences, and only use the option style(s) which
1998 makes the most sense to you until you feel comfortable with the others.
1999
2000 Some options @emph{may} take an argument. Such options may have at
2001 most long and short forms, they do not have old style equivalent. The
2002 rules for specifying an argument for such options are stricter than
2003 those for specifying mandatory arguments. Please, pay special
2004 attention to them.
2005
2006 @menu
2007 * Long Options:: Long Option Style
2008 * Short Options:: Short Option Style
2009 * Old Options:: Old Option Style
2010 * Mixing:: Mixing Option Styles
2011 @end menu
2012
2013 @node Long Options
2014 @subsection Long Option Style
2015
2016 @cindex long options
2017 @cindex options, long style
2018 @cindex options, GNU style
2019 @cindex options, mnemonic names
2020 Each option has at least one @dfn{long} (or @dfn{mnemonic}) name starting with two
2021 dashes in a row, e.g., @option{--list}. The long names are more clear than
2022 their corresponding short or old names. It sometimes happens that a
2023 single long option has many different names which are
2024 synonymous, such as @option{--compare} and @option{--diff}. In addition,
2025 long option names can be given unique abbreviations. For example,
2026 @option{--cre} can be used in place of @option{--create} because there is no
2027 other long option which begins with @samp{cre}. (One way to find
2028 this out is by trying it and seeing what happens; if a particular
2029 abbreviation could represent more than one option, @command{tar} will tell
2030 you that that abbreviation is ambiguous and you'll know that that
2031 abbreviation won't work. You may also choose to run @samp{tar --help}
2032 to see a list of options. Be aware that if you run @command{tar} with a
2033 unique abbreviation for the long name of an option you didn't want to
2034 use, you are stuck; @command{tar} will perform the command as ordered.)
2035
2036 Long options are meant to be obvious and easy to remember, and their
2037 meanings are generally easier to discern than those of their
2038 corresponding short options (see below). For example:
2039
2040 @smallexample
2041 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --blocking-factor=20 --file=/dev/rmt0}
2042 @end smallexample
2043
2044 @noindent
2045 gives a fairly good set of hints about what the command does, even
2046 for those not fully acquainted with @command{tar}.
2047
2048 @cindex arguments to long options
2049 @cindex long options with mandatory arguments
2050 Long options which require arguments take those arguments
2051 immediately following the option name. There are two ways of
2052 specifying a mandatory argument. It can be separated from the
2053 option name either by an equal sign, or by any amount of
2054 white space characters. For example, the @option{--file} option (which
2055 tells the name of the @command{tar} archive) is given a file such as
2056 @file{archive.tar} as argument by using any of the following notations:
2057 @option{--file=archive.tar} or @option{--file archive.tar}.
2058
2059 @cindex optional arguments to long options
2060 @cindex long options with optional arguments
2061 In contrast, optional arguments must always be introduced using
2062 an equal sign. For example, the @option{--backup} option takes
2063 an optional argument specifying backup type. It must be used
2064 as @option{--backup=@var{backup-type}}.
2065
2066 @node Short Options
2067 @subsection Short Option Style
2068
2069 @cindex short options
2070 @cindex options, short style
2071 @cindex options, traditional
2072 Most options also have a @dfn{short option} name. Short options start with
2073 a single dash, and are followed by a single character, e.g., @option{-t}
2074 (which is equivalent to @option{--list}). The forms are absolutely
2075 identical in function; they are interchangeable.
2076
2077 The short option names are faster to type than long option names.
2078
2079 @cindex arguments to short options
2080 @cindex short options with mandatory arguments
2081 Short options which require arguments take their arguments immediately
2082 following the option, usually separated by white space. It is also
2083 possible to stick the argument right after the short option name, using
2084 no intervening space. For example, you might write @w{@option{-f
2085 archive.tar}} or @option{-farchive.tar} instead of using
2086 @option{--file=archive.tar}. Both @option{--file=@var{archive-name}} and
2087 @w{@option{-f @var{archive-name}}} denote the option which indicates a
2088 specific archive, here named @file{archive.tar}.
2089
2090 @cindex optional arguments to short options
2091 @cindex short options with optional arguments
2092 Short options which take optional arguments take their arguments
2093 immediately following the option letter, @emph{without any intervening
2094 white space characters}.
2095
2096 Short options' letters may be clumped together, but you are not
2097 required to do this (as compared to old options; see below). When
2098 short options are clumped as a set, use one (single) dash for them
2099 all, e.g., @w{@samp{@command{tar} -cvf}}. Only the last option in
2100 such a set is allowed to have an argument@footnote{Clustering many
2101 options, the last of which has an argument, is a rather opaque way to
2102 write options. Some wonder if @acronym{GNU} @code{getopt} should not
2103 even be made helpful enough for considering such usages as invalid.}.
2104
2105 When the options are separated, the argument for each option which requires
2106 an argument directly follows that option, as is usual for Unix programs.
2107 For example:
2108
2109 @smallexample
2110 $ @kbd{tar -c -v -b 20 -f /dev/rmt0}
2111 @end smallexample
2112
2113 If you reorder short options' locations, be sure to move any arguments
2114 that belong to them. If you do not move the arguments properly, you may
2115 end up overwriting files.
2116
2117 @node Old Options
2118 @subsection Old Option Style
2119 @cindex options, old style
2120 @cindex old option style
2121 @cindex option syntax, traditional
2122
2123 As far as we know, all @command{tar} programs, @acronym{GNU} and
2124 non-@acronym{GNU}, support @dfn{old options}: that is, if the first
2125 argument does not start with @samp{-}, it is assumed to specify option
2126 letters. @GNUTAR{} supports old options not only for historical
2127 reasons, but also because many people are used to them. If the first
2128 argument does not start with a dash, you are announcing the old option
2129 style instead of the short option style; old options are decoded
2130 differently.
2131
2132 Like short options, old options are single letters. However, old options
2133 must be written together as a single clumped set, without spaces separating
2134 them or dashes preceding them. This set
2135 of letters must be the first to appear on the command line, after the
2136 @command{tar} program name and some white space; old options cannot appear
2137 anywhere else. The letter of an old option is exactly the same letter as
2138 the corresponding short option. For example, the old option @samp{t} is
2139 the same as the short option @option{-t}, and consequently, the same as the
2140 long option @option{--list}. So for example, the command @w{@samp{tar
2141 cv}} specifies the option @option{-v} in addition to the operation @option{-c}.
2142
2143 @cindex arguments to old options
2144 @cindex old options with mandatory arguments
2145 When options that need arguments are given together with the command,
2146 all the associated arguments follow, in the same order as the options.
2147 Thus, the example given previously could also be written in the old
2148 style as follows:
2149
2150 @smallexample
2151 $ @kbd{tar cvbf 20 /dev/rmt0}
2152 @end smallexample
2153
2154 @noindent
2155 Here, @samp{20} is the argument of @option{-b} and @samp{/dev/rmt0} is
2156 the argument of @option{-f}.
2157
2158 The old style syntax can make it difficult to match
2159 option letters with their corresponding arguments, and is often
2160 confusing. In the command @w{@samp{tar cvbf 20 /dev/rmt0}}, for example,
2161 @samp{20} is the argument for @option{-b}, @samp{/dev/rmt0} is the
2162 argument for @option{-f}, and @option{-v} does not have a corresponding
2163 argument. Even using short options like in @w{@samp{tar -c -v -b 20 -f
2164 /dev/rmt0}} is clearer, putting all arguments next to the option they
2165 pertain to.
2166
2167 If you want to reorder the letters in the old option argument, be
2168 sure to reorder any corresponding argument appropriately.
2169
2170 This old way of writing @command{tar} options can surprise even experienced
2171 users. For example, the two commands:
2172
2173 @smallexample
2174 @kbd{tar cfz archive.tar.gz file}
2175 @kbd{tar -cfz archive.tar.gz file}
2176 @end smallexample
2177
2178 @noindent
2179 are quite different. The first example uses @file{archive.tar.gz} as
2180 the value for option @samp{f} and recognizes the option @samp{z}. The
2181 second example, however, uses @file{z} as the value for option
2182 @samp{f} --- probably not what was intended.
2183
2184 This second example could be corrected in many ways, among which the
2185 following are equivalent:
2186
2187 @smallexample
2188 @kbd{tar -czf archive.tar.gz file}
2189 @kbd{tar -cf archive.tar.gz -z file}
2190 @kbd{tar cf archive.tar.gz -z file}
2191 @end smallexample
2192
2193 @node Mixing
2194 @subsection Mixing Option Styles
2195
2196 @cindex options, mixing different styles
2197 All three styles may be intermixed in a single @command{tar} command,
2198 so long as the rules for each style are fully
2199 respected@footnote{Before @GNUTAR{} version 1.11.6,
2200 a bug prevented intermixing old style options with long options in
2201 some cases.}. Old style options and either of the modern styles of
2202 options may be mixed within a single @command{tar} command. However,
2203 old style options must be introduced as the first arguments only,
2204 following the rule for old options (old options must appear directly
2205 after the @command{tar} command and some white space). Modern options
2206 may be given only after all arguments to the old options have been
2207 collected. If this rule is not respected, a modern option might be
2208 falsely interpreted as the value of the argument to one of the old
2209 style options.
2210
2211 For example, all the following commands are wholly equivalent, and
2212 illustrate the many combinations and orderings of option styles.
2213
2214 @smallexample
2215 @kbd{tar --create --file=archive.tar}
2216 @kbd{tar --create -f archive.tar}
2217 @kbd{tar --create -farchive.tar}
2218 @kbd{tar --file=archive.tar --create}
2219 @kbd{tar --file=archive.tar -c}
2220 @kbd{tar -c --file=archive.tar}
2221 @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar}
2222 @kbd{tar -c -farchive.tar}
2223 @kbd{tar -cf archive.tar}
2224 @kbd{tar -cfarchive.tar}
2225 @kbd{tar -f archive.tar --create}
2226 @kbd{tar -f archive.tar -c}
2227 @kbd{tar -farchive.tar --create}
2228 @kbd{tar -farchive.tar -c}
2229 @kbd{tar c --file=archive.tar}
2230 @kbd{tar c -f archive.tar}
2231 @kbd{tar c -farchive.tar}
2232 @kbd{tar cf archive.tar}
2233 @kbd{tar f archive.tar --create}
2234 @kbd{tar f archive.tar -c}
2235 @kbd{tar fc archive.tar}
2236 @end smallexample
2237
2238 On the other hand, the following commands are @emph{not} equivalent to
2239 the previous set:
2240
2241 @smallexample
2242 @kbd{tar -f -c archive.tar}
2243 @kbd{tar -fc archive.tar}
2244 @kbd{tar -fcarchive.tar}
2245 @kbd{tar -farchive.tarc}
2246 @kbd{tar cfarchive.tar}
2247 @end smallexample
2248
2249 @noindent
2250 These last examples mean something completely different from what the
2251 user intended (judging based on the example in the previous set which
2252 uses long options, whose intent is therefore very clear). The first
2253 four specify that the @command{tar} archive would be a file named
2254 @option{-c}, @samp{c}, @samp{carchive.tar} or @samp{archive.tarc},
2255 respectively. The first two examples also specify a single non-option,
2256 @var{name} argument having the value @samp{archive.tar}. The last
2257 example contains only old style option letters (repeating option
2258 @samp{c} twice), not all of which are meaningful (eg., @samp{.},
2259 @samp{h}, or @samp{i}), with no argument value.
2260 @FIXME{not sure i liked
2261 the first sentence of this paragraph..}
2262
2263 @node All Options
2264 @section All @command{tar} Options
2265
2266 The coming manual sections contain an alphabetical listing of all
2267 @command{tar} operations and options, with brief descriptions and
2268 cross-references to more in-depth explanations in the body of the manual.
2269 They also contain an alphabetically arranged table of the short option
2270 forms with their corresponding long option. You can use this table as
2271 a reference for deciphering @command{tar} commands in scripts.
2272
2273 @menu
2274 * Operation Summary::
2275 * Option Summary::
2276 * Short Option Summary::
2277 @end menu
2278
2279 @node Operation Summary
2280 @subsection Operations
2281
2282 @table @option
2283
2284 @opsummary{append}
2285 @item --append
2286 @itemx -r
2287
2288 Appends files to the end of the archive. @xref{append}.
2289
2290 @opsummary{catenate}
2291 @item --catenate
2292 @itemx -A
2293
2294 Same as @option{--concatenate}. @xref{concatenate}.
2295
2296 @opsummary{compare}
2297 @item --compare
2298 @itemx -d
2299
2300 Compares archive members with their counterparts in the file
2301 system, and reports differences in file size, mode, owner,
2302 modification date and contents. @xref{compare}.
2303
2304 @opsummary{concatenate}
2305 @item --concatenate
2306 @itemx -A
2307
2308 Appends other @command{tar} archives to the end of the archive.
2309 @xref{concatenate}.
2310
2311 @opsummary{create}
2312 @item --create
2313 @itemx -c
2314
2315 Creates a new @command{tar} archive. @xref{create}.
2316
2317 @opsummary{delete}
2318 @item --delete
2319
2320 Deletes members from the archive. Don't try this on an archive on a
2321 tape! @xref{delete}.
2322
2323 @opsummary{diff}
2324 @item --diff
2325 @itemx -d
2326
2327 Same @option{--compare}. @xref{compare}.
2328
2329 @opsummary{extract}
2330 @item --extract
2331 @itemx -x
2332
2333 Extracts members from the archive into the file system. @xref{extract}.
2334
2335 @opsummary{get}
2336 @item --get
2337 @itemx -x
2338
2339 Same as @option{--extract}. @xref{extract}.
2340
2341 @opsummary{list}
2342 @item --list
2343 @itemx -t
2344
2345 Lists the members in an archive. @xref{list}.
2346
2347 @opsummary{update}
2348 @item --update
2349 @itemx -u
2350
2351 Adds files to the end of the archive, but only if they are newer than
2352 their counterparts already in the archive, or if they do not already
2353 exist in the archive. @xref{update}.
2354
2355 @end table
2356
2357 @node Option Summary
2358 @subsection @command{tar} Options
2359
2360 @table @option
2361
2362 @opsummary{absolute-names}
2363 @item --absolute-names
2364 @itemx -P
2365
2366 Normally when creating an archive, @command{tar} strips an initial
2367 @samp{/} from member names, and when extracting from an archive @command{tar}
2368 treats names specially if they have initial @samp{/} or internal
2369 @samp{..}. This option disables that behavior. @xref{absolute}.
2370
2371 @opsummary{after-date}
2372 @item --after-date
2373
2374 (See @option{--newer}, @pxref{after})
2375
2376 @opsummary{anchored}
2377 @item --anchored
2378 A pattern must match an initial subsequence of the name's components.
2379 @xref{controlling pattern-matching}.
2380
2381 @opsummary{atime-preserve}
2382 @item --atime-preserve
2383 @itemx --atime-preserve=replace
2384 @itemx --atime-preserve=system
2385
2386 Attempt to preserve the access time of files when reading them. This
2387 option currently is effective only on files that you own, unless you
2388 have superuser privileges.
2389
2390 @option{--atime-preserve=replace} remembers the access time of a file
2391 before reading it, and then restores the access time afterwards. This
2392 may cause problems if other programs are reading the file at the same
2393 time, as the times of their accesses will be lost. On most platforms
2394 restoring the access time also requires @command{tar} to restore the
2395 data modification time too, so this option may also cause problems if
2396 other programs are writing the file at the same time (@command{tar} attempts
2397 to detect this situation, but cannot do so reliably due to race
2398 conditions). Worse, on most platforms restoring the access time also
2399 updates the status change time, which means that this option is
2400 incompatible with incremental backups.
2401
2402 @option{--atime-preserve=system} avoids changing time stamps on files,
2403 without interfering with time stamp updates
2404 caused by other programs, so it works better with incremental backups.
2405 However, it requires a special @code{O_NOATIME} option from the
2406 underlying operating and file system implementation, and it also requires
2407 that searching directories does not update their access times. As of
2408 this writing (November 2005) this works only with Linux, and only with
2409 Linux kernels 2.6.8 and later. Worse, there is currently no reliable
2410 way to know whether this feature actually works. Sometimes
2411 @command{tar} knows that it does not work, and if you use
2412 @option{--atime-preserve=system} then @command{tar} complains and
2413 exits right away. But other times @command{tar} might think that the
2414 option works when it actually does not.
2415
2416 Currently @option{--atime-preserve} with no operand defaults to
2417 @option{--atime-preserve=replace}, but this may change in the future
2418 as support for @option{--atime-preserve=system} improves.
2419
2420 If your operating or file system does not support
2421 @option{--atime-preserve=@-system}, you might be able to preserve access
2422 times reliably by using the @command{mount} command. For example,
2423 you can mount the file system read-only, or access the file system via
2424 a read-only loopback mount, or use the @samp{noatime} mount option
2425 available on some systems. However, mounting typically requires
2426 superuser privileges and can be a pain to manage.
2427
2428 @opsummary{auto-compress}
2429 @item --auto-compress
2430 @itemx -a
2431
2432 During a @option{--create} operation, enables automatic compressed
2433 format recognition based on the archive suffix. The effect of this
2434 option is cancelled by @option{--no-auto-compress}. @xref{gzip}.
2435
2436 @opsummary{backup}
2437 @item --backup=@var{backup-type}
2438
2439 Rather than deleting files from the file system, @command{tar} will
2440 back them up using simple or numbered backups, depending upon
2441 @var{backup-type}. @xref{backup}.
2442
2443 @opsummary{block-number}
2444 @item --block-number
2445 @itemx -R
2446
2447 With this option present, @command{tar} prints error messages for read errors
2448 with the block number in the archive file. @xref{block-number}.
2449
2450 @opsummary{blocking-factor}
2451 @item --blocking-factor=@var{blocking}
2452 @itemx -b @var{blocking}
2453
2454 Sets the blocking factor @command{tar} uses to @var{blocking} x 512 bytes per
2455 record. @xref{Blocking Factor}.
2456
2457 @opsummary{bzip2}
2458 @item --bzip2
2459 @itemx -j
2460
2461 This option tells @command{tar} to read or write archives through
2462 @code{bzip2}. @xref{gzip}.
2463
2464 @opsummary{check-device}
2465 @item --check-device
2466 Check device numbers when creating a list of modified files for
2467 incremental archiving. This is the default. @xref{device numbers},
2468 for a detailed description.
2469
2470 @opsummary{checkpoint}
2471 @item --checkpoint[=@var{number}]
2472
2473 This option directs @command{tar} to print periodic checkpoint
2474 messages as it reads through the archive. It is intended for when you
2475 want a visual indication that @command{tar} is still running, but
2476 don't want to see @option{--verbose} output. You can also instruct
2477 @command{tar} to execute a list of actions on each checkpoint, see
2478 @option{--checkpoint-action} below. For a detailed description, see
2479 @ref{checkpoints}.
2480
2481 @opsummary{checkpoint-action}
2482 @item --checkpoint-action=@var{action}
2483 Instruct @command{tar} to execute an action upon hitting a
2484 breakpoint. Here we give only a brief outline. @xref{checkpoints},
2485 for a complete description.
2486
2487 The @var{action} argument can be one of the following:
2488
2489 @table @asis
2490 @item bell
2491 Produce an audible bell on the console.
2492
2493 @item dot
2494 @itemx .
2495 Print a single dot on the standard listing stream.
2496
2497 @item echo
2498 Display a textual message on the standard error, with the status and
2499 number of the checkpoint. This is the default.
2500
2501 @item echo=@var{string}
2502 Display @var{string} on the standard error. Before output, the string
2503 is subject to meta-character expansion.
2504
2505 @item exec=@var{command}
2506 Execute the given @var{command}.
2507
2508 @item sleep=@var{time}
2509 Wait for @var{time} seconds.
2510
2511 @item ttyout=@var{string}
2512 Output @var{string} on the current console (@file{/dev/tty}).
2513 @end table
2514
2515 Several @option{--checkpoint-action} options can be specified. The
2516 supplied actions will be executed in order of their appearance in the
2517 command line.
2518
2519 Using @option{--checkpoint-action} without @option{--checkpoint}
2520 assumes default checkpoint frequency of one checkpoint per 10 records.
2521
2522 @opsummary{check-links}
2523 @item --check-links
2524 @itemx -l
2525 If this option was given, @command{tar} will check the number of links
2526 dumped for each processed file. If this number does not match the
2527 total number of hard links for the file, a warning message will be
2528 output @footnote{Earlier versions of @GNUTAR{} understood @option{-l} as a
2529 synonym for @option{--one-file-system}. The current semantics, which
2530 complies to UNIX98, was introduced with version
2531 1.15.91. @xref{Changes}, for more information.}.
2532
2533 @xref{hard links}.
2534
2535 @opsummary{compress}
2536 @opsummary{uncompress}
2537 @item --compress
2538 @itemx --uncompress
2539 @itemx -Z
2540
2541 @command{tar} will use the @command{compress} program when reading or
2542 writing the archive. This allows you to directly act on archives
2543 while saving space. @xref{gzip}.
2544
2545 @opsummary{confirmation}
2546 @item --confirmation
2547
2548 (See @option{--interactive}.) @xref{interactive}.
2549
2550 @opsummary{delay-directory-restore}
2551 @item --delay-directory-restore
2552
2553 Delay setting modification times and permissions of extracted
2554 directories until the end of extraction. @xref{Directory Modification Times and Permissions}.
2555
2556 @opsummary{dereference}
2557 @item --dereference
2558 @itemx -h
2559
2560 When reading or writing a file to be archived, @command{tar} accesses
2561 the file that a symbolic link points to, rather than the symlink
2562 itself. @xref{dereference}.
2563
2564 @opsummary{directory}
2565 @item --directory=@var{dir}
2566 @itemx -C @var{dir}
2567
2568 When this option is specified, @command{tar} will change its current directory
2569 to @var{dir} before performing any operations. When this option is used
2570 during archive creation, it is order sensitive. @xref{directory}.
2571
2572 @opsummary{exclude}
2573 @item --exclude=@var{pattern}
2574
2575 When performing operations, @command{tar} will skip files that match
2576 @var{pattern}. @xref{exclude}.
2577
2578 @opsummary{exclude-backups}
2579 @item --exclude-backups
2580 Exclude backup and lock files. @xref{exclude,, exclude-backups}.
2581
2582 @opsummary{exclude-from}
2583 @item --exclude-from=@var{file}
2584 @itemx -X @var{file}
2585
2586 Similar to @option{--exclude}, except @command{tar} will use the list of
2587 patterns in the file @var{file}. @xref{exclude}.
2588
2589 @opsummary{exclude-caches}
2590 @item --exclude-caches
2591
2592 Exclude from dump any directory containing a valid cache directory
2593 tag file, but still dump the directory node and the tag file itself.
2594
2595 @xref{exclude,, exclude-caches}.
2596
2597 @opsummary{exclude-caches-under}
2598 @item --exclude-caches-under
2599
2600 Exclude from dump any directory containing a valid cache directory
2601 tag file, but still dump the directory node itself.
2602
2603 @xref{exclude}.
2604
2605 @opsummary{exclude-caches-all}
2606 @item --exclude-caches-all
2607
2608 Exclude from dump any directory containing a valid cache directory
2609 tag file. @xref{exclude}.
2610
2611 @opsummary{exclude-ignore}
2612 @item --exclude-ignore=@var{file}
2613 Before dumping a directory, @command{tar} checks if it contains
2614 @var{file}. If so, exclusion patterns are read from this file.
2615 The patterns affect only the directory itself. @xref{exclude}.
2616
2617 @opsummary{exclude-ignore-recursive}
2618 @item --exclude-ignore-recursive=@var{file}
2619 Before dumping a directory, @command{tar} checks if it contains
2620 @var{file}. If so, exclusion patterns are read from this file.
2621 The patterns affect the directory and all itssubdirectories.
2622 @xref{exclude}.
2623
2624 @opsummary{exclude-tag}
2625 @item --exclude-tag=@var{file}
2626
2627 Exclude from dump any directory containing file named @var{file}, but
2628 dump the directory node and @var{file} itself. @xref{exclude,, exclude-tag}.
2629
2630 @opsummary{exclude-tag-under}
2631 @item --exclude-tag-under=@var{file}
2632
2633 Exclude from dump the contents of any directory containing file
2634 named @var{file}, but dump the directory node itself. @xref{exclude,,
2635 exclude-tag-under}.
2636
2637 @opsummary{exclude-tag-all}
2638 @item --exclude-tag-all=@var{file}
2639
2640 Exclude from dump any directory containing file named @var{file}.
2641 @xref{exclude,,exclude-tag-all}.
2642
2643 @opsummary{exclude-vcs}
2644 @item --exclude-vcs
2645
2646 Exclude from dump directories and files, that are internal for some
2647 widely used version control systems.
2648
2649 @xref{exclude-vcs}.
2650
2651 @opsummary{exclude-vcs-ignores}
2652 @item --exclude-vcs-ignores
2653 Exclude files that match patterns read from VCS-specific ignore
2654 files. Supported files are: @file{.cvsignore}, @file{.gitignore},
2655 @file{.bzrignore}, and @file{.hgignore}. The semantics of each file
2656 is the same as for the corresponding VCS, e.g. patterns read from
2657 @file{.gitignore} affect the directory and all its subdirectories.
2658 @xref{exclude-vcs-ignores}.
2659
2660 @opsummary{file}
2661 @item --file=@var{archive}
2662 @itemx -f @var{archive}
2663
2664 @command{tar} will use the file @var{archive} as the @command{tar} archive it
2665 performs operations on, rather than @command{tar}'s compilation dependent
2666 default. @xref{file tutorial}.
2667
2668 @opsummary{files-from}
2669 @item --files-from=@var{file}
2670 @itemx -T @var{file}
2671
2672 @command{tar} will use the contents of @var{file} as a list of archive members
2673 or files to operate on, in addition to those specified on the
2674 command-line. @xref{files}.
2675
2676 @opsummary{force-local}
2677 @item --force-local
2678
2679 Forces @command{tar} to interpret the file name given to @option{--file}
2680 as a local file, even if it looks like a remote tape drive name.
2681 @xref{local and remote archives}.
2682
2683 @opsummary{format}
2684 @item --format=@var{format}
2685 @itemx -H @var{format}
2686
2687 Selects output archive format. @var{Format} may be one of the
2688 following:
2689
2690 @table @samp
2691 @item v7
2692 Creates an archive that is compatible with Unix V7 @command{tar}.
2693
2694 @item oldgnu
2695 Creates an archive that is compatible with GNU @command{tar} version
2696 1.12 or earlier.
2697
2698 @item gnu
2699 Creates archive in GNU tar 1.13 format. Basically it is the same as
2700 @samp{oldgnu} with the only difference in the way it handles long
2701 numeric fields.
2702
2703 @item ustar
2704 Creates a @acronym{POSIX.1-1988} compatible archive.
2705
2706 @item posix
2707 Creates a @acronym{POSIX.1-2001 archive}.
2708
2709 @end table
2710
2711 @xref{Formats}, for a detailed discussion of these formats.
2712
2713 @opsummary{full-time}
2714 @item --full-time
2715 This option instructs @command{tar} to print file times to their full
2716 resolution. Usually this means 1-second resolution, but that depends
2717 on the underlying file system. The @option{--full-time} option takes
2718 effect only when detailed output (verbosity level 2 or higher) has
2719 been requested using the @option{--verbose} option, e.g., when listing
2720 or extracting archives:
2721
2722 @smallexample
2723 $ @kbd{tar -t -v --full-time -f archive.tar}
2724 @end smallexample
2725
2726 @noindent
2727 or, when creating an archive:
2728
2729 @smallexample
2730 $ @kbd{tar -c -vv --full-time -f archive.tar .}
2731 @end smallexample
2732
2733 Notice, thar when creating the archive you need to specify
2734 @option{--verbose} twice to get a detailed output (@pxref{verbose
2735 tutorial}).
2736
2737 @opsummary{group}
2738 @item --group=@var{group}
2739
2740 Files added to the @command{tar} archive will have a group @acronym{ID} of @var{group},
2741 rather than the group from the source file. @var{group} can specify a
2742 symbolic name, or a numeric @acronym{ID}, or both as
2743 @var{name}:@var{id}. @xref{override}.
2744
2745 Also see the comments for the @option{--owner=@var{user}} option.
2746
2747 @opsummary{gzip}
2748 @opsummary{gunzip}
2749 @opsummary{ungzip}
2750 @item --gzip
2751 @itemx --gunzip
2752 @itemx --ungzip
2753 @itemx -z
2754
2755 This option tells @command{tar} to read or write archives through
2756 @command{gzip}, allowing @command{tar} to directly operate on several
2757 kinds of compressed archives transparently. @xref{gzip}.
2758
2759 @opsummary{hard-dereference}
2760 @item --hard-dereference
2761 When creating an archive, dereference hard links and store the files
2762 they refer to, instead of creating usual hard link members.
2763
2764 @xref{hard links}.
2765
2766 @opsummary{help}
2767 @item --help
2768 @itemx -?
2769
2770 @command{tar} will print out a short message summarizing the operations and
2771 options to @command{tar} and exit. @xref{help}.
2772
2773 @opsummary{ignore-case}
2774 @item --ignore-case
2775 Ignore case when matching member or file names with
2776 patterns. @xref{controlling pattern-matching}.
2777
2778 @opsummary{ignore-command-error}
2779 @item --ignore-command-error
2780 Ignore exit codes of subprocesses. @xref{Writing to an External Program}.
2781
2782 @opsummary{ignore-failed-read}
2783 @item --ignore-failed-read
2784
2785 Do not exit unsuccessfully merely because an unreadable file was encountered.
2786 @xref{Ignore Failed Read}.
2787
2788 @opsummary{ignore-zeros}
2789 @item --ignore-zeros
2790 @itemx -i
2791
2792 With this option, @command{tar} will ignore zeroed blocks in the
2793 archive, which normally signals EOF. @xref{Reading}.
2794
2795 @opsummary{incremental}
2796 @item --incremental
2797 @itemx -G
2798
2799 Informs @command{tar} that it is working with an old
2800 @acronym{GNU}-format incremental backup archive. It is intended
2801 primarily for backwards compatibility only. @xref{Incremental Dumps},
2802 for a detailed discussion of incremental archives.
2803
2804 @opsummary{index-file}
2805 @item --index-file=@var{file}
2806
2807 Send verbose output to @var{file} instead of to standard output.
2808
2809 @opsummary{info-script}
2810 @opsummary{new-volume-script}
2811 @item --info-script=@var{command}
2812 @itemx --new-volume-script=@var{command}
2813 @itemx -F @var{command}
2814
2815 When @command{tar} is performing multi-tape backups, @var{command} is run
2816 at the end of each tape. If it exits with nonzero status,
2817 @command{tar} fails immediately. @xref{info-script}, for a detailed
2818 discussion of this feature.
2819
2820 @opsummary{interactive}
2821 @item --interactive
2822 @itemx --confirmation
2823 @itemx -w
2824
2825 Specifies that @command{tar} should ask the user for confirmation before
2826 performing potentially destructive options, such as overwriting files.
2827 @xref{interactive}.
2828
2829 @opsummary{--keep-directory-symlink}
2830 @item --keep-directory-symlink
2831
2832 This option changes the behavior of tar when it encounters a symlink
2833 with the same name as the directory that it is about to extract. By
2834 default, in this case tar would first remove the symlink and then
2835 proceed extracting the directory.
2836
2837 The @option{--keep-directory-symlink} option disables this behavior
2838 and instructs tar to follow symlinks to directories when extracting
2839 from the archive.
2840
2841 It is mainly intended to provide compatibility with the Slackware
2842 installation scripts.
2843
2844 @opsummary{keep-newer-files}
2845 @item --keep-newer-files
2846
2847 Do not replace existing files that are newer than their archive copies
2848 when extracting files from an archive.
2849
2850 @opsummary{keep-old-files}
2851 @item --keep-old-files
2852 @itemx -k
2853
2854 Do not overwrite existing files when extracting files from an
2855 archive. Return error if such files exist. See also
2856 @ref{--skip-old-files}.
2857
2858 @xref{Keep Old Files}.
2859
2860 @opsummary{label}
2861 @item --label=@var{name}
2862 @itemx -V @var{name}
2863
2864 When creating an archive, instructs @command{tar} to write @var{name}
2865 as a name record in the archive. When extracting or listing archives,
2866 @command{tar} will only operate on archives that have a label matching
2867 the pattern specified in @var{name}. @xref{Tape Files}.
2868
2869 @opsummary{level}
2870 @item --level=@var{n}
2871 Force incremental backup of level @var{n}. As of @GNUTAR version
2872 @value{VERSION}, the option @option{--level=0} truncates the snapshot
2873 file, thereby forcing the level 0 dump. Other values of @var{n} are
2874 effectively ignored. @xref{--level=0}, for details and examples.
2875
2876 The use of this option is valid only in conjunction with the
2877 @option{--listed-incremental} option. @xref{Incremental Dumps},
2878 for a detailed description.
2879
2880 @opsummary{listed-incremental}
2881 @item --listed-incremental=@var{snapshot-file}
2882 @itemx -g @var{snapshot-file}
2883
2884 During a @option{--create} operation, specifies that the archive that
2885 @command{tar} creates is a new @acronym{GNU}-format incremental
2886 backup, using @var{snapshot-file} to determine which files to backup.
2887 With other operations, informs @command{tar} that the archive is in
2888 incremental format. @xref{Incremental Dumps}.
2889
2890 @opsummary{lzip}
2891 @item --lzip
2892
2893 This option tells @command{tar} to read or write archives through
2894 @command{lzip}. @xref{gzip}.
2895
2896 @opsummary{lzma}
2897 @item --lzma
2898
2899 This option tells @command{tar} to read or write archives through
2900 @command{lzma}. @xref{gzip}.
2901
2902 @item --lzop
2903
2904 This option tells @command{tar} to read or write archives through
2905 @command{lzop}. @xref{gzip}.
2906
2907 @opsummary{mode}
2908 @item --mode=@var{permissions}
2909
2910 When adding files to an archive, @command{tar} will use
2911 @var{permissions} for the archive members, rather than the permissions
2912 from the files. @var{permissions} can be specified either as an octal
2913 number or as symbolic permissions, like with
2914 @command{chmod}. @xref{override}.
2915
2916 @opsummary{mtime}
2917 @item --mtime=@var{date}
2918
2919 When adding files to an archive, @command{tar} will use @var{date} as
2920 the modification time of members when creating archives, instead of
2921 their actual modification times. The value of @var{date} can be
2922 either a textual date representation (@pxref{Date input formats}) or a
2923 name of the existing file, starting with @samp{/} or @samp{.}. In the
2924 latter case, the modification time of that file is used. @xref{override}.
2925
2926 @opsummary{multi-volume}
2927 @item --multi-volume
2928 @itemx -M
2929
2930 Informs @command{tar} that it should create or otherwise operate on a
2931 multi-volume @command{tar} archive. @xref{Using Multiple Tapes}.
2932
2933 @opsummary{new-volume-script}
2934 @item --new-volume-script
2935
2936 (see @option{--info-script})
2937
2938 @opsummary{newer}
2939 @item --newer=@var{date}
2940 @itemx --after-date=@var{date}
2941 @itemx -N
2942
2943 When creating an archive, @command{tar} will only add files that have changed
2944 since @var{date}. If @var{date} begins with @samp{/} or @samp{.}, it
2945 is taken to be the name of a file whose data modification time specifies
2946 the date. @xref{after}.
2947
2948 @opsummary{newer-mtime}
2949 @item --newer-mtime=@var{date}
2950
2951 Like @option{--newer}, but add only files whose
2952 contents have changed (as opposed to just @option{--newer}, which will
2953 also back up files for which any status information has
2954 changed). @xref{after}.
2955
2956 @opsummary{no-anchored}
2957 @item --no-anchored
2958 An exclude pattern can match any subsequence of the name's components.
2959 @xref{controlling pattern-matching}.
2960
2961 @opsummary{no-auto-compress}
2962 @item --no-auto-compress
2963
2964 Disables automatic compressed format recognition based on the archive
2965 suffix. @xref{--auto-compress}. @xref{gzip}.
2966
2967 @opsummary{no-check-device}
2968 @item --no-check-device
2969 Do not check device numbers when creating a list of modified files
2970 for incremental archiving. @xref{device numbers}, for
2971 a detailed description.
2972
2973 @opsummary{no-delay-directory-restore}
2974 @item --no-delay-directory-restore
2975
2976 Modification times and permissions of extracted
2977 directories are set when all files from this directory have been
2978 extracted. This is the default.
2979 @xref{Directory Modification Times and Permissions}.
2980
2981 @opsummary{no-ignore-case}
2982 @item --no-ignore-case
2983 Use case-sensitive matching.
2984 @xref{controlling pattern-matching}.
2985
2986 @opsummary{no-ignore-command-error}
2987 @item --no-ignore-command-error
2988 Print warnings about subprocesses that terminated with a nonzero exit
2989 code. @xref{Writing to an External Program}.
2990
2991 @opsummary{no-null}
2992 @item --no-null
2993
2994 If the @option{--null} option was given previously, this option
2995 cancels its effect, so that any following @option{--files-from}
2996 options will expect their file lists to be newline-terminated.
2997
2998 @opsummary{no-overwrite-dir}
2999 @item --no-overwrite-dir
3000
3001 Preserve metadata of existing directories when extracting files
3002 from an archive. @xref{Overwrite Old Files}.
3003
3004 @opsummary{no-quote-chars}
3005 @item --no-quote-chars=@var{string}
3006 Remove characters listed in @var{string} from the list of quoted
3007 characters set by the previous @option{--quote-chars} option
3008 (@pxref{quoting styles}).
3009
3010 @opsummary{no-recursion}
3011 @item --no-recursion
3012
3013 With this option, @command{tar} will not recurse into directories.
3014 @xref{recurse}.
3015
3016 @opsummary{no-same-owner}
3017 @item --no-same-owner
3018 @itemx -o
3019
3020 When extracting an archive, do not attempt to preserve the owner
3021 specified in the @command{tar} archive. This the default behavior
3022 for ordinary users.
3023
3024 @opsummary{no-same-permissions}
3025 @item --no-same-permissions
3026
3027 When extracting an archive, subtract the user's umask from files from
3028 the permissions specified in the archive. This is the default behavior
3029 for ordinary users.
3030
3031 @opsummary{no-seek}
3032 @item --no-seek
3033
3034 The archive media does not support seeks to arbitrary
3035 locations. Usually @command{tar} determines automatically whether
3036 the archive can be seeked or not. Use this option to disable this
3037 mechanism.
3038
3039 @opsummary{no-unquote}
3040 @item --no-unquote
3041 Treat all input file or member names literally, do not interpret
3042 escape sequences. @xref{input name quoting}.
3043
3044 @opsummary{no-verbatim-files-from}
3045 @item --no-verbatim-files-from
3046
3047 Instructs @GNUTAR{} to treat each line read from a file list as if it
3048 were supplied in the command line. I.e., leading and trailing
3049 whitespace is removed and, if the result begins with a dash, it is
3050 treated as a @GNUTAR{} command line option.
3051
3052 This is default behavior. This option is provided as a way to restore
3053 it after @option{--verbatim-files-from} option.
3054
3055 It is implied by the @option{--no-null} option.
3056
3057 @xref{no-verbatim-files-from}.
3058
3059 @opsummary{no-wildcards}
3060 @item --no-wildcards
3061 Do not use wildcards.
3062 @xref{controlling pattern-matching}.
3063
3064 @opsummary{no-wildcards-match-slash}
3065 @item --no-wildcards-match-slash
3066 Wildcards do not match @samp{/}.
3067 @xref{controlling pattern-matching}.
3068
3069 @opsummary{null}
3070 @item --null
3071
3072 When @command{tar} is using the @option{--files-from} option, this option
3073 instructs @command{tar} to expect file names terminated with
3074 @acronym{NUL}, and to process file names verbatim.
3075
3076 This means that @command{tar} correctly works with file names that
3077 contain newlines or begin with a dash.
3078
3079 @xref{nul}.
3080
3081 See also @ref{verbatim-files-from}.
3082
3083 @opsummary{numeric-owner}
3084 @item --numeric-owner
3085
3086 This option will notify @command{tar} that it should use numeric user
3087 and group IDs when creating a @command{tar} file, rather than names.
3088 @xref{Attributes}.
3089
3090 @item -o
3091 The function of this option depends on the action @command{tar} is
3092 performing. When extracting files, @option{-o} is a synonym for
3093 @option{--no-same-owner}, i.e., it prevents @command{tar} from
3094 restoring ownership of files being extracted.
3095
3096 When creating an archive, it is a synonym for
3097 @option{--old-archive}. This behavior is for compatibility
3098 with previous versions of @GNUTAR{}, and will be
3099 removed in future releases.
3100
3101 @xref{Changes}, for more information.
3102
3103 @opsummary{occurrence}
3104 @item --occurrence[=@var{number}]
3105
3106 This option can be used in conjunction with one of the subcommands
3107 @option{--delete}, @option{--diff}, @option{--extract} or
3108 @option{--list} when a list of files is given either on the command
3109 line or via @option{-T} option.
3110
3111 This option instructs @command{tar} to process only the @var{number}th
3112 occurrence of each named file. @var{Number} defaults to 1, so
3113
3114 @smallexample
3115 tar -x -f archive.tar --occurrence filename
3116 @end smallexample
3117
3118 @noindent
3119 will extract the first occurrence of the member @file{filename} from @file{archive.tar}
3120 and will terminate without scanning to the end of the archive.
3121
3122 @opsummary{old-archive}
3123 @item --old-archive
3124 Synonym for @option{--format=v7}.
3125
3126 @opsummary{one-file-system}
3127 @item --one-file-system
3128 Used when creating an archive. Prevents @command{tar} from recursing into
3129 directories that are on different file systems from the current
3130 directory.
3131
3132 @opsummary{one-top-level}
3133 @item --one-top-level[=@var{dir}]
3134 Tells @command{tar} to create a new directory beneath the extraction directory
3135 (or the one passed to @option{-C}) and use it to guard against
3136 tarbombs. In the absence of @var{dir} argument, the name of the new directory
3137 will be equal to the base name of the archive (file name minus the
3138 archive suffix, if recognized). Any member names that do not begin
3139 with that directory name (after
3140 transformations from @option{--transform} and
3141 @option{--strip-components}) will be prefixed with it. Recognized
3142 file name suffixes are @samp{.tar}, and any compression suffixes
3143 recognizable by @xref{--auto-compress}.
3144
3145 @opsummary{overwrite}
3146 @item --overwrite
3147
3148 Overwrite existing files and directory metadata when extracting files
3149 from an archive. @xref{Overwrite Old Files}.
3150
3151 @opsummary{overwrite-dir}
3152 @item --overwrite-dir
3153
3154 Overwrite the metadata of existing directories when extracting files
3155 from an archive. @xref{Overwrite Old Files}.
3156
3157 @opsummary{owner}
3158 @item --owner=@var{user}
3159
3160 Specifies that @command{tar} should use @var{user} as the owner of members
3161 when creating archives, instead of the user associated with the source
3162 file. @var{user} can specify a symbolic name, or a numeric
3163 @acronym{ID}, or both as @var{name}:@var{id}.
3164 @xref{override}.
3165
3166 This option does not affect extraction from archives.
3167
3168 @opsummary{pax-option}
3169 @item --pax-option=@var{keyword-list}
3170 This option enables creation of the archive in @acronym{POSIX.1-2001}
3171 format (@pxref{posix}) and modifies the way @command{tar} handles the
3172 extended header keywords. @var{Keyword-list} is a comma-separated
3173 list of keyword options. @xref{PAX keywords}, for a detailed
3174 discussion.
3175
3176 @opsummary{portability}
3177 @item --portability
3178 @itemx --old-archive
3179 Synonym for @option{--format=v7}.
3180
3181 @opsummary{posix}
3182 @item --posix
3183 Same as @option{--format=posix}.
3184
3185 @opsummary{preserve}
3186 @item --preserve
3187
3188 Synonymous with specifying both @option{--preserve-permissions} and
3189 @option{--same-order}. @xref{Setting Access Permissions}.
3190
3191 @opsummary{preserve-order}
3192 @item --preserve-order
3193
3194 (See @option{--same-order}; @pxref{Reading}.)
3195
3196 @opsummary{preserve-permissions}
3197 @opsummary{same-permissions}
3198 @item --preserve-permissions
3199 @itemx --same-permissions
3200 @itemx -p
3201
3202 When @command{tar} is extracting an archive, it normally subtracts the
3203 users' umask from the permissions specified in the archive and uses
3204 that number as the permissions to create the destination file.
3205 Specifying this option instructs @command{tar} that it should use the
3206 permissions directly from the archive. @xref{Setting Access Permissions}.
3207
3208 @opsummary{quote-chars}
3209 @item --quote-chars=@var{string}
3210 Always quote characters from @var{string}, even if the selected
3211 quoting style would not quote them (@pxref{quoting styles}).
3212
3213 @opsummary{quoting-style}
3214 @item --quoting-style=@var{style}
3215 Set quoting style to use when printing member and file names
3216 (@pxref{quoting styles}). Valid @var{style} values are:
3217 @code{literal}, @code{shell}, @code{shell-always}, @code{c},
3218 @code{escape}, @code{locale}, and @code{clocale}. Default quoting
3219 style is @code{escape}, unless overridden while configuring the
3220 package.
3221
3222 @opsummary{read-full-records}
3223 @item --read-full-records
3224 @itemx -B
3225
3226 Specifies that @command{tar} should reblock its input, for reading
3227 from pipes on systems with buggy implementations. @xref{Reading}.
3228
3229 @opsummary{record-size}
3230 @item --record-size=@var{size}[@var{suf}]
3231
3232 Instructs @command{tar} to use @var{size} bytes per record when accessing the
3233 archive. The argument can be suffixed with a @dfn{size suffix}, e.g.
3234 @option{--record-size=10K} for 10 Kilobytes. @xref{size-suffixes},
3235 for a list of valid suffixes. @xref{Blocking Factor}, for a detailed
3236 description of this option.
3237
3238 @opsummary{recursion}
3239 @item --recursion
3240
3241 With this option, @command{tar} recurses into directories (default).
3242 @xref{recurse}.
3243
3244 @opsummary{recursive-unlink}
3245 @item --recursive-unlink
3246
3247 Remove existing
3248 directory hierarchies before extracting directories of the same name
3249 from the archive. @xref{Recursive Unlink}.
3250
3251 @opsummary{remove-files}
3252 @item --remove-files
3253
3254 Directs @command{tar} to remove the source file from the file system after
3255 appending it to an archive. @xref{remove files}.
3256
3257 @opsummary{restrict}
3258 @item --restrict
3259
3260 Disable use of some potentially harmful @command{tar} options.
3261 Currently this option disables shell invocation from multi-volume menu
3262 (@pxref{Using Multiple Tapes}).
3263
3264 @opsummary{rmt-command}
3265 @item --rmt-command=@var{cmd}
3266
3267 Notifies @command{tar} that it should use @var{cmd} instead of
3268 the default @file{/usr/libexec/rmt} (@pxref{Remote Tape Server}).
3269
3270 @opsummary{rsh-command}
3271 @item --rsh-command=@var{cmd}
3272
3273 Notifies @command{tar} that is should use @var{cmd} to communicate with remote
3274 devices. @xref{Device}.
3275
3276 @opsummary{same-order}
3277 @item --same-order
3278 @itemx --preserve-order
3279 @itemx -s
3280
3281 This option is an optimization for @command{tar} when running on machines with
3282 small amounts of memory. It informs @command{tar} that the list of file
3283 arguments has already been sorted to match the order of files in the
3284 archive. @xref{Reading}.
3285
3286 @opsummary{same-owner}
3287 @item --same-owner
3288
3289 When extracting an archive, @command{tar} will attempt to preserve the owner
3290 specified in the @command{tar} archive with this option present.
3291 This is the default behavior for the superuser; this option has an
3292 effect only for ordinary users. @xref{Attributes}.
3293
3294 @opsummary{same-permissions}
3295 @item --same-permissions
3296
3297 (See @option{--preserve-permissions}; @pxref{Setting Access Permissions}.)
3298
3299 @opsummary{seek}
3300 @item --seek
3301 @itemx -n
3302
3303 Assume that the archive media supports seeks to arbitrary
3304 locations. Usually @command{tar} determines automatically whether
3305 the archive can be seeked or not. This option is intended for use
3306 in cases when such recognition fails. It takes effect only if the
3307 archive is open for reading (e.g. with @option{--list} or
3308 @option{--extract} options).
3309
3310 @opsummary{show-defaults}
3311 @item --show-defaults
3312
3313 Displays the default options used by @command{tar} and exits
3314 successfully. This option is intended for use in shell scripts.
3315 Here is an example of what you can see using this option:
3316
3317 @smallexample
3318 $ @kbd{tar --show-defaults}
3319 --format=gnu -f- -b20 --quoting-style=escape
3320 --rmt-command=/usr/libexec/rmt --rsh-command=/usr/bin/rsh
3321 @end smallexample
3322
3323 @noindent
3324 Notice, that this option outputs only one line. The example output
3325 above has been split to fit page boundaries. @xref{defaults}.
3326
3327 @opsummary{show-omitted-dirs}
3328 @item --show-omitted-dirs
3329
3330 Instructs @command{tar} to mention the directories it is skipping when
3331 operating on a @command{tar} archive. @xref{show-omitted-dirs}.
3332
3333 @opsummary{show-snapshot-field-ranges}
3334 @item --show-snapshot-field-ranges
3335
3336 Displays the range of values allowed by this version of @command{tar}
3337 for each field in the snapshot file, then exits successfully.
3338 @xref{Snapshot Files}.
3339
3340 @opsummary{show-transformed-names}
3341 @opsummary{show-stored-names}
3342 @item --show-transformed-names
3343 @itemx --show-stored-names
3344
3345 Display file or member names after applying any transformations
3346 (@pxref{transform}). In particular, when used in conjunction with one of
3347 the archive creation operations it instructs @command{tar} to list the
3348 member names stored in the archive, as opposed to the actual file
3349 names. @xref{listing member and file names}.
3350
3351 @opsummary{skip-old-files}
3352 @item --skip-old-files
3353
3354 Do not overwrite existing files when extracting files from an
3355 archive. @xref{Keep Old Files}.
3356
3357 This option differs from @option{--keep-old-files} in that it does not
3358 treat such files as an error, instead it just silently avoids
3359 overwriting them.
3360
3361 The @option{--warning=existing-file} option can be used together with
3362 this option to produce warning messages about existing old files
3363 (@pxref{warnings}).
3364
3365 @opsummary{sort}
3366 @item --sort=@var{order}
3367 Specify the directory sorting order when reading directories.
3368 @var{Order} may be one of the following:
3369
3370 @table @samp
3371 @item none
3372 No directory sorting is performed. This is the default.
3373
3374 @item name
3375 Sort the directory entries on name. The operating system may deliver
3376 directory entries in a more or less random order, and sorting them
3377 makes archive creation reproducible.
3378
3379 @item inode
3380 Sort the directory entries on inode number. Sorting directories on
3381 inode number may reduce the amount of disk seek operations when
3382 creating an archive for some file systems.
3383
3384 @end table
3385
3386 @opsummary{sparse}
3387 @item --sparse
3388 @itemx -S
3389
3390 Invokes a @acronym{GNU} extension when adding files to an archive that handles
3391 sparse files efficiently. @xref{sparse}.
3392
3393 @opsummary{sparse-version}
3394 @item --sparse-version=@var{version}
3395
3396 Specifies the @dfn{format version} to use when archiving sparse
3397 files. Implies @option{--sparse}. @xref{sparse}. For the description
3398 of the supported sparse formats, @xref{Sparse Formats}.
3399
3400 @opsummary{starting-file}
3401 @item --starting-file=@var{name}
3402 @itemx -K @var{name}
3403
3404 This option affects extraction only; @command{tar} will skip extracting
3405 files in the archive until it finds one that matches @var{name}.
3406 @xref{Scarce}.
3407
3408 @opsummary{strip-components}
3409 @item --strip-components=@var{number}
3410 Strip given @var{number} of leading components from file names before
3411 extraction. For example, if archive @file{archive.tar} contained
3412 @file{/some/file/name}, then running
3413
3414 @smallexample
3415 tar --extract --file archive.tar --strip-components=2
3416 @end smallexample
3417
3418 @noindent
3419 would extract this file to file @file{name}.
3420
3421 @opsummary{suffix}
3422 @item --suffix=@var{suffix}
3423
3424 Alters the suffix @command{tar} uses when backing up files from the default
3425 @samp{~}. @xref{backup}.
3426
3427 @opsummary{tape-length}
3428 @item --tape-length=@var{num}[@var{suf}]
3429 @itemx -L @var{num}[@var{suf}]
3430
3431 Specifies the length of tapes that @command{tar} is writing as being
3432 @w{@var{num} x 1024} bytes long. If optional @var{suf} is given, it
3433 specifies a multiplicative factor to be used instead of 1024. For
3434 example, @samp{-L2M} means 2 megabytes. @xref{size-suffixes}, for a
3435 list of allowed suffixes. @xref{Using Multiple Tapes}, for a detailed
3436 discussion of this option.
3437
3438 @opsummary{test-label}
3439 @item --test-label
3440
3441 Reads the volume label. If an argument is specified, test whether it
3442 matches the volume label. @xref{--test-label option}.
3443
3444 @opsummary{to-command}
3445 @item --to-command=@var{command}
3446
3447 During extraction @command{tar} will pipe extracted files to the
3448 standard input of @var{command}. @xref{Writing to an External Program}.
3449
3450 @opsummary{to-stdout}
3451 @item --to-stdout
3452 @itemx -O
3453
3454 During extraction, @command{tar} will extract files to stdout rather
3455 than to the file system. @xref{Writing to Standard Output}.
3456
3457 @opsummary{totals}
3458 @item --totals[=@var{signo}]
3459
3460 Displays the total number of bytes transferred when processing an
3461 archive. If an argument is given, these data are displayed on
3462 request, when signal @var{signo} is delivered to @command{tar}.
3463 @xref{totals}.
3464
3465 @opsummary{touch}
3466 @item --touch
3467 @itemx -m
3468
3469 Sets the data modification time of extracted files to the extraction time,
3470 rather than the data modification time stored in the archive.
3471 @xref{Data Modification Times}.
3472
3473 @opsummary{transform}
3474 @opsummary{xform}
3475 @item --transform=@var{sed-expr}
3476 @itemx --xform=@var{sed-expr}
3477 Transform file or member names using @command{sed} replacement expression
3478 @var{sed-expr}. For example,
3479
3480 @smallexample
3481 $ @kbd{tar cf archive.tar --transform 's,^\./,usr/,' .}
3482 @end smallexample
3483
3484 @noindent
3485 will add to @file{archive} files from the current working directory,
3486 replacing initial @samp{./} prefix with @samp{usr/}. For the detailed
3487 discussion, @xref{transform}.
3488
3489 To see transformed member names in verbose listings, use
3490 @option{--show-transformed-names} option
3491 (@pxref{show-transformed-names}).
3492
3493 @opsummary{uncompress}
3494 @item --uncompress
3495
3496 (See @option{--compress}, @pxref{gzip})
3497
3498 @opsummary{ungzip}
3499 @item --ungzip
3500
3501 (See @option{--gzip}, @pxref{gzip})
3502
3503 @opsummary{unlink-first}
3504 @item --unlink-first
3505 @itemx -U
3506
3507 Directs @command{tar} to remove the corresponding file from the file
3508 system before extracting it from the archive. @xref{Unlink First}.
3509
3510 @opsummary{unquote}
3511 @item --unquote
3512 Enable unquoting input file or member names (default). @xref{input
3513 name quoting}.
3514
3515 @opsummary{use-compress-program}
3516 @item --use-compress-program=@var{prog}
3517 @itemx -I=@var{prog}
3518
3519 Instructs @command{tar} to access the archive through @var{prog}, which is
3520 presumed to be a compression program of some sort. @xref{gzip}.
3521
3522 @opsummary{utc}
3523 @item --utc
3524
3525 Display file modification dates in @acronym{UTC}. This option implies
3526 @option{--verbose}.
3527
3528 @opsummary{verbatim-files-from}
3529 @item --verbatim-files-from
3530
3531 Instructs @GNUTAR{} to treat each line read from a file list as a file
3532 name, even if it starts with a dash.
3533
3534 File lists are supplied with the @option{--files-from} (@option{-T})
3535 option. By default, each line read from a file list is first trimmed
3536 off the leading and trailing whitespace and, if the result begins with
3537 a dash, it is treated as a @GNUTAR{} command line option.
3538
3539 Use the @option{--verbatim-files-from} option to disable this special
3540 handling. This facilitates the use of @command{tar} with file lists
3541 created by @command{file} command.
3542
3543 This option affects all @option{--files-from} options that occur after
3544 it in the command line. Its effect is reverted by the
3545 @option{--no-verbatim-files-from} option.
3546
3547 This option is implied by the @option{--null} option.
3548
3549 @xref{verbatim-files-from}.
3550
3551 @opsummary{verbose}
3552 @item --verbose
3553 @itemx -v
3554
3555 Specifies that @command{tar} should be more verbose about the
3556 operations it is performing. This option can be specified multiple
3557 times for some operations to increase the amount of information displayed.
3558 @xref{verbose}.
3559
3560 @opsummary{verify}
3561 @item --verify
3562 @itemx -W
3563
3564 Verifies that the archive was correctly written when creating an
3565 archive. @xref{verify}.
3566
3567 @opsummary{version}
3568 @item --version
3569
3570 Print information about the program's name, version, origin and legal
3571 status, all on standard output, and then exit successfully.
3572 @xref{help}.
3573
3574 @opsummary{volno-file}
3575 @item --volno-file=@var{file}
3576
3577 Used in conjunction with @option{--multi-volume}. @command{tar} will
3578 keep track of which volume of a multi-volume archive it is working in
3579 @var{file}. @xref{volno-file}.
3580
3581 @opsummary{warning}
3582 @item --warning=@var{keyword}
3583
3584 Enable or disable warning messages identified by @var{keyword}. The
3585 messages are suppressed if @var{keyword} is prefixed with @samp{no-}.
3586 @xref{warnings}.
3587
3588 @opsummary{wildcards}
3589 @item --wildcards
3590 Use wildcards when matching member names with patterns.
3591 @xref{controlling pattern-matching}.
3592
3593 @opsummary{wildcards-match-slash}
3594 @item --wildcards-match-slash
3595 Wildcards match @samp{/}.
3596 @xref{controlling pattern-matching}.
3597
3598 @opsummary{xz}
3599 @item --xz
3600 @itemx -J
3601 Use @command{xz} for compressing or decompressing the archives. @xref{gzip}.
3602
3603 @end table
3604
3605 @node Short Option Summary
3606 @subsection Short Options Cross Reference
3607
3608 Here is an alphabetized list of all of the short option forms, matching
3609 them with the equivalent long option.
3610
3611 @multitable @columnfractions 0.20 0.80
3612 @headitem Short Option @tab Reference
3613
3614 @item -A @tab @ref{--concatenate}.
3615
3616 @item -B @tab @ref{--read-full-records}.
3617
3618 @item -C @tab @ref{--directory}.
3619
3620 @item -F @tab @ref{--info-script}.
3621
3622 @item -G @tab @ref{--incremental}.
3623
3624 @item -J @tab @ref{--xz}.
3625
3626 @item -K @tab @ref{--starting-file}.
3627
3628 @item -L @tab @ref{--tape-length}.
3629
3630 @item -M @tab @ref{--multi-volume}.
3631
3632 @item -N @tab @ref{--newer}.
3633
3634 @item -O @tab @ref{--to-stdout}.
3635
3636 @item -P @tab @ref{--absolute-names}.
3637
3638 @item -R @tab @ref{--block-number}.
3639
3640 @item -S @tab @ref{--sparse}.
3641
3642 @item -T @tab @ref{--files-from}.
3643
3644 @item -U @tab @ref{--unlink-first}.
3645
3646 @item -V @tab @ref{--label}.
3647
3648 @item -W @tab @ref{--verify}.
3649
3650 @item -X @tab @ref{--exclude-from}.
3651
3652 @item -Z @tab @ref{--compress}.
3653
3654 @item -b @tab @ref{--blocking-factor}.
3655
3656 @item -c @tab @ref{--create}.
3657
3658 @item -d @tab @ref{--compare}.
3659
3660 @item -f @tab @ref{--file}.
3661
3662 @item -g @tab @ref{--listed-incremental}.
3663
3664 @item -h @tab @ref{--dereference}.
3665
3666 @item -i @tab @ref{--ignore-zeros}.
3667
3668 @item -j @tab @ref{--bzip2}.
3669
3670 @item -k @tab @ref{--keep-old-files}.
3671
3672 @item -l @tab @ref{--check-links}.
3673
3674 @item -m @tab @ref{--touch}.
3675
3676 @item -o @tab When creating, @ref{--no-same-owner}, when extracting ---
3677 @ref{--portability}.
3678
3679 The latter usage is deprecated. It is retained for compatibility with
3680 the earlier versions of @GNUTAR{}. In future releases
3681 @option{-o} will be equivalent to @option{--no-same-owner} only.
3682
3683 @item -p @tab @ref{--preserve-permissions}.
3684
3685 @item -r @tab @ref{--append}.
3686
3687 @item -s @tab @ref{--same-order}.
3688
3689 @item -t @tab @ref{--list}.
3690
3691 @item -u @tab @ref{--update}.
3692
3693 @item -v @tab @ref{--verbose}.
3694
3695 @item -w @tab @ref{--interactive}.
3696
3697 @item -x @tab @ref{--extract}.
3698
3699 @item -z @tab @ref{--gzip}.
3700
3701 @end multitable
3702
3703 @node help
3704 @section @GNUTAR{} documentation
3705
3706 @cindex Getting program version number
3707 @opindex version
3708 @cindex Version of the @command{tar} program
3709 Being careful, the first thing is really checking that you are using
3710 @GNUTAR{}, indeed. The @option{--version} option
3711 causes @command{tar} to print information about its name, version,
3712 origin and legal status, all on standard output, and then exit
3713 successfully. For example, @w{@samp{tar --version}} might print:
3714
3715 @smallexample
3716 tar (GNU tar) @value{VERSION}
3717 Copyright (C) 2013-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3718 License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <http://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>.
3719 This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it.
3720 There is NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law.
3721
3722 Written by John Gilmore and Jay Fenlason.
3723 @end smallexample
3724
3725 @noindent
3726 The first occurrence of @samp{tar} in the result above is the program
3727 name in the package (for example, @command{rmt} is another program),
3728 while the second occurrence of @samp{tar} is the name of the package
3729 itself, containing possibly many programs. The package is currently
3730 named @samp{tar}, after the name of the main program it
3731 contains@footnote{There are plans to merge the @command{cpio} and
3732 @command{tar} packages into a single one which would be called
3733 @code{paxutils}. So, who knows if, one of this days, the
3734 @option{--version} would not output @w{@samp{tar (@acronym{GNU}
3735 paxutils) 3.2}}.}.
3736
3737 @cindex Obtaining help
3738 @cindex Listing all @command{tar} options
3739 @xopindex{help, introduction}
3740 Another thing you might want to do is checking the spelling or meaning
3741 of some particular @command{tar} option, without resorting to this
3742 manual, for once you have carefully read it. @GNUTAR{}
3743 has a short help feature, triggerable through the
3744 @option{--help} option. By using this option, @command{tar} will
3745 print a usage message listing all available options on standard
3746 output, then exit successfully, without doing anything else and
3747 ignoring all other options. Even if this is only a brief summary, it
3748 may be several screens long. So, if you are not using some kind of
3749 scrollable window, you might prefer to use something like:
3750
3751 @smallexample
3752 $ @kbd{tar --help | less}
3753 @end smallexample
3754
3755 @noindent
3756 presuming, here, that you like using @command{less} for a pager. Other
3757 popular pagers are @command{more} and @command{pg}. If you know about some
3758 @var{keyword} which interests you and do not want to read all the
3759 @option{--help} output, another common idiom is doing:
3760
3761 @smallexample
3762 tar --help | grep @var{keyword}
3763 @end smallexample
3764
3765 @noindent
3766 for getting only the pertinent lines. Notice, however, that some
3767 @command{tar} options have long description lines and the above
3768 command will list only the first of them.
3769
3770 The exact look of the option summary displayed by @kbd{tar --help} is
3771 configurable. @xref{Configuring Help Summary}, for a detailed description.
3772
3773 @opindex usage
3774 If you only wish to check the spelling of an option, running @kbd{tar
3775 --usage} may be a better choice. This will display a terse list of
3776 @command{tar} options without accompanying explanations.
3777
3778 The short help output is quite succinct, and you might have to get
3779 back to the full documentation for precise points. If you are reading
3780 this paragraph, you already have the @command{tar} manual in some
3781 form. This manual is available in a variety of forms from
3782 @url{http://www.gnu.org/software/tar/manual}. It may be printed out of the @GNUTAR{}
3783 distribution, provided you have @TeX{} already installed somewhere,
3784 and a laser printer around. Just configure the distribution, execute
3785 the command @w{@samp{make dvi}}, then print @file{doc/tar.dvi} the
3786 usual way (contact your local guru to know how). If @GNUTAR{}
3787 has been conveniently installed at your place, this
3788 manual is also available in interactive, hypertextual form as an Info
3789 file. Just call @w{@samp{info tar}} or, if you do not have the
3790 @command{info} program handy, use the Info reader provided within
3791 @acronym{GNU} Emacs, calling @samp{tar} from the main Info menu.
3792
3793 There is currently no @code{man} page for @GNUTAR{}.
3794 If you observe such a @code{man} page on the system you are running,
3795 either it does not belong to @GNUTAR{}, or it has not
3796 been produced by @acronym{GNU}. Some package maintainers convert
3797 @kbd{tar --help} output to a man page, using @command{help2man}. In
3798 any case, please bear in mind that the authoritative source of
3799 information about @GNUTAR{} is this Texinfo documentation.
3800
3801 @node defaults
3802 @section Obtaining @GNUTAR{} default values
3803
3804 @opindex show-defaults
3805 @GNUTAR{} has some predefined defaults that are used when you do not
3806 explicitly specify another values. To obtain a list of such
3807 defaults, use @option{--show-defaults} option. This will output the
3808 values in the form of @command{tar} command line options:
3809
3810 @smallexample
3811 @group
3812 $ @kbd{tar --show-defaults}
3813 --format=gnu -f- -b20 --quoting-style=escape
3814 --rmt-command=/etc/rmt --rsh-command=/usr/bin/rsh
3815 @end group
3816 @end smallexample
3817
3818 @noindent
3819 Notice, that this option outputs only one line. The example output above
3820 has been split to fit page boundaries.
3821
3822 @noindent
3823 The above output shows that this version of @GNUTAR{} defaults to
3824 using @samp{gnu} archive format (@pxref{Formats}), it uses standard
3825 output as the archive, if no @option{--file} option has been given
3826 (@pxref{file tutorial}), the default blocking factor is 20
3827 (@pxref{Blocking Factor}). It also shows the default locations where
3828 @command{tar} will look for @command{rmt} and @command{rsh} binaries.
3829
3830 @node verbose
3831 @section Checking @command{tar} progress
3832
3833 Typically, @command{tar} performs most operations without reporting any
3834 information to the user except error messages. When using @command{tar}
3835 with many options, particularly ones with complicated or
3836 difficult-to-predict behavior, it is possible to make serious mistakes.
3837 @command{tar} provides several options that make observing @command{tar}
3838 easier. These options cause @command{tar} to print information as it
3839 progresses in its job, and you might want to use them just for being
3840 more careful about what is going on, or merely for entertaining
3841 yourself. If you have encountered a problem when operating on an
3842 archive, however, you may need more information than just an error
3843 message in order to solve the problem. The following options can be
3844 helpful diagnostic tools.
3845
3846 @cindex Verbose operation
3847 @opindex verbose
3848 Normally, the @option{--list} (@option{-t}) command to list an archive
3849 prints just the file names (one per line) and the other commands are
3850 silent. When used with most operations, the @option{--verbose}
3851 (@option{-v}) option causes @command{tar} to print the name of each
3852 file or archive member as it is processed. This and the other options
3853 which make @command{tar} print status information can be useful in
3854 monitoring @command{tar}.
3855
3856 With @option{--create} or @option{--extract}, @option{--verbose} used
3857 once just prints the names of the files or members as they are processed.
3858 Using it twice causes @command{tar} to print a longer listing
3859 (@xref{verbose member listing}, for the description) for each member.
3860 Since @option{--list} already prints the names of the members,
3861 @option{--verbose} used once with @option{--list} causes @command{tar}
3862 to print an @samp{ls -l} type listing of the files in the archive.
3863 The following examples both extract members with long list output:
3864
3865 @smallexample
3866 $ @kbd{tar --extract --file=archive.tar --verbose --verbose}
3867 $ @kbd{tar xvvf archive.tar}
3868 @end smallexample
3869
3870 Verbose output appears on the standard output except when an archive is
3871 being written to the standard output, as with @samp{tar --create
3872 --file=- --verbose} (@samp{tar cvf -}, or even @samp{tar cv}---if the
3873 installer let standard output be the default archive). In that case
3874 @command{tar} writes verbose output to the standard error stream.
3875
3876 If @option{--index-file=@var{file}} is specified, @command{tar} sends
3877 verbose output to @var{file} rather than to standard output or standard
3878 error.
3879
3880 @anchor{totals}
3881 @cindex Obtaining total status information
3882 @opindex totals
3883 The @option{--totals} option causes @command{tar} to print on the
3884 standard error the total amount of bytes transferred when processing
3885 an archive. When creating or appending to an archive, this option
3886 prints the number of bytes written to the archive and the average
3887 speed at which they have been written, e.g.:
3888
3889 @smallexample
3890 @group
3891 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar --totals /home}
3892 Total bytes written: 7924664320 (7.4GiB, 85MiB/s)
3893 @end group
3894 @end smallexample
3895
3896 When reading an archive, this option displays the number of bytes
3897 read:
3898
3899 @smallexample
3900 @group
3901 $ @kbd{tar -x -f archive.tar --totals}
3902 Total bytes read: 7924664320 (7.4GiB, 95MiB/s)
3903 @end group
3904 @end smallexample
3905
3906 Finally, when deleting from an archive, the @option{--totals} option
3907 displays both numbers plus number of bytes removed from the archive:
3908
3909 @smallexample
3910 @group
3911 $ @kbd{tar --delete -f foo.tar --totals --wildcards '*~'}
3912 Total bytes read: 9543680 (9.2MiB, 201MiB/s)
3913 Total bytes written: 3829760 (3.7MiB, 81MiB/s)
3914 Total bytes deleted: 1474048
3915 @end group
3916 @end smallexample
3917
3918 You can also obtain this information on request. When
3919 @option{--totals} is used with an argument, this argument is
3920 interpreted as a symbolic name of a signal, upon delivery of which the
3921 statistics is to be printed:
3922
3923 @table @option
3924 @item --totals=@var{signo}
3925 Print statistics upon delivery of signal @var{signo}. Valid arguments
3926 are: @code{SIGHUP}, @code{SIGQUIT}, @code{SIGINT}, @code{SIGUSR1} and
3927 @code{SIGUSR2}. Shortened names without @samp{SIG} prefix are also
3928 accepted.
3929 @end table
3930
3931 Both forms of @option{--totals} option can be used simultaneously.
3932 Thus, @kbd{tar -x --totals --totals=USR1} instructs @command{tar} to
3933 extract all members from its default archive and print statistics
3934 after finishing the extraction, as well as when receiving signal
3935 @code{SIGUSR1}.
3936
3937 @anchor{Progress information}
3938 @cindex Progress information
3939 The @option{--checkpoint} option prints an occasional message
3940 as @command{tar} reads or writes the archive. It is designed for
3941 those who don't need the more detailed (and voluminous) output of
3942 @option{--block-number} (@option{-R}), but do want visual confirmation
3943 that @command{tar} is actually making forward progress. By default it
3944 prints a message each 10 records read or written. This can be changed
3945 by giving it a numeric argument after an equal sign:
3946
3947 @smallexample
3948 $ @kbd{tar -c --checkpoint=1000} /var
3949 tar: Write checkpoint 1000
3950 tar: Write checkpoint 2000
3951 tar: Write checkpoint 3000
3952 @end smallexample
3953
3954 This example shows the default checkpoint message used by
3955 @command{tar}. If you place a dot immediately after the equal
3956 sign, it will print a @samp{.} at each checkpoint@footnote{This is
3957 actually a shortcut for @option{--checkpoint=@var{n}
3958 --checkpoint-action=dot}. @xref{checkpoints, dot}.}. For example:
3959
3960 @smallexample
3961 $ @kbd{tar -c --checkpoint=.1000} /var
3962 ...
3963 @end smallexample
3964
3965 The @option{--checkpoint} option provides a flexible mechanism for
3966 executing arbitrary actions upon hitting checkpoints, see the next
3967 section (@pxref{checkpoints}), for more information on it.
3968
3969 @opindex show-omitted-dirs
3970 @anchor{show-omitted-dirs}
3971 The @option{--show-omitted-dirs} option, when reading an archive---with
3972 @option{--list} or @option{--extract}, for example---causes a message
3973 to be printed for each directory in the archive which is skipped.
3974 This happens regardless of the reason for skipping: the directory might
3975 not have been named on the command line (implicitly or explicitly),
3976 it might be excluded by the use of the
3977 @option{--exclude=@var{pattern}} option, or some other reason.
3978
3979 @opindex block-number
3980 @cindex Block number where error occurred
3981 @anchor{block-number}
3982 If @option{--block-number} (@option{-R}) is used, @command{tar} prints, along with
3983 every message it would normally produce, the block number within the
3984 archive where the message was triggered. Also, supplementary messages
3985 are triggered when reading blocks full of NULs, or when hitting end of
3986 file on the archive. As of now, if the archive is properly terminated
3987 with a NUL block, the reading of the file may stop before end of file
3988 is met, so the position of end of file will not usually show when
3989 @option{--block-number} (@option{-R}) is used. Note that @GNUTAR{}
3990 drains the archive before exiting when reading the
3991 archive from a pipe.
3992
3993 @cindex Error message, block number of
3994 This option is especially useful when reading damaged archives, since
3995 it helps pinpoint the damaged sections. It can also be used with
3996 @option{--list} (@option{-t}) when listing a file-system backup tape, allowing you to
3997 choose among several backup tapes when retrieving a file later, in
3998 favor of the tape where the file appears earliest (closest to the
3999 front of the tape). @xref{backup}.
4000
4001 @node checkpoints
4002 @section Checkpoints
4003 @cindex checkpoints, defined
4004 @opindex checkpoint
4005 @opindex checkpoint-action
4006
4007 A @dfn{checkpoint} is a moment of time before writing @var{n}th record to
4008 the archive (a @dfn{write checkpoint}), or before reading @var{n}th record
4009 from the archive (a @dfn{read checkpoint}). Checkpoints allow to
4010 periodically execute arbitrary actions.
4011
4012 The checkpoint facility is enabled using the following option:
4013
4014 @table @option
4015 @xopindex{checkpoint, defined}
4016 @item --checkpoint[=@var{n}]
4017 Schedule checkpoints before writing or reading each @var{n}th record.
4018 The default value for @var{n} is 10.
4019 @end table
4020
4021 A list of arbitrary @dfn{actions} can be executed at each checkpoint.
4022 These actions include: pausing, displaying textual messages, and
4023 executing arbitrary external programs. Actions are defined using
4024 the @option{--checkpoint-action} option.
4025
4026 @table @option
4027 @xopindex{checkpoint-action, defined}
4028 @item --checkpoint-action=@var{action}
4029 Execute an @var{action} at each checkpoint.
4030 @end table
4031
4032 @cindex @code{echo}, checkpoint action
4033 The simplest value of @var{action} is @samp{echo}. It instructs
4034 @command{tar} to display the default message on the standard error
4035 stream upon arriving at each checkpoint. The default message is (in
4036 @acronym{POSIX} locale) @samp{Write checkpoint @var{n}}, for write
4037 checkpoints, and @samp{Read checkpoint @var{n}}, for read checkpoints.
4038 Here, @var{n} represents ordinal number of the checkpoint.
4039
4040 In another locales, translated versions of this message are used.
4041
4042 This is the default action, so running:
4043
4044 @smallexample
4045 $ @kbd{tar -c --checkpoint=1000 --checkpoint-action=echo} /var
4046 @end smallexample
4047
4048 @noindent
4049 is equivalent to:
4050
4051 @smallexample
4052 $ @kbd{tar -c --checkpoint=1000} /var
4053 @end smallexample
4054
4055 The @samp{echo} action also allows to supply a customized message.
4056 You do so by placing an equals sign and the message right after it,
4057 e.g.:
4058
4059 @smallexample
4060 --checkpoint-action="echo=Hit %s checkpoint #%u"
4061 @end smallexample
4062
4063 The @samp{%s} and @samp{%u} in the above example are
4064 @dfn{format specifiers}. The @samp{%s} specifier is replaced with
4065 the @dfn{type} of the checkpoint: @samp{write} or
4066 @samp{read} (or a corresponding translated version in locales other
4067 than @acronym{POSIX}). The @samp{%u} specifier is replaced with
4068 the ordinal number of the checkpoint. Thus, the above example could
4069 produce the following output when used with the @option{--create}
4070 option:
4071
4072 @smallexample
4073 tar: Hit write checkpoint #10
4074 tar: Hit write checkpoint #20
4075 tar: Hit write checkpoint #30
4076 @end smallexample
4077
4078 The complete list of available format specifiers follows. Some of
4079 them can take optional arguments. These arguments, if given, are
4080 supplied in curly braces between the percent sign and the specifier
4081 letter.
4082
4083 @table @samp
4084 @item %s
4085 Print type of the checkpoint (@samp{write} or @samp{read}).
4086
4087 @item %u
4088 Print number of the checkpoint.
4089
4090 @item %@{r,w,d@}T
4091 Print number of bytes transferred so far and approximate transfer
4092 speed. Optional arguments supply prefixes to be used before number
4093 of bytes read, written and deleted, correspondingly. If absent,
4094 they default to @samp{R}. @samp{W}, @samp{D}. Any or all of them can
4095 be omitted, so, that e.g. @samp{%@{@}T} means to print corresponding
4096 statistics without any prefixes. Any surplus arguments, if present,
4097 are silently ignored.
4098
4099 @example
4100 $ @kbd{tar --delete -f f.tar --checkpoint-action=echo="#%u: %T" main.c}
4101 tar: #1: R: 0 (0B, 0B/s),W: 0 (0B, 0B/s),D: 0
4102 tar: #2: R: 10240 (10KiB, 19MiB/s),W: 0 (0B, 0B/s),D: 10240
4103 @end example
4104
4105 @noindent
4106 See also the @samp{totals} action, described below.
4107
4108 @item %@{@var{fmt}@}t
4109 Output current local time using @var{fmt} as format for @command{strftime}
4110 (@pxref{strftime, strftime,,strftime(3), strftime(3) man page}). The
4111 @samp{@{@var{fmt}@}} part is optional. If not present, the default
4112 format is @samp{%c}, i.e. the preferred date and time representation
4113 for the current locale.
4114
4115 @item %@{@var{n}@}*
4116 Pad output with spaces to the @var{n}th column. If the
4117 @samp{@{@var{n}@}} part is omitted, the current screen width
4118 is assumed.
4119
4120 @item %c
4121 This is a shortcut for @samp{%@{%Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S@}t: %ds, %@{read,wrote@}T%*\r},
4122 intended mainly for use with @samp{ttyout} action (see below).
4123 @end table
4124
4125 Aside from format expansion, the message string is subject to
4126 @dfn{unquoting}, during which the backslash @dfn{escape sequences} are
4127 replaced with their corresponding @acronym{ASCII} characters
4128 (@pxref{escape sequences}). E.g. the following action will produce an
4129 audible bell and the message described above at each checkpoint:
4130
4131 @smallexample
4132 --checkpoint-action='echo=\aHit %s checkpoint #%u'
4133 @end smallexample
4134
4135 @cindex @code{bell}, checkpoint action
4136 There is also a special action which produces an audible signal:
4137 @samp{bell}. It is not equivalent to @samp{echo='\a'}, because
4138 @samp{bell} sends the bell directly to the console (@file{/dev/tty}),
4139 whereas @samp{echo='\a'} sends it to the standard error.
4140
4141 @cindex @code{ttyout}, checkpoint action
4142 The @samp{ttyout=@var{string}} action outputs @var{string} to
4143 @file{/dev/tty}, so it can be used even if the standard output is
4144 redirected elsewhere. The @var{string} is subject to the same
4145 modifications as with @samp{echo} action. In contrast to the latter,
4146 @samp{ttyout} does not prepend @command{tar} executable name to the
4147 string, nor does it output a newline after it. For example, the
4148 following action will print the checkpoint message at the same screen
4149 line, overwriting any previous message:
4150
4151 @smallexample
4152 --checkpoint-action="ttyout=Hit %s checkpoint #%u%*\r"
4153 @end smallexample
4154
4155 @noindent
4156 Notice the use of @samp{%*} specifier to clear out any eventual
4157 remains of the prior output line. As as more complex example,
4158 consider this:
4159
4160 @smallexample
4161 --checkpoint-action=ttyout='%@{%Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S@}t (%d sec): #%u, %T%*\r'
4162 @end smallexample
4163
4164 @noindent
4165 This prints the current local time, number of seconds expired since
4166 tar was started, the checkpoint ordinal number, transferred bytes and
4167 average computed I/O speed.
4168
4169 @cindex @code{dot}, checkpoint action
4170 Another available checkpoint action is @samp{dot} (or @samp{.}). It
4171 instructs @command{tar} to print a single dot on the standard listing
4172 stream, e.g.:
4173
4174 @smallexample
4175 $ @kbd{tar -c --checkpoint=1000 --checkpoint-action=dot} /var
4176 ...
4177 @end smallexample
4178
4179 For compatibility with previous @GNUTAR{} versions, this action can
4180 be abbreviated by placing a dot in front of the checkpoint frequency,
4181 as shown in the previous section.
4182
4183 @cindex @code{totals}, checkpoint action
4184 The @samp{totals} action prints the total number of bytes transferred
4185 so far. The format of the data is the same as for the
4186 @option{--totals} option (@pxref{totals}). See also @samp{%T} format
4187 specifier of the @samp{echo} or @samp{ttyout} action.
4188
4189 @cindex @code{sleep}, checkpoint action
4190 Yet another action, @samp{sleep}, pauses @command{tar} for a specified
4191 amount of seconds. The following example will stop for 30 seconds at each
4192 checkpoint:
4193
4194 @smallexample
4195 $ @kbd{tar -c --checkpoint=1000 --checkpoint-action=sleep=30}
4196 @end smallexample
4197
4198 @anchor{checkpoint exec}
4199 @cindex @code{exec}, checkpoint action
4200 Finally, the @code{exec} action executes a given external command.
4201 For example:
4202
4203 @smallexample
4204 $ @kbd{tar -c --checkpoint=1000 --checkpoint-action=exec=/sbin/cpoint}
4205 @end smallexample
4206
4207 The supplied command can be any valid command invocation, with or
4208 without additional command line arguments. If it does contain
4209 arguments, don't forget to quote it to prevent it from being split by
4210 the shell. @xref{external, Running External Commands}, for more detail.
4211
4212 The command gets a copy of @command{tar}'s environment plus the
4213 following variables:
4214
4215 @table @env
4216 @vrindex TAR_VERSION, checkpoint script environment
4217 @item TAR_VERSION
4218 @GNUTAR{} version number.
4219
4220 @vrindex TAR_ARCHIVE, checkpoint script environment
4221 @item TAR_ARCHIVE
4222 The name of the archive @command{tar} is processing.
4223
4224 @vrindex TAR_BLOCKING_FACTOR, checkpoint script environment
4225 @item TAR_BLOCKING_FACTOR
4226 Current blocking factor (@pxref{Blocking}).
4227
4228 @vrindex TAR_CHECKPOINT, checkpoint script environment
4229 @item TAR_CHECKPOINT
4230 Number of the checkpoint.
4231
4232 @vrindex TAR_SUBCOMMAND, checkpoint script environment
4233 @item TAR_SUBCOMMAND
4234 A short option describing the operation @command{tar} is executing.
4235 @xref{Operations}, for a complete list of subcommand options.
4236
4237 @vrindex TAR_FORMAT, checkpoint script environment
4238 @item TAR_FORMAT
4239 Format of the archive being processed. @xref{Formats}, for a complete
4240 list of archive format names.
4241 @end table
4242
4243 These environment variables can also be passed as arguments to the
4244 command, provided that they are properly escaped, for example:
4245
4246 @smallexample
4247 @kbd{tar -c -f arc.tar \
4248 --checkpoint-action='exec=/sbin/cpoint $TAR_FILENAME'}
4249 @end smallexample
4250
4251 @noindent
4252 Notice single quotes to prevent variable names from being expanded by
4253 the shell when invoking @command{tar}.
4254
4255 Any number of actions can be defined, by supplying several
4256 @option{--checkpoint-action} options in the command line. For
4257 example, the command below displays two messages, pauses
4258 execution for 30 seconds and executes the @file{/sbin/cpoint} script:
4259
4260 @example
4261 @group
4262 $ @kbd{tar -c -f arc.tar \
4263 --checkpoint-action='\aecho=Hit %s checkpoint #%u' \
4264 --checkpoint-action='echo=Sleeping for 30 seconds' \
4265 --checkpoint-action='sleep=30' \
4266 --checkpoint-action='exec=/sbin/cpoint'}
4267 @end group
4268 @end example
4269
4270 This example also illustrates the fact that
4271 @option{--checkpoint-action} can be used without
4272 @option{--checkpoint}. In this case, the default checkpoint frequency
4273 (at each 10th record) is assumed.
4274
4275 @node warnings
4276 @section Controlling Warning Messages
4277
4278 Sometimes, while performing the requested task, @GNUTAR{} notices
4279 some conditions that are not exactly errors, but which the user
4280 should be aware of. When this happens, @command{tar} issues a
4281 @dfn{warning message} describing the condition. Warning messages
4282 are output to the standard error and they do not affect the exit
4283 code of @command{tar} command.
4284
4285 @xopindex{warning, explained}
4286 @GNUTAR{} allows the user to suppress some or all of its warning
4287 messages:
4288
4289 @table @option
4290 @item --warning=@var{keyword}
4291 Control display of the warning messages identified by @var{keyword}.
4292 If @var{keyword} starts with the prefix @samp{no-}, such messages are
4293 suppressed. Otherwise, they are enabled.
4294
4295 Multiple @option{--warning} messages accumulate.
4296
4297 The tables below list allowed values for @var{keyword} along with the
4298 warning messages they control.
4299 @end table
4300
4301 @subheading Keywords controlling @command{tar} operation
4302 @table @asis
4303 @kwindex all
4304 @item all
4305 Enable all warning messages. This is the default.
4306 @kwindex none
4307 @item none
4308 Disable all warning messages.
4309 @kwindex filename-with-nuls
4310 @cindex @samp{file name read contains nul character}, warning message
4311 @item filename-with-nuls
4312 @samp{%s: file name read contains nul character}
4313 @kwindex alone-zero-block
4314 @cindex @samp{A lone zero block at}, warning message
4315 @item alone-zero-block
4316 @samp{A lone zero block at %s}
4317 @end table
4318
4319 @subheading Keywords applicable for @command{tar --create}
4320 @table @asis
4321 @kwindex cachedir
4322 @cindex @samp{contains a cache directory tag}, warning message
4323 @item cachedir
4324 @samp{%s: contains a cache directory tag %s; %s}
4325 @kwindex file-shrank
4326 @cindex @samp{File shrank by %s bytes}, warning message
4327 @item file-shrank
4328 @samp{%s: File shrank by %s bytes; padding with zeros}
4329 @kwindex xdev
4330 @cindex @samp{file is on a different filesystem}, warning message
4331 @item xdev
4332 @samp{%s: file is on a different filesystem; not dumped}
4333 @kwindex file-ignored
4334 @cindex @samp{Unknown file type; file ignored}, warning message
4335 @cindex @samp{socket ignored}, warning message
4336 @cindex @samp{door ignored}, warning message
4337 @item file-ignored
4338 @samp{%s: Unknown file type; file ignored}
4339 @*@samp{%s: socket ignored}
4340 @*@samp{%s: door ignored}
4341 @kwindex file-unchanged
4342 @cindex @samp{file is unchanged; not dumped}, warning message
4343 @item file-unchanged
4344 @samp{%s: file is unchanged; not dumped}
4345 @kwindex ignore-archive
4346 @cindex @samp{file is the archive; not dumped}, warning message
4347 @kwindex ignore-archive
4348 @cindex @samp{file is the archive; not dumped}, warning message
4349 @item ignore-archive
4350 @samp{%s: file is the archive; not dumped}
4351 @kwindex file-removed
4352 @cindex @samp{File removed before we read it}, warning message
4353 @item file-removed
4354 @samp{%s: File removed before we read it}
4355 @kwindex file-changed
4356 @cindex @samp{file changed as we read it}, warning message
4357 @item file-changed
4358 @samp{%s: file changed as we read it}
4359 @end table
4360
4361 @subheading Keywords applicable for @command{tar --extract}
4362 @table @asis
4363 @kwindex existing-file
4364 @cindex @samp{%s: skipping existing file}, warning message
4365 @item existing-file
4366 @samp{%s: skipping existing file}
4367 @kwindex timestamp
4368 @cindex @samp{implausibly old time stamp %s}, warning message
4369 @cindex @samp{time stamp %s is %s s in the future}, warning message
4370 @item timestamp
4371 @samp{%s: implausibly old time stamp %s}
4372 @*@samp{%s: time stamp %s is %s s in the future}
4373 @kwindex contiguous-cast
4374 @cindex @samp{Extracting contiguous files as regular files}, warning message
4375 @item contiguous-cast
4376 @samp{Extracting contiguous files as regular files}
4377 @kwindex symlink-cast
4378 @cindex @samp{Attempting extraction of symbolic links as hard links}, warning message
4379 @item symlink-cast
4380 @samp{Attempting extraction of symbolic links as hard links}
4381 @kwindex unknown-cast
4382 @cindex @samp{Unknown file type '%c', extracted as normal file}, warning message
4383 @item unknown-cast
4384 @samp{%s: Unknown file type '%c', extracted as normal file}
4385 @kwindex ignore-newer
4386 @cindex @samp{Current %s is newer or same age}, warning message
4387 @item ignore-newer
4388 @samp{Current %s is newer or same age}
4389 @kwindex unknown-keyword
4390 @cindex @samp{Ignoring unknown extended header keyword '%s'}, warning message
4391 @item unknown-keyword
4392 @samp{Ignoring unknown extended header keyword '%s'}
4393 @kwindex decompress-program
4394 @item decompress-program
4395 Controls verbose description of failures occurring when trying to run
4396 alternative decompressor programs (@pxref{alternative decompression
4397 programs}). This warning is disabled by default (unless
4398 @option{--verbose} is used). A common example of what you can get
4399 when using this warning is:
4400
4401 @smallexample
4402 $ @kbd{tar --warning=decompress-program -x -f archive.Z}
4403 tar (child): cannot run compress: No such file or directory
4404 tar (child): trying gzip
4405 @end smallexample
4406
4407 This means that @command{tar} first tried to decompress
4408 @file{archive.Z} using @command{compress}, and, when that
4409 failed, switched to @command{gzip}.
4410 @kwindex record-size
4411 @cindex @samp{Record size = %lu blocks}, warning message
4412 @item record-size
4413 @samp{Record size = %lu blocks}
4414 @end table
4415
4416 @subheading Keywords controlling incremental extraction:
4417 @table @asis
4418 @kwindex rename-directory
4419 @cindex @samp{%s: Directory has been renamed from %s}, warning message
4420 @cindex @samp{%s: Directory has been renamed}, warning message
4421 @item rename-directory
4422 @samp{%s: Directory has been renamed from %s}
4423 @*@samp{%s: Directory has been renamed}
4424 @kwindex new-directory
4425 @cindex @samp{%s: Directory is new}, warning message
4426 @item new-directory
4427 @samp{%s: Directory is new}
4428 @kwindex xdev
4429 @cindex @samp{%s: directory is on a different device: not purging}, warning message
4430 @item xdev
4431 @samp{%s: directory is on a different device: not purging}
4432 @kwindex bad-dumpdir
4433 @cindex @samp{Malformed dumpdir: 'X' never used}, warning message
4434 @item bad-dumpdir
4435 @samp{Malformed dumpdir: 'X' never used}
4436 @end table
4437
4438 @node interactive
4439 @section Asking for Confirmation During Operations
4440 @cindex Interactive operation
4441
4442 Typically, @command{tar} carries out a command without stopping for
4443 further instructions. In some situations however, you may want to
4444 exclude some files and archive members from the operation (for instance
4445 if disk or storage space is tight). You can do this by excluding
4446 certain files automatically (@pxref{Choosing}), or by performing
4447 an operation interactively, using the @option{--interactive} (@option{-w}) option.
4448 @command{tar} also accepts @option{--confirmation} for this option.
4449
4450 @opindex interactive
4451 When the @option{--interactive} (@option{-w}) option is specified, before
4452 reading, writing, or deleting files, @command{tar} first prints a message
4453 for each such file, telling what operation it intends to take, then asks
4454 for confirmation on the terminal. The actions which require
4455 confirmation include adding a file to the archive, extracting a file
4456 from the archive, deleting a file from the archive, and deleting a file
4457 from disk. To confirm the action, you must type a line of input
4458 beginning with @samp{y}. If your input line begins with anything other
4459 than @samp{y}, @command{tar} skips that file.
4460
4461 If @command{tar} is reading the archive from the standard input,
4462 @command{tar} opens the file @file{/dev/tty} to support the interactive
4463 communications.
4464
4465 Verbose output is normally sent to standard output, separate from
4466 other error messages. However, if the archive is produced directly
4467 on standard output, then verbose output is mixed with errors on
4468 @code{stderr}. Producing the archive on standard output may be used
4469 as a way to avoid using disk space, when the archive is soon to be
4470 consumed by another process reading it, say. Some people felt the need
4471 of producing an archive on stdout, still willing to segregate between
4472 verbose output and error output. A possible approach would be using a
4473 named pipe to receive the archive, and having the consumer process to
4474 read from that named pipe. This has the advantage of letting standard
4475 output free to receive verbose output, all separate from errors.
4476
4477 @node external
4478 @section Running External Commands
4479
4480 Certain @GNUTAR{} operations imply running external commands that you
4481 supply on the command line. One of such operations is checkpointing,
4482 described above (@pxref{checkpoint exec}). Another example of this
4483 feature is the @option{-I} option, which allows you to supply the
4484 program to use for compressing or decompressing the archive
4485 (@pxref{use-compress-program}).
4486
4487 Whenever such operation is requested, @command{tar} first splits the
4488 supplied command into words much like the shell does. It then treats
4489 the first word as the name of the program or the shell script to execute
4490 and the rest of words as its command line arguments. The program,
4491 unless given as an absolute file name, is searched in the shell's
4492 @env{PATH}.
4493
4494 Any additional information is normally supplied to external commands
4495 in environment variables, specific to each particular operation. For
4496 example, the @option{--checkpoint-action=exec} option, defines the
4497 @env{TAR_ARCHIVE} variable to the name of the archive being worked
4498 upon. You can, should the need be, use these variables in the
4499 command line of the external command. For example:
4500
4501 @smallexample
4502 $ @kbd{tar -x -f archive.tar \
4503 --checkpoint=exec='printf "%04d in %32s\r" $TAR_CHECKPOINT $TAR_ARCHIVE'}
4504 @end smallexample
4505
4506 @noindent
4507 This command prints for each checkpoint its number and the name of the
4508 archive, using the same output line on the screen.
4509
4510 Notice the use of single quotes to prevent variable names from being
4511 expanded by the shell when invoking @command{tar}.
4512
4513 @node operations
4514 @chapter @GNUTAR{} Operations
4515
4516 @menu
4517 * Basic tar::
4518 * Advanced tar::
4519 * create options::
4520 * extract options::
4521 * backup::
4522 * Applications::
4523 * looking ahead::
4524 @end menu
4525
4526 @node Basic tar
4527 @section Basic @GNUTAR{} Operations
4528
4529 The basic @command{tar} operations, @option{--create} (@option{-c}),
4530 @option{--list} (@option{-t}) and @option{--extract} (@option{--get},
4531 @option{-x}), are currently presented and described in the tutorial
4532 chapter of this manual. This section provides some complementary notes
4533 for these operations.
4534
4535 @table @option
4536 @xopindex{create, complementary notes}
4537 @item --create
4538 @itemx -c
4539
4540 Creating an empty archive would have some kind of elegance. One can
4541 initialize an empty archive and later use @option{--append}
4542 (@option{-r}) for adding all members. Some applications would not
4543 welcome making an exception in the way of adding the first archive
4544 member. On the other hand, many people reported that it is
4545 dangerously too easy for @command{tar} to destroy a magnetic tape with
4546 an empty archive@footnote{This is well described in @cite{Unix-haters
4547 Handbook}, by Simson Garfinkel, Daniel Weise & Steven Strassmann, IDG
4548 Books, ISBN 1-56884-203-1.}. The two most common errors are:
4549
4550 @enumerate
4551 @item
4552 Mistakingly using @code{create} instead of @code{extract}, when the
4553 intent was to extract the full contents of an archive. This error
4554 is likely: keys @kbd{c} and @kbd{x} are right next to each other on
4555 the QWERTY keyboard. Instead of being unpacked, the archive then
4556 gets wholly destroyed. When users speak about @dfn{exploding} an
4557 archive, they usually mean something else :-).
4558
4559 @item
4560 Forgetting the argument to @code{file}, when the intent was to create
4561 an archive with a single file in it. This error is likely because a
4562 tired user can easily add the @kbd{f} key to the cluster of option
4563 letters, by the mere force of habit, without realizing the full
4564 consequence of doing so. The usual consequence is that the single
4565 file, which was meant to be saved, is rather destroyed.
4566 @end enumerate
4567
4568 So, recognizing the likelihood and the catastrophic nature of these
4569 errors, @GNUTAR{} now takes some distance from elegance, and
4570 cowardly refuses to create an archive when @option{--create} option is
4571 given, there are no arguments besides options, and
4572 @option{--files-from} (@option{-T}) option is @emph{not} used. To get
4573 around the cautiousness of @GNUTAR{} and nevertheless create an
4574 archive with nothing in it, one may still use, as the value for the
4575 @option{--files-from} option, a file with no names in it, as shown in
4576 the following commands:
4577
4578 @smallexample
4579 @kbd{tar --create --file=empty-archive.tar --files-from=/dev/null}
4580 @kbd{tar -cf empty-archive.tar -T /dev/null}
4581 @end smallexample
4582
4583 @xopindex{extract, complementary notes}
4584 @item --extract
4585 @itemx --get
4586 @itemx -x
4587
4588 A socket is stored, within a @GNUTAR{} archive, as a pipe.
4589
4590 @item @option{--list} (@option{-t})
4591
4592 @GNUTAR{} now shows dates as @samp{1996-08-30},
4593 while it used to show them as @samp{Aug 30 1996}. Preferably,
4594 people should get used to ISO 8601 dates. Local American dates should
4595 be made available again with full date localization support, once
4596 ready. In the meantime, programs not being localizable for dates
4597 should prefer international dates, that's really the way to go.
4598
4599 Look up @url{http://www.cl.cam.ac.uk/@/~mgk25/@/iso-time.html} if you
4600 are curious, it contains a detailed explanation of the ISO 8601 standard.
4601
4602 @end table
4603
4604 @node Advanced tar
4605 @section Advanced @GNUTAR{} Operations
4606
4607 Now that you have learned the basics of using @GNUTAR{}, you may want
4608 to learn about further ways in which @command{tar} can help you.
4609
4610 This chapter presents five, more advanced operations which you probably
4611 won't use on a daily basis, but which serve more specialized functions.
4612 We also explain the different styles of options and why you might want
4613 to use one or another, or a combination of them in your @command{tar}
4614 commands. Additionally, this chapter includes options which allow you to
4615 define the output from @command{tar} more carefully, and provide help and
4616 error correction in special circumstances.
4617
4618 @FIXME{check this after the chapter is actually revised to make sure
4619 it still introduces the info in the chapter correctly : ).}
4620
4621 @menu
4622 * Operations::
4623 * append::
4624 * update::
4625 * concatenate::
4626 * delete::
4627 * compare::
4628 @end menu
4629
4630 @node Operations
4631 @subsection The Five Advanced @command{tar} Operations
4632
4633 @cindex basic operations
4634 In the last chapter, you learned about the first three operations to
4635 @command{tar}. This chapter presents the remaining five operations to
4636 @command{tar}: @option{--append}, @option{--update}, @option{--concatenate},
4637 @option{--delete}, and @option{--compare}.
4638
4639 You are not likely to use these operations as frequently as those
4640 covered in the last chapter; however, since they perform specialized
4641 functions, they are quite useful when you do need to use them. We
4642 will give examples using the same directory and files that you created
4643 in the last chapter. As you may recall, the directory is called
4644 @file{practice}, the files are @samp{jazz}, @samp{blues}, @samp{folk},
4645 and the two archive files you created are
4646 @samp{collection.tar} and @samp{music.tar}.
4647
4648 We will also use the archive files @samp{afiles.tar} and
4649 @samp{bfiles.tar}. The archive @samp{afiles.tar} contains the members @samp{apple},
4650 @samp{angst}, and @samp{aspic}; @samp{bfiles.tar} contains the members
4651 @samp{./birds}, @samp{baboon}, and @samp{./box}.
4652
4653 Unless we state otherwise, all practicing you do and examples you follow
4654 in this chapter will take place in the @file{practice} directory that
4655 you created in the previous chapter; see @ref{prepare for examples}.
4656 (Below in this section, we will remind you of the state of the examples
4657 where the last chapter left them.)
4658
4659 The five operations that we will cover in this chapter are:
4660
4661 @table @option
4662 @item --append
4663 @itemx -r
4664 Add new entries to an archive that already exists.
4665 @item --update
4666 @itemx -u
4667 Add more recent copies of archive members to the end of an archive, if
4668 they exist.
4669 @item --concatenate
4670 @itemx --catenate
4671 @itemx -A
4672 Add one or more pre-existing archives to the end of another archive.
4673 @item --delete
4674 Delete items from an archive (does not work on tapes).
4675 @item --compare
4676 @itemx --diff
4677 @itemx -d
4678 Compare archive members to their counterparts in the file system.
4679 @end table
4680
4681 @node append
4682 @subsection How to Add Files to Existing Archives: @option{--append}
4683
4684 @cindex appending files to existing archive
4685 @opindex append
4686 If you want to add files to an existing archive, you don't need to
4687 create a new archive; you can use @option{--append} (@option{-r}).
4688 The archive must already exist in order to use @option{--append}. (A
4689 related operation is the @option{--update} operation; you can use this
4690 to add newer versions of archive members to an existing archive. To learn how to
4691 do this with @option{--update}, @pxref{update}.)
4692
4693 If you use @option{--append} to add a file that has the same name as an
4694 archive member to an archive containing that archive member, then the
4695 old member is not deleted. What does happen, however, is somewhat
4696 complex. @command{tar} @emph{allows} you to have infinite number of files
4697 with the same name. Some operations treat these same-named members no
4698 differently than any other set of archive members: for example, if you
4699 view an archive with @option{--list} (@option{-t}), you will see all
4700 of those members listed, with their data modification times, owners, etc.
4701
4702 Other operations don't deal with these members as perfectly as you might
4703 prefer; if you were to use @option{--extract} to extract the archive,
4704 only the most recently added copy of a member with the same name as
4705 other members would end up in the working directory. This is because
4706 @option{--extract} extracts an archive in the order the members appeared
4707 in the archive; the most recently archived members will be extracted
4708 last. Additionally, an extracted member will @emph{replace} a file of
4709 the same name which existed in the directory already, and @command{tar}
4710 will not prompt you about this@footnote{Unless you give it
4711 @option{--keep-old-files} (or @option{--skip-old-files}) option, or
4712 the disk copy is newer than the one in the archive and you invoke
4713 @command{tar} with @option{--keep-newer-files} option.}. Thus, only
4714 the most recently archived member will end up being extracted, as it
4715 will replace the one extracted before it, and so on.
4716
4717 @cindex extracting @var{n}th copy of the file
4718 @xopindex{occurrence, described}
4719 There exists a special option that allows you to get around this
4720 behavior and extract (or list) only a particular copy of the file.
4721 This is @option{--occurrence} option. If you run @command{tar} with
4722 this option, it will extract only the first copy of the file. You
4723 may also give this option an argument specifying the number of
4724 copy to be extracted. Thus, for example if the archive
4725 @file{archive.tar} contained three copies of file @file{myfile}, then
4726 the command
4727
4728 @smallexample
4729 tar --extract --file archive.tar --occurrence=2 myfile
4730 @end smallexample
4731
4732 @noindent
4733 would extract only the second copy. @xref{Option
4734 Summary,---occurrence}, for the description of @option{--occurrence}
4735 option.
4736
4737 @FIXME{ hag -- you might want to incorporate some of the above into the
4738 MMwtSN node; not sure. i didn't know how to make it simpler...
4739
4740 There are a few ways to get around this. Xref to Multiple Members
4741 with the Same Name, maybe.}
4742
4743 @cindex Members, replacing with other members
4744 @cindex Replacing members with other members
4745 @xopindex{delete, using before --append}
4746 If you want to replace an archive member, use @option{--delete} to
4747 delete the member you want to remove from the archive, and then use
4748 @option{--append} to add the member you want to be in the archive. Note
4749 that you can not change the order of the archive; the most recently
4750 added member will still appear last. In this sense, you cannot truly
4751 ``replace'' one member with another. (Replacing one member with another
4752 will not work on certain types of media, such as tapes; see @ref{delete}
4753 and @ref{Media}, for more information.)
4754
4755 @menu
4756 * appending files:: Appending Files to an Archive
4757 * multiple::
4758 @end menu
4759
4760 @node appending files
4761 @subsubsection Appending Files to an Archive
4762 @cindex Adding files to an Archive
4763 @cindex Appending files to an Archive
4764 @cindex Archives, Appending files to
4765 @opindex append
4766
4767 The simplest way to add a file to an already existing archive is the
4768 @option{--append} (@option{-r}) operation, which writes specified
4769 files into the archive whether or not they are already among the
4770 archived files.
4771
4772 When you use @option{--append}, you @emph{must} specify file name
4773 arguments, as there is no default. If you specify a file that already
4774 exists in the archive, another copy of the file will be added to the
4775 end of the archive. As with other operations, the member names of the
4776 newly added files will be exactly the same as their names given on the
4777 command line. The @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}) option will print
4778 out the names of the files as they are written into the archive.
4779
4780 @option{--append} cannot be performed on some tape drives, unfortunately,
4781 due to deficiencies in the formats those tape drives use. The archive
4782 must be a valid @command{tar} archive, or else the results of using this
4783 operation will be unpredictable. @xref{Media}.
4784
4785 To demonstrate using @option{--append} to add a file to an archive,
4786 create a file called @file{rock} in the @file{practice} directory.
4787 Make sure you are in the @file{practice} directory. Then, run the
4788 following @command{tar} command to add @file{rock} to
4789 @file{collection.tar}:
4790
4791 @smallexample
4792 $ @kbd{tar --append --file=collection.tar rock}
4793 @end smallexample
4794
4795 @noindent
4796 If you now use the @option{--list} (@option{-t}) operation, you will see that
4797 @file{rock} has been added to the archive:
4798
4799 @smallexample
4800 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
4801 -rw-r--r-- me/user 28 1996-10-18 16:31 jazz
4802 -rw-r--r-- me/user 21 1996-09-23 16:44 blues
4803 -rw-r--r-- me/user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
4804 -rw-r--r-- me/user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 rock
4805 @end smallexample
4806
4807 @node multiple
4808 @subsubsection Multiple Members with the Same Name
4809 @cindex members, multiple
4810 @cindex multiple members
4811
4812 You can use @option{--append} (@option{-r}) to add copies of files
4813 which have been updated since the archive was created. (However, we
4814 do not recommend doing this since there is another @command{tar}
4815 option called @option{--update}; @xref{update}, for more information.
4816 We describe this use of @option{--append} here for the sake of
4817 completeness.) When you extract the archive, the older version will
4818 be effectively lost. This works because files are extracted from an
4819 archive in the order in which they were archived. Thus, when the
4820 archive is extracted, a file archived later in time will replace a
4821 file of the same name which was archived earlier, even though the
4822 older version of the file will remain in the archive unless you delete
4823 all versions of the file.
4824
4825 Supposing you change the file @file{blues} and then append the changed
4826 version to @file{collection.tar}. As you saw above, the original
4827 @file{blues} is in the archive @file{collection.tar}. If you change the
4828 file and append the new version of the file to the archive, there will
4829 be two copies in the archive. When you extract the archive, the older
4830 version of the file will be extracted first, and then replaced by the
4831 newer version when it is extracted.
4832
4833 You can append the new, changed copy of the file @file{blues} to the
4834 archive in this way:
4835
4836 @smallexample
4837 $ @kbd{tar --append --verbose --file=collection.tar blues}
4838 blues
4839 @end smallexample
4840
4841 @noindent
4842 Because you specified the @option{--verbose} option, @command{tar} has
4843 printed the name of the file being appended as it was acted on. Now
4844 list the contents of the archive:
4845
4846 @smallexample
4847 $ @kbd{tar --list --verbose --file=collection.tar}
4848 -rw-r--r-- me/user 28 1996-10-18 16:31 jazz
4849 -rw-r--r-- me/user 21 1996-09-23 16:44 blues
4850 -rw-r--r-- me/user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
4851 -rw-r--r-- me/user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 rock
4852 -rw-r--r-- me/user 58 1996-10-24 18:30 blues
4853 @end smallexample
4854
4855 @noindent
4856 The newest version of @file{blues} is now at the end of the archive
4857 (note the different creation dates and file sizes). If you extract
4858 the archive, the older version of the file @file{blues} will be
4859 replaced by the newer version. You can confirm this by extracting
4860 the archive and running @samp{ls} on the directory.
4861
4862 If you wish to extract the first occurrence of the file @file{blues}
4863 from the archive, use @option{--occurrence} option, as shown in
4864 the following example:
4865
4866 @smallexample
4867 $ @kbd{tar --extract -vv --occurrence --file=collection.tar blues}
4868 -rw-r--r-- me/user 21 1996-09-23 16:44 blues
4869 @end smallexample
4870
4871 @xref{Writing}, for more information on @option{--extract} and
4872 see @ref{Option Summary, --occurrence}, for a description of
4873 @option{--occurrence} option.
4874
4875 @node update
4876 @subsection Updating an Archive
4877 @cindex Updating an archive
4878 @opindex update
4879
4880 In the previous section, you learned how to use @option{--append} to
4881 add a file to an existing archive. A related operation is
4882 @option{--update} (@option{-u}). The @option{--update} operation
4883 updates a @command{tar} archive by comparing the date of the specified
4884 archive members against the date of the file with the same name. If
4885 the file has been modified more recently than the archive member, then
4886 the newer version of the file is added to the archive (as with
4887 @option{--append}).
4888
4889 Unfortunately, you cannot use @option{--update} with magnetic tape drives.
4890 The operation will fail.
4891
4892 @FIXME{other examples of media on which --update will fail? need to ask
4893 charles and/or mib/thomas/dave shevett..}
4894
4895 Both @option{--update} and @option{--append} work by adding to the end
4896 of the archive. When you extract a file from the archive, only the
4897 version stored last will wind up in the file system, unless you use
4898 the @option{--backup} option. @xref{multiple}, for a detailed discussion.
4899
4900 @menu
4901 * how to update::
4902 @end menu
4903
4904 @node how to update
4905 @subsubsection How to Update an Archive Using @option{--update}
4906 @opindex update
4907
4908 You must use file name arguments with the @option{--update}
4909 (@option{-u}) operation. If you don't specify any files,
4910 @command{tar} won't act on any files and won't tell you that it didn't
4911 do anything (which may end up confusing you).
4912
4913 @c note: the above parenthetical added because in fact, this
4914 @c behavior just confused the author. :-)
4915
4916 To see the @option{--update} option at work, create a new file,
4917 @file{classical}, in your practice directory, and some extra text to the
4918 file @file{blues}, using any text editor. Then invoke @command{tar} with
4919 the @samp{update} operation and the @option{--verbose} (@option{-v})
4920 option specified, using the names of all the files in the @file{practice}
4921 directory as file name arguments:
4922
4923 @smallexample
4924 $ @kbd{tar --update -v -f collection.tar blues folk rock classical}
4925 blues
4926 classical
4927 $
4928 @end smallexample
4929
4930 @noindent
4931 Because we have specified verbose mode, @command{tar} prints out the names
4932 of the files it is working on, which in this case are the names of the
4933 files that needed to be updated. If you run @samp{tar --list} and look
4934 at the archive, you will see @file{blues} and @file{classical} at its
4935 end. There will be a total of two versions of the member @samp{blues};
4936 the one at the end will be newer and larger, since you added text before
4937 updating it.
4938
4939 The reason @command{tar} does not overwrite the older file when updating
4940 it is because writing to the middle of a section of tape is a difficult
4941 process. Tapes are not designed to go backward. @xref{Media}, for more
4942 information about tapes.
4943
4944 @option{--update} (@option{-u}) is not suitable for performing backups for two
4945 reasons: it does not change directory content entries, and it
4946 lengthens the archive every time it is used. The @GNUTAR{}
4947 options intended specifically for backups are more
4948 efficient. If you need to run backups, please consult @ref{Backups}.
4949
4950 @node concatenate
4951 @subsection Combining Archives with @option{--concatenate}
4952
4953 @cindex Adding archives to an archive
4954 @cindex Concatenating Archives
4955 @opindex concatenate
4956 @opindex catenate
4957 @c @cindex @option{-A} described
4958 Sometimes it may be convenient to add a second archive onto the end of
4959 an archive rather than adding individual files to the archive. To add
4960 one or more archives to the end of another archive, you should use the
4961 @option{--concatenate} (@option{--catenate}, @option{-A}) operation.
4962
4963 To use @option{--concatenate}, give the first archive with
4964 @option{--file} option and name the rest of archives to be
4965 concatenated on the command line. The members, and their member
4966 names, will be copied verbatim from those archives to the first
4967 one@footnote{This can cause multiple members to have the same name. For
4968 information on how this affects reading the archive, see @ref{multiple}.}.
4969 The new, concatenated archive will be called by the same name as the
4970 one given with the @option{--file} option. As usual, if you omit
4971 @option{--file}, @command{tar} will use the value of the environment
4972 variable @env{TAPE}, or, if this has not been set, the default archive name.
4973
4974 @FIXME{There is no way to specify a new name...}
4975
4976 To demonstrate how @option{--concatenate} works, create two small archives
4977 called @file{bluesrock.tar} and @file{folkjazz.tar}, using the relevant
4978 files from @file{practice}:
4979
4980 @smallexample
4981 $ @kbd{tar -cvf bluesrock.tar blues rock}
4982 blues
4983 rock
4984 $ @kbd{tar -cvf folkjazz.tar folk jazz}
4985 folk
4986 jazz
4987 @end smallexample
4988
4989 @noindent
4990 If you like, You can run @samp{tar --list} to make sure the archives
4991 contain what they are supposed to:
4992
4993 @smallexample
4994 $ @kbd{tar -tvf bluesrock.tar}
4995 -rw-r--r-- melissa/user 105 1997-01-21 19:42 blues
4996 -rw-r--r-- melissa/user 33 1997-01-20 15:34 rock
4997 $ @kbd{tar -tvf jazzfolk.tar}
4998 -rw-r--r-- melissa/user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
4999 -rw-r--r-- melissa/user 65 1997-01-30 14:15 jazz
5000 @end smallexample
5001
5002 We can concatenate these two archives with @command{tar}:
5003
5004 @smallexample
5005 $ @kbd{cd ..}
5006 $ @kbd{tar --concatenate --file=bluesrock.tar jazzfolk.tar}
5007 @end smallexample
5008
5009 If you now list the contents of the @file{bluesrock.tar}, you will see
5010 that now it also contains the archive members of @file{jazzfolk.tar}:
5011
5012 @smallexample
5013 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=bluesrock.tar}
5014 blues
5015 rock
5016 folk
5017 jazz
5018 @end smallexample
5019
5020 When you use @option{--concatenate}, the source and target archives must
5021 already exist and must have been created using compatible format
5022 parameters. Notice, that @command{tar} does not check whether the
5023 archives it concatenates have compatible formats, it does not
5024 even check if the files are really tar archives.
5025
5026 Like @option{--append} (@option{-r}), this operation cannot be performed on some
5027 tape drives, due to deficiencies in the formats those tape drives use.
5028
5029 @cindex @code{concatenate} vs @command{cat}
5030 @cindex @command{cat} vs @code{concatenate}
5031 It may seem more intuitive to you to want or try to use @command{cat} to
5032 concatenate two archives instead of using the @option{--concatenate}
5033 operation; after all, @command{cat} is the utility for combining files.
5034
5035 However, @command{tar} archives incorporate an end-of-file marker which
5036 must be removed if the concatenated archives are to be read properly as
5037 one archive. @option{--concatenate} removes the end-of-archive marker
5038 from the target archive before each new archive is appended. If you use
5039 @command{cat} to combine the archives, the result will not be a valid
5040 @command{tar} format archive. If you need to retrieve files from an
5041 archive that was added to using the @command{cat} utility, use the
5042 @option{--ignore-zeros} (@option{-i}) option. @xref{Ignore Zeros}, for further
5043 information on dealing with archives improperly combined using the
5044 @command{cat} shell utility.
5045
5046 @node delete
5047 @subsection Removing Archive Members Using @option{--delete}
5048 @cindex Deleting files from an archive
5049 @cindex Removing files from an archive
5050
5051 @opindex delete
5052 You can remove members from an archive by using the @option{--delete}
5053 option. Specify the name of the archive with @option{--file}
5054 (@option{-f}) and then specify the names of the members to be deleted;
5055 if you list no member names, nothing will be deleted. The
5056 @option{--verbose} option will cause @command{tar} to print the names
5057 of the members as they are deleted. As with @option{--extract}, you
5058 must give the exact member names when using @samp{tar --delete}.
5059 @option{--delete} will remove all versions of the named file from the
5060 archive. The @option{--delete} operation can run very slowly.
5061
5062 Unlike other operations, @option{--delete} has no short form.
5063
5064 @cindex Tapes, using @option{--delete} and
5065 @cindex Deleting from tape archives
5066 This operation will rewrite the archive. You can only use
5067 @option{--delete} on an archive if the archive device allows you to
5068 write to any point on the media, such as a disk; because of this, it
5069 does not work on magnetic tapes. Do not try to delete an archive member
5070 from a magnetic tape; the action will not succeed, and you will be
5071 likely to scramble the archive and damage your tape. There is no safe
5072 way (except by completely re-writing the archive) to delete files from
5073 most kinds of magnetic tape. @xref{Media}.
5074
5075 To delete all versions of the file @file{blues} from the archive
5076 @file{collection.tar} in the @file{practice} directory, make sure you
5077 are in that directory, and then,
5078
5079 @smallexample
5080 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
5081 blues
5082 folk
5083 jazz
5084 rock
5085 $ @kbd{tar --delete --file=collection.tar blues}
5086 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
5087 folk
5088 jazz
5089 rock
5090 @end smallexample
5091
5092 @FIXME{Check if the above listing is actually produced after running
5093 all the examples on collection.tar.}
5094
5095 The @option{--delete} option has been reported to work properly when
5096 @command{tar} acts as a filter from @code{stdin} to @code{stdout}.
5097
5098 @node compare
5099 @subsection Comparing Archive Members with the File System
5100 @cindex Verifying the currency of an archive
5101
5102 @opindex compare
5103 The @option{--compare} (@option{-d}), or @option{--diff} operation compares
5104 specified archive members against files with the same names, and then
5105 reports differences in file size, mode, owner, modification date and
5106 contents. You should @emph{only} specify archive member names, not file
5107 names. If you do not name any members, then @command{tar} will compare the
5108 entire archive. If a file is represented in the archive but does not
5109 exist in the file system, @command{tar} reports a difference.
5110
5111 You have to specify the record size of the archive when modifying an
5112 archive with a non-default record size.
5113
5114 @command{tar} ignores files in the file system that do not have
5115 corresponding members in the archive.
5116
5117 The following example compares the archive members @file{rock},
5118 @file{blues} and @file{funk} in the archive @file{bluesrock.tar} with
5119 files of the same name in the file system. (Note that there is no file,
5120 @file{funk}; @command{tar} will report an error message.)
5121
5122 @smallexample
5123 $ @kbd{tar --compare --file=bluesrock.tar rock blues funk}
5124 rock
5125 blues
5126 tar: funk not found in archive
5127 @end smallexample
5128
5129 The spirit behind the @option{--compare} (@option{--diff},
5130 @option{-d}) option is to check whether the archive represents the
5131 current state of files on disk, more than validating the integrity of
5132 the archive media. For this latter goal, see @ref{verify}.
5133
5134 @node create options
5135 @section Options Used by @option{--create}
5136
5137 @xopindex{create, additional options}
5138 The previous chapter described the basics of how to use
5139 @option{--create} (@option{-c}) to create an archive from a set of files.
5140 @xref{create}. This section described advanced options to be used with
5141 @option{--create}.
5142
5143 @menu
5144 * override:: Overriding File Metadata.
5145 * Ignore Failed Read::
5146 @end menu
5147
5148 @node override
5149 @subsection Overriding File Metadata
5150
5151 As described above, a @command{tar} archive keeps, for each member it contains,
5152 its @dfn{metadata}, such as modification time, mode and ownership of
5153 the file. @GNUTAR{} allows to replace these data with other values
5154 when adding files to the archive. The options described in this
5155 section affect creation of archives of any type. For POSIX archives,
5156 see also @ref{PAX keywords}, for additional ways of controlling
5157 metadata, stored in the archive.
5158
5159 @table @option
5160 @opindex mode
5161 @item --mode=@var{permissions}
5162
5163 When adding files to an archive, @command{tar} will use
5164 @var{permissions} for the archive members, rather than the permissions
5165 from the files. @var{permissions} can be specified either as an octal
5166 number or as symbolic permissions, like with
5167 @command{chmod} (@xref{File permissions, Permissions, File
5168 permissions, fileutils, @acronym{GNU} file utilities}. This reference
5169 also has useful information for those not being overly familiar with
5170 the UNIX permission system). Using latter syntax allows for
5171 more flexibility. For example, the value @samp{a+rw} adds read and write
5172 permissions for everybody, while retaining executable bits on directories
5173 or on any other file already marked as executable:
5174
5175 @smallexample
5176 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar --mode='a+rw' .}
5177 @end smallexample
5178
5179 @item --mtime=@var{date}
5180 @opindex mtime
5181
5182 When adding files to an archive, @command{tar} will use @var{date} as
5183 the modification time of members when creating archives, instead of
5184 their actual modification times. The argument @var{date} can be
5185 either a textual date representation in almost arbitrary format
5186 (@pxref{Date input formats}) or a name of an existing file, starting
5187 with @samp{/} or @samp{.}. In the latter case, the modification time
5188 of that file will be used.
5189
5190 The following example will set the modification date to 00:00:00,
5191 January 1, 1970:
5192
5193 @smallexample
5194 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar --mtime='1970-01-01' .}
5195 @end smallexample
5196
5197 @noindent
5198 When used with @option{--verbose} (@pxref{verbose tutorial}) @GNUTAR{}
5199 will try to convert the specified date back to its textual
5200 representation and compare it with the one given with
5201 @option{--mtime} options. If the two dates differ, @command{tar} will
5202 print a warning saying what date it will use. This is to help user
5203 ensure he is using the right date.
5204
5205 For example:
5206
5207 @smallexample
5208 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar -v --mtime=yesterday .}
5209 tar: Option --mtime: Treating date 'yesterday' as 2006-06-20
5210 13:06:29.152478
5211 @dots{}
5212 @end smallexample
5213
5214 @item --owner=@var{user}
5215 @opindex owner
5216
5217 Specifies that @command{tar} should use @var{user} as the owner of members
5218 when creating archives, instead of the user associated with the source
5219 file.
5220
5221 If @var{user} contains a colon, it is taken to be of the form
5222 @var{name}:@var{id} where a nonempty @var{name} specifies the user
5223 name and a nonempty @var{id} specifies the decimal numeric user
5224 @acronym{ID}. If @var{user} does not contain a colon, it is taken to
5225 be a user number if it is one or more decimal digits; otherwise it is
5226 taken to be a user name.
5227
5228 If a name is given but no number, the number is inferred from the
5229 current host's user database if possible, and the file's user number
5230 is used otherwise. If a number is given but no name, the name is
5231 inferred from the number if possible, and an empty name is used
5232 otherwise. If both name and number are given, the user database is
5233 not consulted, and the name and number need not be valid on the
5234 current host.
5235
5236 There is no value indicating a missing number, and @samp{0} usually means
5237 @code{root}. Some people like to force @samp{0} as the value to offer in
5238 their distributions for the owner of files, because the @code{root} user is
5239 anonymous anyway, so that might as well be the owner of anonymous
5240 archives. For example:
5241
5242 @smallexample
5243 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar --owner=0 .}
5244 @end smallexample
5245
5246 @noindent
5247 or:
5248
5249 @smallexample
5250 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar --owner=root .}
5251 @end smallexample
5252
5253 @item --group=@var{group}
5254 @opindex group
5255
5256 Files added to the @command{tar} archive will have a group @acronym{ID} of @var{group},
5257 rather than the group from the source file. As with @option{--owner},
5258 the argument @var{group} can be an existing group symbolic name, or a
5259 decimal numeric group @acronym{ID}, or @var{name}:@var{id}.
5260 @end table
5261
5262 @node Ignore Failed Read
5263 @subsection Ignore Fail Read
5264
5265 @table @option
5266 @item --ignore-failed-read
5267 @opindex ignore-failed-read
5268 Do not exit with nonzero on unreadable files or directories.
5269 @end table
5270
5271 @node extract options
5272 @section Options Used by @option{--extract}
5273 @cindex options for use with @option{--extract}
5274
5275 @xopindex{extract, additional options}
5276 The previous chapter showed how to use @option{--extract} to extract
5277 an archive into the file system. Various options cause @command{tar} to
5278 extract more information than just file contents, such as the owner,
5279 the permissions, the modification date, and so forth. This section
5280 presents options to be used with @option{--extract} when certain special
5281 considerations arise. You may review the information presented in
5282 @ref{extract} for more basic information about the
5283 @option{--extract} operation.
5284
5285 @menu
5286 * Reading:: Options to Help Read Archives
5287 * Writing:: Changing How @command{tar} Writes Files
5288 * Scarce:: Coping with Scarce Resources
5289 @end menu
5290
5291 @node Reading
5292 @subsection Options to Help Read Archives
5293 @cindex Options when reading archives
5294
5295 @cindex Reading incomplete records
5296 @cindex Records, incomplete
5297 @opindex read-full-records
5298 Normally, @command{tar} will request data in full record increments from
5299 an archive storage device. If the device cannot return a full record,
5300 @command{tar} will report an error. However, some devices do not always
5301 return full records, or do not require the last record of an archive to
5302 be padded out to the next record boundary. To keep reading until you
5303 obtain a full record, or to accept an incomplete record if it contains
5304 an end-of-archive marker, specify the @option{--read-full-records} (@option{-B}) option
5305 in conjunction with the @option{--extract} or @option{--list} operations.
5306 @xref{Blocking}.
5307
5308 The @option{--read-full-records} (@option{-B}) option is turned on by default when
5309 @command{tar} reads an archive from standard input, or from a remote
5310 machine. This is because on @acronym{BSD} Unix systems, attempting to read a
5311 pipe returns however much happens to be in the pipe, even if it is
5312 less than was requested. If this option were not enabled, @command{tar}
5313 would fail as soon as it read an incomplete record from the pipe.
5314
5315 If you're not sure of the blocking factor of an archive, you can
5316 read the archive by specifying @option{--read-full-records} (@option{-B}) and
5317 @option{--blocking-factor=@var{512-size}} (@option{-b
5318 @var{512-size}}), using a blocking factor larger than what the archive
5319 uses. This lets you avoid having to determine the blocking factor
5320 of an archive. @xref{Blocking Factor}.
5321
5322 @menu
5323 * read full records::
5324 * Ignore Zeros::
5325 @end menu
5326
5327 @node read full records
5328 @unnumberedsubsubsec Reading Full Records
5329
5330 @FIXME{need sentence or so of intro here}
5331
5332 @table @option
5333 @opindex read-full-records
5334 @item --read-full-records
5335 @item -B
5336 Use in conjunction with @option{--extract} (@option{--get},
5337 @option{-x}) to read an archive which contains incomplete records, or
5338 one which has a blocking factor less than the one specified.
5339 @end table
5340
5341 @node Ignore Zeros
5342 @unnumberedsubsubsec Ignoring Blocks of Zeros
5343
5344 @cindex End-of-archive blocks, ignoring
5345 @cindex Ignoring end-of-archive blocks
5346 @opindex ignore-zeros
5347 Normally, @command{tar} stops reading when it encounters a block of zeros
5348 between file entries (which usually indicates the end of the archive).
5349 @option{--ignore-zeros} (@option{-i}) allows @command{tar} to
5350 completely read an archive which contains a block of zeros before the
5351 end (i.e., a damaged archive, or one that was created by concatenating
5352 several archives together).
5353
5354 The @option{--ignore-zeros} (@option{-i}) option is turned off by default because many
5355 versions of @command{tar} write garbage after the end-of-archive entry,
5356 since that part of the media is never supposed to be read. @GNUTAR{}
5357 does not write after the end of an archive, but seeks to
5358 maintain compatibility among archiving utilities.
5359
5360 @table @option
5361 @item --ignore-zeros
5362 @itemx -i
5363 To ignore blocks of zeros (i.e., end-of-archive entries) which may be
5364 encountered while reading an archive. Use in conjunction with
5365 @option{--extract} or @option{--list}.
5366 @end table
5367
5368 @node Writing
5369 @subsection Changing How @command{tar} Writes Files
5370 @UNREVISED
5371
5372 @FIXME{Introductory paragraph}
5373
5374 @menu
5375 * Dealing with Old Files::
5376 * Overwrite Old Files::
5377 * Keep Old Files::
5378 * Keep Newer Files::
5379 * Unlink First::
5380 * Recursive Unlink::
5381 * Data Modification Times::
5382 * Setting Access Permissions::
5383 * Directory Modification Times and Permissions::
5384 * Writing to Standard Output::
5385 * Writing to an External Program::
5386 * remove files::
5387 @end menu
5388
5389 @node Dealing with Old Files
5390 @unnumberedsubsubsec Options Controlling the Overwriting of Existing Files
5391
5392 @xopindex{overwrite-dir, introduced}
5393 When extracting files, if @command{tar} discovers that the extracted
5394 file already exists, it normally replaces the file by removing it before
5395 extracting it, to prevent confusion in the presence of hard or symbolic
5396 links. (If the existing file is a symbolic link, it is removed, not
5397 followed.) However, if a directory cannot be removed because it is
5398 nonempty, @command{tar} normally overwrites its metadata (ownership,
5399 permission, etc.). The @option{--overwrite-dir} option enables this
5400 default behavior. To be more cautious and preserve the metadata of
5401 such a directory, use the @option{--no-overwrite-dir} option.
5402
5403 @cindex Overwriting old files, prevention
5404 @xopindex{keep-old-files, introduced}
5405 To be even more cautious and prevent existing files from being replaced, use
5406 the @option{--keep-old-files} (@option{-k}) option. It causes
5407 @command{tar} to refuse to replace or update a file that already
5408 exists, i.e., a file with the same name as an archive member prevents
5409 extraction of that archive member. Instead, it reports an error. For
5410 example:
5411
5412 @example
5413 $ @kbd{ls}
5414 blues
5415 $ @kbd{tar -x -k -f archive.tar}
5416 tar: blues: Cannot open: File exists
5417 tar: Exiting with failure status due to previous errors
5418 @end example
5419
5420 @xopindex{skip-old-files, introduced}
5421 If you wish to preserve old files untouched, but don't want
5422 @command{tar} to treat them as errors, use the
5423 @option{--skip-old-files} option. This option causes @command{tar} to
5424 silently skip extracting over existing files.
5425
5426 @xopindex{overwrite, introduced}
5427 To be more aggressive about altering existing files, use the
5428 @option{--overwrite} option. It causes @command{tar} to overwrite
5429 existing files and to follow existing symbolic links when extracting.
5430
5431 @cindex Protecting old files
5432 Some people argue that @GNUTAR{} should not hesitate
5433 to overwrite files with other files when extracting. When extracting
5434 a @command{tar} archive, they expect to see a faithful copy of the
5435 state of the file system when the archive was created. It is debatable
5436 that this would always be a proper behavior. For example, suppose one
5437 has an archive in which @file{usr/local} is a link to
5438 @file{usr/local2}. Since then, maybe the site removed the link and
5439 renamed the whole hierarchy from @file{/usr/local2} to
5440 @file{/usr/local}. Such things happen all the time. I guess it would
5441 not be welcome at all that @GNUTAR{} removes the
5442 whole hierarchy just to make room for the link to be reinstated
5443 (unless it @emph{also} simultaneously restores the full
5444 @file{/usr/local2}, of course!) @GNUTAR{} is indeed
5445 able to remove a whole hierarchy to reestablish a symbolic link, for
5446 example, but @emph{only if} @option{--recursive-unlink} is specified
5447 to allow this behavior. In any case, single files are silently
5448 removed.
5449
5450 @xopindex{unlink-first, introduced}
5451 Finally, the @option{--unlink-first} (@option{-U}) option can improve performance in
5452 some cases by causing @command{tar} to remove files unconditionally
5453 before extracting them.
5454
5455 @node Overwrite Old Files
5456 @unnumberedsubsubsec Overwrite Old Files
5457
5458 @table @option
5459 @opindex overwrite
5460 @item --overwrite
5461 Overwrite existing files and directory metadata when extracting files
5462 from an archive.
5463
5464 This causes @command{tar} to write extracted files into the file system without
5465 regard to the files already on the system; i.e., files with the same
5466 names as archive members are overwritten when the archive is extracted.
5467 It also causes @command{tar} to extract the ownership, permissions,
5468 and time stamps onto any preexisting files or directories.
5469 If the name of a corresponding file name is a symbolic link, the file
5470 pointed to by the symbolic link will be overwritten instead of the
5471 symbolic link itself (if this is possible). Moreover, special devices,
5472 empty directories and even symbolic links are automatically removed if
5473 they are in the way of extraction.
5474
5475 Be careful when using the @option{--overwrite} option, particularly when
5476 combined with the @option{--absolute-names} (@option{-P}) option, as this combination
5477 can change the contents, ownership or permissions of any file on your
5478 system. Also, many systems do not take kindly to overwriting files that
5479 are currently being executed.
5480
5481 @opindex overwrite-dir
5482 @item --overwrite-dir
5483 Overwrite the metadata of directories when extracting files from an
5484 archive, but remove other files before extracting.
5485 @end table
5486
5487 @node Keep Old Files
5488 @unnumberedsubsubsec Keep Old Files
5489
5490 @GNUTAR{} provides two options to control its actions in a situation
5491 when it is about to extract a file which already exists on disk.
5492
5493 @table @option
5494 @opindex keep-old-files
5495 @item --keep-old-files
5496 @itemx -k
5497 Do not replace existing files from archive. When such a file is
5498 encountered, @command{tar} issues an error message. Upon end of
5499 extraction, @command{tar} exits with code 2 (@pxref{exit status}).
5500
5501 @item --skip-old-files
5502 Do not replace existing files from archive, but do not treat that
5503 as error. Such files are silently skipped and do not affect
5504 @command{tar} exit status.
5505
5506 Additional verbosity can be obtained using @option{--warning=existing-file}
5507 together with that option (@pxref{warnings}).
5508 @end table
5509
5510 @node Keep Newer Files
5511 @unnumberedsubsubsec Keep Newer Files
5512
5513 @table @option
5514 @opindex keep-newer-files
5515 @item --keep-newer-files
5516 Do not replace existing files that are newer than their archive
5517 copies. This option is meaningless with @option{--list} (@option{-t}).
5518 @end table
5519
5520 @node Unlink First
5521 @unnumberedsubsubsec Unlink First
5522
5523 @table @option
5524 @opindex unlink-first
5525 @item --unlink-first
5526 @itemx -U
5527 Remove files before extracting over them.
5528 This can make @command{tar} run a bit faster if you know in advance
5529 that the extracted files all need to be removed. Normally this option
5530 slows @command{tar} down slightly, so it is disabled by default.
5531 @end table
5532
5533 @node Recursive Unlink
5534 @unnumberedsubsubsec Recursive Unlink
5535
5536 @table @option
5537 @opindex recursive-unlink
5538 @item --recursive-unlink
5539 When this option is specified, try removing files and directory hierarchies
5540 before extracting over them. @emph{This is a dangerous option!}
5541 @end table
5542
5543 If you specify the @option{--recursive-unlink} option,
5544 @command{tar} removes @emph{anything} that keeps you from extracting a file
5545 as far as current permissions will allow it. This could include removal
5546 of the contents of a full directory hierarchy.
5547
5548 @node Data Modification Times
5549 @unnumberedsubsubsec Setting Data Modification Times
5550
5551 @cindex Data modification times of extracted files
5552 @cindex Modification times of extracted files
5553 Normally, @command{tar} sets the data modification times of extracted
5554 files to the corresponding times recorded for the files in the archive, but
5555 limits the permissions of extracted files by the current @code{umask}
5556 setting.
5557
5558 To set the data modification times of extracted files to the time when
5559 the files were extracted, use the @option{--touch} (@option{-m}) option in
5560 conjunction with @option{--extract} (@option{--get}, @option{-x}).
5561
5562 @table @option
5563 @opindex touch
5564 @item --touch
5565 @itemx -m
5566 Sets the data modification time of extracted archive members to the time
5567 they were extracted, not the time recorded for them in the archive.
5568 Use in conjunction with @option{--extract} (@option{--get}, @option{-x}).
5569 @end table
5570
5571 @node Setting Access Permissions
5572 @unnumberedsubsubsec Setting Access Permissions
5573
5574 @cindex Permissions of extracted files
5575 @cindex Modes of extracted files
5576 To set the modes (access permissions) of extracted files to those
5577 recorded for those files in the archive, use @option{--same-permissions}
5578 in conjunction with the @option{--extract} (@option{--get},
5579 @option{-x}) operation.
5580
5581 @table @option
5582 @opindex preserve-permissions
5583 @opindex same-permissions
5584 @item --preserve-permissions
5585 @itemx --same-permissions
5586 @c @itemx --ignore-umask
5587 @itemx -p
5588 Set modes of extracted archive members to those recorded in the
5589 archive, instead of current umask settings. Use in conjunction with
5590 @option{--extract} (@option{--get}, @option{-x}).
5591 @end table
5592
5593 @node Directory Modification Times and Permissions
5594 @unnumberedsubsubsec Directory Modification Times and Permissions
5595
5596 After successfully extracting a file member, @GNUTAR{} normally
5597 restores its permissions and modification times, as described in the
5598 previous sections. This cannot be done for directories, because
5599 after extracting a directory @command{tar} will almost certainly
5600 extract files into that directory and this will cause the directory
5601 modification time to be updated. Moreover, restoring that directory
5602 permissions may not permit file creation within it. Thus, restoring
5603 directory permissions and modification times must be delayed at least
5604 until all files have been extracted into that directory. @GNUTAR{}
5605 restores directories using the following approach.
5606
5607 The extracted directories are created with the mode specified in the
5608 archive, as modified by the umask of the user, which gives sufficient
5609 permissions to allow file creation. The meta-information about the
5610 directory is recorded in the temporary list of directories. When
5611 preparing to extract next archive member, @GNUTAR{} checks if the
5612 directory prefix of this file contains the remembered directory. If
5613 it does not, the program assumes that all files have been extracted
5614 into that directory, restores its modification time and permissions
5615 and removes its entry from the internal list. This approach allows
5616 to correctly restore directory meta-information in the majority of
5617 cases, while keeping memory requirements sufficiently small. It is
5618 based on the fact, that most @command{tar} archives use the predefined
5619 order of members: first the directory, then all the files and
5620 subdirectories in that directory.
5621
5622 However, this is not always true. The most important exception are
5623 incremental archives (@pxref{Incremental Dumps}). The member order in
5624 an incremental archive is reversed: first all directory members are
5625 stored, followed by other (non-directory) members. So, when extracting
5626 from incremental archives, @GNUTAR{} alters the above procedure. It
5627 remembers all restored directories, and restores their meta-data
5628 only after the entire archive has been processed. Notice, that you do
5629 not need to specify any special options for that, as @GNUTAR{}
5630 automatically detects archives in incremental format.
5631
5632 There may be cases, when such processing is required for normal archives
5633 too. Consider the following example:
5634
5635 @smallexample
5636 @group
5637 $ @kbd{tar --no-recursion -cvf archive \
5638 foo foo/file1 bar bar/file foo/file2}
5639 foo/
5640 foo/file1
5641 bar/
5642 bar/file
5643 foo/file2
5644 @end group
5645 @end smallexample
5646
5647 During the normal operation, after encountering @file{bar}
5648 @GNUTAR{} will assume that all files from the directory @file{foo}
5649 were already extracted and will therefore restore its timestamp and
5650 permission bits. However, after extracting @file{foo/file2} the
5651 directory timestamp will be offset again.
5652
5653 To correctly restore directory meta-information in such cases, use
5654 the @option{--delay-directory-restore} command line option:
5655
5656 @table @option
5657 @opindex delay-directory-restore
5658 @item --delay-directory-restore
5659 Delays restoring of the modification times and permissions of extracted
5660 directories until the end of extraction. This way, correct
5661 meta-information is restored even if the archive has unusual member
5662 ordering.
5663
5664 @opindex no-delay-directory-restore
5665 @item --no-delay-directory-restore
5666 Cancel the effect of the previous @option{--delay-directory-restore}.
5667 Use this option if you have used @option{--delay-directory-restore} in
5668 @env{TAR_OPTIONS} variable (@pxref{TAR_OPTIONS}) and wish to
5669 temporarily disable it.
5670 @end table
5671
5672 @node Writing to Standard Output
5673 @unnumberedsubsubsec Writing to Standard Output
5674
5675 @cindex Writing extracted files to standard output
5676 @cindex Standard output, writing extracted files to
5677 To write the extracted files to the standard output, instead of
5678 creating the files on the file system, use @option{--to-stdout} (@option{-O}) in
5679 conjunction with @option{--extract} (@option{--get}, @option{-x}). This option is useful if you are
5680 extracting files to send them through a pipe, and do not need to
5681 preserve them in the file system. If you extract multiple members,
5682 they appear on standard output concatenated, in the order they are
5683 found in the archive.
5684
5685 @table @option
5686 @opindex to-stdout
5687 @item --to-stdout
5688 @itemx -O
5689 Writes files to the standard output. Use only in conjunction with
5690 @option{--extract} (@option{--get}, @option{-x}). When this option is
5691 used, instead of creating the files specified, @command{tar} writes
5692 the contents of the files extracted to its standard output. This may
5693 be useful if you are only extracting the files in order to send them
5694 through a pipe. This option is meaningless with @option{--list}
5695 (@option{-t}).
5696 @end table
5697
5698 This can be useful, for example, if you have a tar archive containing
5699 a big file and don't want to store the file on disk before processing
5700 it. You can use a command like this:
5701
5702 @smallexample
5703 tar -xOzf foo.tgz bigfile | process
5704 @end smallexample
5705
5706 or even like this if you want to process the concatenation of the files:
5707
5708 @smallexample
5709 tar -xOzf foo.tgz bigfile1 bigfile2 | process
5710 @end smallexample
5711
5712 However, @option{--to-command} may be more convenient for use with
5713 multiple files. See the next section.
5714
5715 @node Writing to an External Program
5716 @unnumberedsubsubsec Writing to an External Program
5717
5718 You can instruct @command{tar} to send the contents of each extracted
5719 file to the standard input of an external program:
5720
5721 @table @option
5722 @opindex to-command
5723 @item --to-command=@var{command}
5724 Extract files and pipe their contents to the standard input of
5725 @var{command}. When this option is used, instead of creating the
5726 files specified, @command{tar} invokes @var{command} and pipes the
5727 contents of the files to its standard output. The @var{command} may
5728 contain command line arguments (see @ref{external, Running External Commands},
5729 for more detail).
5730
5731 Notice, that @var{command} is executed once for each regular file
5732 extracted. Non-regular files (directories, etc.)@: are ignored when this
5733 option is used.
5734 @end table
5735
5736 The command can obtain the information about the file it processes
5737 from the following environment variables:
5738
5739 @table @env
5740 @vrindex TAR_FILETYPE, to-command environment
5741 @item TAR_FILETYPE
5742 Type of the file. It is a single letter with the following meaning:
5743
5744 @multitable @columnfractions 0.10 0.90
5745 @item f @tab Regular file
5746 @item d @tab Directory
5747 @item l @tab Symbolic link
5748 @item h @tab Hard link
5749 @item b @tab Block device
5750 @item c @tab Character device
5751 @end multitable
5752
5753 Currently only regular files are supported.
5754
5755 @vrindex TAR_MODE, to-command environment
5756 @item TAR_MODE
5757 File mode, an octal number.
5758
5759 @vrindex TAR_FILENAME, to-command environment
5760 @item TAR_FILENAME
5761 The name of the file.
5762
5763 @vrindex TAR_REALNAME, to-command environment
5764 @item TAR_REALNAME
5765 Name of the file as stored in the archive.
5766
5767 @vrindex TAR_UNAME, to-command environment
5768 @item TAR_UNAME
5769 Name of the file owner.
5770
5771 @vrindex TAR_GNAME, to-command environment
5772 @item TAR_GNAME
5773 Name of the file owner group.
5774
5775 @vrindex TAR_ATIME, to-command environment
5776 @item TAR_ATIME
5777 Time of last access. It is a decimal number, representing seconds
5778 since the Epoch. If the archive provides times with nanosecond
5779 precision, the nanoseconds are appended to the timestamp after a
5780 decimal point.
5781
5782 @vrindex TAR_MTIME, to-command environment
5783 @item TAR_MTIME
5784 Time of last modification.
5785
5786 @vrindex TAR_CTIME, to-command environment
5787 @item TAR_CTIME
5788 Time of last status change.
5789
5790 @vrindex TAR_SIZE, to-command environment
5791 @item TAR_SIZE
5792 Size of the file.
5793
5794 @vrindex TAR_UID, to-command environment
5795 @item TAR_UID
5796 UID of the file owner.
5797
5798 @vrindex TAR_GID, to-command environment
5799 @item TAR_GID
5800 GID of the file owner.
5801 @end table
5802
5803 Additionally, the following variables contain information about
5804 tar mode and the archive being processed:
5805
5806 @table @env
5807 @vrindex TAR_VERSION, to-command environment
5808 @item TAR_VERSION
5809 @GNUTAR{} version number.
5810
5811 @vrindex TAR_ARCHIVE, to-command environment
5812 @item TAR_ARCHIVE
5813 The name of the archive @command{tar} is processing.
5814
5815 @vrindex TAR_BLOCKING_FACTOR, to-command environment
5816 @item TAR_BLOCKING_FACTOR
5817 Current blocking factor (@pxref{Blocking}).
5818
5819 @vrindex TAR_VOLUME, to-command environment
5820 @item TAR_VOLUME
5821 Ordinal number of the volume @command{tar} is processing.
5822
5823 @vrindex TAR_FORMAT, to-command environment
5824 @item TAR_FORMAT
5825 Format of the archive being processed. @xref{Formats}, for a complete
5826 list of archive format names.
5827 @end table
5828
5829 These variables are defined prior to executing the command, so you can
5830 pass them as arguments, if you prefer. For example, if the command
5831 @var{proc} takes the member name and size as its arguments, then you
5832 could do:
5833
5834 @smallexample
5835 $ @kbd{tar -x -f archive.tar \
5836 --to-command='proc $TAR_FILENAME $TAR_SIZE'}
5837 @end smallexample
5838
5839 @noindent
5840 Notice single quotes to prevent variable names from being expanded by
5841 the shell when invoking @command{tar}.
5842
5843 If @var{command} exits with a non-0 status, @command{tar} will print
5844 an error message similar to the following:
5845
5846 @smallexample
5847 tar: 2345: Child returned status 1
5848 @end smallexample
5849
5850 Here, @samp{2345} is the PID of the finished process.
5851
5852 If this behavior is not wanted, use @option{--ignore-command-error}:
5853
5854 @table @option
5855 @opindex ignore-command-error
5856 @item --ignore-command-error
5857 Ignore exit codes of subprocesses. Notice that if the program
5858 exits on signal or otherwise terminates abnormally, the error message
5859 will be printed even if this option is used.
5860
5861 @opindex no-ignore-command-error
5862 @item --no-ignore-command-error
5863 Cancel the effect of any previous @option{--ignore-command-error}
5864 option. This option is useful if you have set
5865 @option{--ignore-command-error} in @env{TAR_OPTIONS}
5866 (@pxref{TAR_OPTIONS}) and wish to temporarily cancel it.
5867 @end table
5868
5869 @node remove files
5870 @unnumberedsubsubsec Removing Files
5871
5872 @FIXME{The section is too terse. Something more to add? An example,
5873 maybe?}
5874
5875 @table @option
5876 @opindex remove-files
5877 @item --remove-files
5878 Remove files after adding them to the archive.
5879 @end table
5880
5881 @node Scarce
5882 @subsection Coping with Scarce Resources
5883 @UNREVISED
5884
5885 @cindex Small memory
5886 @cindex Running out of space
5887
5888 @menu
5889 * Starting File::
5890 * Same Order::
5891 @end menu
5892
5893 @node Starting File
5894 @unnumberedsubsubsec Starting File
5895
5896 @table @option
5897 @opindex starting-file
5898 @item --starting-file=@var{name}
5899 @itemx -K @var{name}
5900 Starts an operation in the middle of an archive. Use in conjunction
5901 with @option{--extract} (@option{--get}, @option{-x}) or @option{--list} (@option{-t}).
5902 @end table
5903
5904 @cindex Middle of the archive, starting in the
5905 If a previous attempt to extract files failed due to lack of disk
5906 space, you can use @option{--starting-file=@var{name}} (@option{-K
5907 @var{name}}) to start extracting only after member @var{name} of the
5908 archive. This assumes, of course, that there is now free space, or
5909 that you are now extracting into a different file system. (You could
5910 also choose to suspend @command{tar}, remove unnecessary files from
5911 the file system, and then resume the same @command{tar} operation.
5912 In this case, @option{--starting-file} is not necessary.) See also
5913 @ref{interactive}, and @ref{exclude}.
5914
5915 @node Same Order
5916 @unnumberedsubsubsec Same Order
5917
5918 @table @option
5919 @cindex Large lists of file names on small machines
5920 @opindex same-order
5921 @opindex preserve-order
5922 @item --same-order
5923 @itemx --preserve-order
5924 @itemx -s
5925 To process large lists of file names on machines with small amounts of
5926 memory. Use in conjunction with @option{--compare} (@option{--diff},
5927 @option{-d}), @option{--list} (@option{-t}) or @option{--extract}
5928 (@option{--get}, @option{-x}).
5929 @end table
5930
5931 The @option{--same-order} (@option{--preserve-order}, @option{-s}) option tells @command{tar} that the list of file
5932 names to be listed or extracted is sorted in the same order as the
5933 files in the archive. This allows a large list of names to be used,
5934 even on a small machine that would not otherwise be able to hold all
5935 the names in memory at the same time. Such a sorted list can easily be
5936 created by running @samp{tar -t} on the archive and editing its output.
5937
5938 This option is probably never needed on modern computer systems.
5939
5940 @node backup
5941 @section Backup options
5942
5943 @cindex backup options
5944
5945 @GNUTAR{} offers options for making backups of files
5946 before writing new versions. These options control the details of
5947 these backups. They may apply to the archive itself before it is
5948 created or rewritten, as well as individual extracted members. Other
5949 @acronym{GNU} programs (@command{cp}, @command{install}, @command{ln},
5950 and @command{mv}, for example) offer similar options.
5951
5952 Backup options may prove unexpectedly useful when extracting archives
5953 containing many members having identical name, or when extracting archives
5954 on systems having file name limitations, making different members appear
5955 as having similar names through the side-effect of name truncation.
5956 @FIXME{This is true only if we have a good scheme for truncated backup names,
5957 which I'm not sure at all: I suspect work is needed in this area.}
5958 When any existing file is backed up before being overwritten by extraction,
5959 then clashing files are automatically be renamed to be unique, and the
5960 true name is kept for only the last file of a series of clashing files.
5961 By using verbose mode, users may track exactly what happens.
5962
5963 At the detail level, some decisions are still experimental, and may
5964 change in the future, we are waiting comments from our users. So, please
5965 do not learn to depend blindly on the details of the backup features.
5966 For example, currently, directories themselves are never renamed through
5967 using these options, so, extracting a file over a directory still has
5968 good chances to fail. Also, backup options apply to created archives,
5969 not only to extracted members. For created archives, backups will not
5970 be attempted when the archive is a block or character device, or when it
5971 refers to a remote file.
5972
5973 For the sake of simplicity and efficiency, backups are made by renaming old
5974 files prior to creation or extraction, and not by copying. The original
5975 name is restored if the file creation fails. If a failure occurs after a
5976 partial extraction of a file, both the backup and the partially extracted
5977 file are kept.
5978
5979 @table @samp
5980 @item --backup[=@var{method}]
5981 @opindex backup
5982 @vindex VERSION_CONTROL
5983 @cindex backups
5984 Back up files that are about to be overwritten or removed.
5985 Without this option, the original versions are destroyed.
5986
5987 Use @var{method} to determine the type of backups made.
5988 If @var{method} is not specified, use the value of the @env{VERSION_CONTROL}
5989 environment variable. And if @env{VERSION_CONTROL} is not set,
5990 use the @samp{existing} method.
5991
5992 @vindex version-control @r{Emacs variable}
5993 This option corresponds to the Emacs variable @samp{version-control};
5994 the same values for @var{method} are accepted as in Emacs. This option
5995 also allows more descriptive names. The valid @var{method}s are:
5996
5997 @table @samp
5998 @item t
5999 @itemx numbered
6000 @cindex numbered @r{backup method}
6001 Always make numbered backups.
6002
6003 @item nil
6004 @itemx existing
6005 @cindex existing @r{backup method}
6006 Make numbered backups of files that already have them, simple backups
6007 of the others.
6008
6009 @item never
6010 @itemx simple
6011 @cindex simple @r{backup method}
6012 Always make simple backups.
6013
6014 @end table
6015
6016 @item --suffix=@var{suffix}
6017 @opindex suffix
6018 @cindex backup suffix
6019 @vindex SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX
6020 Append @var{suffix} to each backup file made with @option{--backup}. If this
6021 option is not specified, the value of the @env{SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX}
6022 environment variable is used. And if @env{SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX} is not
6023 set, the default is @samp{~}, just as in Emacs.
6024
6025 @end table
6026
6027 @node Applications
6028 @section Notable @command{tar} Usages
6029 @UNREVISED
6030
6031 @FIXME{Using Unix file linking capability to recreate directory
6032 structures---linking files into one subdirectory and then
6033 @command{tar}ring that directory.}
6034
6035 @FIXME{Nice hairy example using absolute-names, newer, etc.}
6036
6037 @findex uuencode
6038 You can easily use archive files to transport a group of files from
6039 one system to another: put all relevant files into an archive on one
6040 computer system, transfer the archive to another system, and extract
6041 the contents there. The basic transfer medium might be magnetic tape,
6042 Internet FTP, or even electronic mail (though you must encode the
6043 archive with @command{uuencode} in order to transport it properly by
6044 mail). Both machines do not have to use the same operating system, as
6045 long as they both support the @command{tar} program.
6046
6047 For example, here is how you might copy a directory's contents from
6048 one disk to another, while preserving the dates, modes, owners and
6049 link-structure of all the files therein. In this case, the transfer
6050 medium is a @dfn{pipe}:
6051
6052 @smallexample
6053 $ @kbd{(cd sourcedir; tar -cf - .) | (cd targetdir; tar -xf -)}
6054 @end smallexample
6055
6056 @noindent
6057 You can avoid subshells by using @option{-C} option:
6058
6059 @smallexample
6060 $ @kbd{tar -C sourcedir -cf - . | tar -C targetdir -xf -}
6061 @end smallexample
6062
6063 @noindent
6064 The command also works using long option forms:
6065
6066 @smallexample
6067 @group
6068 $ @kbd{(cd sourcedir; tar --create --file=- . ) \
6069 | (cd targetdir; tar --extract --file=-)}
6070 @end group
6071 @end smallexample
6072
6073 @noindent
6074 or
6075
6076 @smallexample
6077 @group
6078 $ @kbd{tar --directory sourcedir --create --file=- . \
6079 | tar --directory targetdir --extract --file=-}
6080 @end group
6081 @end smallexample
6082
6083 @noindent
6084 This is one of the easiest methods to transfer a @command{tar} archive.
6085
6086 @node looking ahead
6087 @section Looking Ahead: The Rest of this Manual
6088
6089 You have now seen how to use all eight of the operations available to
6090 @command{tar}, and a number of the possible options. The next chapter
6091 explains how to choose and change file and archive names, how to use
6092 files to store names of other files which you can then call as
6093 arguments to @command{tar} (this can help you save time if you expect to
6094 archive the same list of files a number of times), and so forth.
6095 @FIXME{in case it's not obvious, i'm making this up in some sense
6096 based on my limited memory of what the next chapter *really* does. i
6097 just wanted to flesh out this final section a little bit so i'd
6098 remember to stick it in here. :-)}
6099
6100 If there are too many files to conveniently list on the command line,
6101 you can list the names in a file, and @command{tar} will read that file.
6102 @xref{files}.
6103
6104 There are various ways of causing @command{tar} to skip over some files,
6105 and not archive them. @xref{Choosing}.
6106
6107 @node Backups
6108 @chapter Performing Backups and Restoring Files
6109 @cindex backups
6110
6111 @GNUTAR{} is distributed along with the scripts for performing backups
6112 and restores. Even if there is a good chance those scripts may be
6113 satisfying to you, they are not the only scripts or methods available for doing
6114 backups and restore. You may well create your own, or use more
6115 sophisticated packages dedicated to that purpose.
6116
6117 Some users are enthusiastic about @code{Amanda} (The Advanced Maryland
6118 Automatic Network Disk Archiver), a backup system developed by James
6119 da Silva @file{jds@@cs.umd.edu} and available on many Unix systems.
6120 This is free software, and it is available from @uref{http://www.amanda.org}.
6121
6122 @FIXME{
6123
6124 Here is a possible plan for a future documentation about the backuping
6125 scripts which are provided within the @GNUTAR{}
6126 distribution.
6127
6128 @itemize @bullet
6129 @item dumps
6130 @itemize @minus
6131 @item what are dumps
6132 @item different levels of dumps
6133 @itemize +
6134 @item full dump = dump everything
6135 @item level 1, level 2 dumps etc
6136 A level @var{n} dump dumps everything changed since the last level
6137 @var{n}-1 dump (?)
6138 @end itemize
6139 @item how to use scripts for dumps (ie, the concept)
6140 @itemize +
6141 @item scripts to run after editing backup specs (details)
6142 @end itemize
6143 @item Backup Specs, what is it.
6144 @itemize +
6145 @item how to customize
6146 @item actual text of script [/sp/dump/backup-specs]
6147 @end itemize
6148 @item Problems
6149 @itemize +
6150 @item rsh doesn't work
6151 @item rtape isn't installed
6152 @item (others?)
6153 @end itemize
6154 @item the @option{--incremental} option of tar
6155 @item tapes
6156 @itemize +
6157 @item write protection
6158 @item types of media, different sizes and types, useful for different things
6159 @item files and tape marks
6160 one tape mark between files, two at end.
6161 @item positioning the tape
6162 MT writes two at end of write,
6163 backspaces over one when writing again.
6164 @end itemize
6165 @end itemize
6166 @end itemize
6167 }
6168
6169 This chapter documents both the provided shell scripts and @command{tar}
6170 options which are more specific to usage as a backup tool.
6171
6172 To @dfn{back up} a file system means to create archives that contain
6173 all the files in that file system. Those archives can then be used to
6174 restore any or all of those files (for instance if a disk crashes or a
6175 file is accidentally deleted). File system @dfn{backups} are also
6176 called @dfn{dumps}.
6177
6178 @menu
6179 * Full Dumps:: Using @command{tar} to Perform Full Dumps
6180 * Incremental Dumps:: Using @command{tar} to Perform Incremental Dumps
6181 * Backup Levels:: Levels of Backups
6182 * Backup Parameters:: Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
6183 * Scripted Backups:: Using the Backup Scripts
6184 * Scripted Restoration:: Using the Restore Script
6185 @end menu
6186
6187 @node Full Dumps
6188 @section Using @command{tar} to Perform Full Dumps
6189 @UNREVISED
6190
6191 @cindex full dumps
6192 @cindex dumps, full
6193
6194 @cindex corrupted archives
6195 Full dumps should only be made when no other people or programs
6196 are modifying files in the file system. If files are modified while
6197 @command{tar} is making the backup, they may not be stored properly in
6198 the archive, in which case you won't be able to restore them if you
6199 have to. (Files not being modified are written with no trouble, and do
6200 not corrupt the entire archive.)
6201
6202 You will want to use the @option{--label=@var{archive-label}}
6203 (@option{-V @var{archive-label}}) option to give the archive a
6204 volume label, so you can tell what this archive is even if the label
6205 falls off the tape, or anything like that.
6206
6207 Unless the file system you are dumping is guaranteed to fit on
6208 one volume, you will need to use the @option{--multi-volume} (@option{-M}) option.
6209 Make sure you have enough tapes on hand to complete the backup.
6210
6211 If you want to dump each file system separately you will need to use
6212 the @option{--one-file-system} option to prevent
6213 @command{tar} from crossing file system boundaries when storing
6214 (sub)directories.
6215
6216 The @option{--incremental} (@option{-G}) (@pxref{Incremental Dumps})
6217 option is not needed, since this is a complete copy of everything in
6218 the file system, and a full restore from this backup would only be
6219 done onto a completely
6220 empty disk.
6221
6222 Unless you are in a hurry, and trust the @command{tar} program (and your
6223 tapes), it is a good idea to use the @option{--verify} (@option{-W})
6224 option, to make sure your files really made it onto the dump properly.
6225 This will also detect cases where the file was modified while (or just
6226 after) it was being archived. Not all media (notably cartridge tapes)
6227 are capable of being verified, unfortunately.
6228
6229 @node Incremental Dumps
6230 @section Using @command{tar} to Perform Incremental Dumps
6231
6232 @dfn{Incremental backup} is a special form of @GNUTAR{} archive that
6233 stores additional metadata so that exact state of the file system
6234 can be restored when extracting the archive.
6235
6236 @GNUTAR{} currently offers two options for handling incremental
6237 backups: @option{--listed-incremental=@var{snapshot-file}} (@option{-g
6238 @var{snapshot-file}}) and @option{--incremental} (@option{-G}).
6239
6240 @xopindex{listed-incremental, described}
6241 The option @option{--listed-incremental} instructs tar to operate on
6242 an incremental archive with additional metadata stored in a standalone
6243 file, called a @dfn{snapshot file}. The purpose of this file is to help
6244 determine which files have been changed, added or deleted since the
6245 last backup, so that the next incremental backup will contain only
6246 modified files. The name of the snapshot file is given as an argument
6247 to the option:
6248
6249 @table @option
6250 @item --listed-incremental=@var{file}
6251 @itemx -g @var{file}
6252 Handle incremental backups with snapshot data in @var{file}.
6253 @end table
6254
6255 To create an incremental backup, you would use
6256 @option{--listed-incremental} together with @option{--create}
6257 (@pxref{create}). For example:
6258
6259 @smallexample
6260 $ @kbd{tar --create \
6261 --file=archive.1.tar \
6262 --listed-incremental=/var/log/usr.snar \
6263 /usr}
6264 @end smallexample
6265
6266 This will create in @file{archive.1.tar} an incremental backup of
6267 the @file{/usr} file system, storing additional metadata in the file
6268 @file{/var/log/usr.snar}. If this file does not exist, it will be
6269 created. The created archive will then be a @dfn{level 0 backup};
6270 please see the next section for more on backup levels.
6271
6272 Otherwise, if the file @file{/var/log/usr.snar} exists, it
6273 determines which files are modified. In this case only these files will be
6274 stored in the archive. Suppose, for example, that after running the
6275 above command, you delete file @file{/usr/doc/old} and create
6276 directory @file{/usr/local/db} with the following contents:
6277
6278 @smallexample
6279 $ @kbd{ls /usr/local/db}
6280 /usr/local/db/data
6281 /usr/local/db/index
6282 @end smallexample
6283
6284 Some time later you create another incremental backup. You will
6285 then see:
6286
6287 @smallexample
6288 $ @kbd{tar --create \
6289 --file=archive.2.tar \
6290 --listed-incremental=/var/log/usr.snar \
6291 /usr}
6292 tar: usr/local/db: Directory is new
6293 usr/local/db/
6294 usr/local/db/data
6295 usr/local/db/index
6296 @end smallexample
6297
6298 @noindent
6299 The created archive @file{archive.2.tar} will contain only these
6300 three members. This archive is called a @dfn{level 1 backup}. Notice
6301 that @file{/var/log/usr.snar} will be updated with the new data, so if
6302 you plan to create more @samp{level 1} backups, it is necessary to
6303 create a working copy of the snapshot file before running
6304 @command{tar}. The above example will then be modified as follows:
6305
6306 @smallexample
6307 $ @kbd{cp /var/log/usr.snar /var/log/usr.snar-1}
6308 $ @kbd{tar --create \
6309 --file=archive.2.tar \
6310 --listed-incremental=/var/log/usr.snar-1 \
6311 /usr}
6312 @end smallexample
6313
6314 @anchor{--level=0}
6315 @xopindex{level, described}
6316 You can force @samp{level 0} backups either by removing the snapshot
6317 file before running @command{tar}, or by supplying the
6318 @option{--level=0} option, e.g.:
6319
6320 @smallexample
6321 $ @kbd{tar --create \
6322 --file=archive.2.tar \
6323 --listed-incremental=/var/log/usr.snar-0 \
6324 --level=0 \
6325 /usr}
6326 @end smallexample
6327
6328 Incremental dumps depend crucially on time stamps, so the results are
6329 unreliable if you modify a file's time stamps during dumping (e.g.,
6330 with the @option{--atime-preserve=replace} option), or if you set the clock
6331 backwards.
6332
6333 @anchor{device numbers}
6334 @cindex Device numbers, using in incremental backups
6335 Metadata stored in snapshot files include device numbers, which,
6336 obviously are supposed to be non-volatile values. However, it turns
6337 out that @acronym{NFS} devices have undependable values when an automounter
6338 gets in the picture. This can lead to a great deal of spurious
6339 redumping in incremental dumps, so it is somewhat useless to compare
6340 two @acronym{NFS} devices numbers over time. The solution implemented
6341 currently is to consider all @acronym{NFS} devices as being equal
6342 when it comes to comparing directories; this is fairly gross, but
6343 there does not seem to be a better way to go.
6344
6345 Apart from using @acronym{NFS}, there are a number of cases where
6346 relying on device numbers can cause spurious redumping of unmodified
6347 files. For example, this occurs when archiving @acronym{LVM} snapshot
6348 volumes. To avoid this, use @option{--no-check-device} option:
6349
6350 @table @option
6351 @xopindex{no-check-device, described}
6352 @item --no-check-device
6353 Do not rely on device numbers when preparing a list of changed files
6354 for an incremental dump.
6355
6356 @xopindex{check-device, described}
6357 @item --check-device
6358 Use device numbers when preparing a list of changed files
6359 for an incremental dump. This is the default behavior. The purpose
6360 of this option is to undo the effect of the @option{--no-check-device}
6361 if it was given in @env{TAR_OPTIONS} environment variable
6362 (@pxref{TAR_OPTIONS}).
6363 @end table
6364
6365 There is also another way to cope with changing device numbers. It is
6366 described in detail in @ref{Fixing Snapshot Files}.
6367
6368 Note that incremental archives use @command{tar} extensions and may
6369 not be readable by non-@acronym{GNU} versions of the @command{tar} program.
6370
6371 @xopindex{listed-incremental, using with @option{--extract}}
6372 @xopindex{extract, using with @option{--listed-incremental}}
6373 To extract from the incremental dumps, use
6374 @option{--listed-incremental} together with @option{--extract}
6375 option (@pxref{extracting files}). In this case, @command{tar} does
6376 not need to access snapshot file, since all the data necessary for
6377 extraction are stored in the archive itself. So, when extracting, you
6378 can give whatever argument to @option{--listed-incremental}, the usual
6379 practice is to use @option{--listed-incremental=/dev/null}.
6380 Alternatively, you can use @option{--incremental}, which needs no
6381 arguments. In general, @option{--incremental} (@option{-G}) can be
6382 used as a shortcut for @option{--listed-incremental} when listing or
6383 extracting incremental backups (for more information regarding this
6384 option, @pxref{incremental-op}).
6385
6386 When extracting from the incremental backup @GNUTAR{} attempts to
6387 restore the exact state the file system had when the archive was
6388 created. In particular, it will @emph{delete} those files in the file
6389 system that did not exist in their directories when the archive was
6390 created. If you have created several levels of incremental files,
6391 then in order to restore the exact contents the file system had when
6392 the last level was created, you will need to restore from all backups
6393 in turn. Continuing our example, to restore the state of @file{/usr}
6394 file system, one would do@footnote{Notice, that since both archives
6395 were created without @option{-P} option (@pxref{absolute}), these
6396 commands should be run from the root file system.}:
6397
6398 @smallexample
6399 $ @kbd{tar --extract \
6400 --listed-incremental=/dev/null \
6401 --file archive.1.tar}
6402 $ @kbd{tar --extract \
6403 --listed-incremental=/dev/null \
6404 --file archive.2.tar}
6405 @end smallexample
6406
6407 To list the contents of an incremental archive, use @option{--list}
6408 (@pxref{list}), as usual. To obtain more information about the
6409 archive, use @option{--listed-incremental} or @option{--incremental}
6410 combined with two @option{--verbose} options@footnote{Two
6411 @option{--verbose} options were selected to avoid breaking usual
6412 verbose listing output (@option{--list --verbose}) when using in
6413 scripts.
6414
6415 @xopindex{incremental, using with @option{--list}}
6416 @xopindex{listed-incremental, using with @option{--list}}
6417 @xopindex{list, using with @option{--incremental}}
6418 @xopindex{list, using with @option{--listed-incremental}}
6419 Versions of @GNUTAR{} up to 1.15.1 used to dump verbatim binary
6420 contents of the DUMPDIR header (with terminating nulls) when
6421 @option{--incremental} or @option{--listed-incremental} option was
6422 given, no matter what the verbosity level. This behavior, and,
6423 especially, the binary output it produced were considered inconvenient
6424 and were changed in version 1.16.}:
6425
6426 @smallexample
6427 @kbd{tar --list --incremental --verbose --verbose archive.tar}
6428 @end smallexample
6429
6430 This command will print, for each directory in the archive, the list
6431 of files in that directory at the time the archive was created. This
6432 information is put out in a format which is both human-readable and
6433 unambiguous for a program: each file name is printed as
6434
6435 @smallexample
6436 @var{x} @var{file}
6437 @end smallexample
6438
6439 @noindent
6440 where @var{x} is a letter describing the status of the file: @samp{Y}
6441 if the file is present in the archive, @samp{N} if the file is not
6442 included in the archive, or a @samp{D} if the file is a directory (and
6443 is included in the archive). @xref{Dumpdir}, for the detailed
6444 description of dumpdirs and status codes. Each such
6445 line is terminated by a newline character. The last line is followed
6446 by an additional newline to indicate the end of the data.
6447
6448 @anchor{incremental-op}The option @option{--incremental} (@option{-G})
6449 gives the same behavior as @option{--listed-incremental} when used
6450 with @option{--list} and @option{--extract} options. When used with
6451 @option{--create} option, it creates an incremental archive without
6452 creating snapshot file. Thus, it is impossible to create several
6453 levels of incremental backups with @option{--incremental} option.
6454
6455 @node Backup Levels
6456 @section Levels of Backups
6457
6458 An archive containing all the files in the file system is called a
6459 @dfn{full backup} or @dfn{full dump}. You could insure your data by
6460 creating a full dump every day. This strategy, however, would waste a
6461 substantial amount of archive media and user time, as unchanged files
6462 are daily re-archived.
6463
6464 It is more efficient to do a full dump only occasionally. To back up
6465 files between full dumps, you can use @dfn{incremental dumps}. A @dfn{level
6466 one} dump archives all the files that have changed since the last full
6467 dump.
6468
6469 A typical dump strategy would be to perform a full dump once a week,
6470 and a level one dump once a day. This means some versions of files
6471 will in fact be archived more than once, but this dump strategy makes
6472 it possible to restore a file system to within one day of accuracy by
6473 only extracting two archives---the last weekly (full) dump and the
6474 last daily (level one) dump. The only information lost would be in
6475 files changed or created since the last daily backup. (Doing dumps
6476 more than once a day is usually not worth the trouble.)
6477
6478 @GNUTAR{} comes with scripts you can use to do full
6479 and level-one (actually, even level-two and so on) dumps. Using
6480 scripts (shell programs) to perform backups and restoration is a
6481 convenient and reliable alternative to typing out file name lists
6482 and @command{tar} commands by hand.
6483
6484 Before you use these scripts, you need to edit the file
6485 @file{backup-specs}, which specifies parameters used by the backup
6486 scripts and by the restore script. This file is usually located
6487 in @file{/etc/backup} directory. @xref{Backup Parameters}, for its
6488 detailed description. Once the backup parameters are set, you can
6489 perform backups or restoration by running the appropriate script.
6490
6491 The name of the backup script is @code{backup}. The name of the
6492 restore script is @code{restore}. The following sections describe
6493 their use in detail.
6494
6495 @emph{Please Note:} The backup and restoration scripts are
6496 designed to be used together. While it is possible to restore files by
6497 hand from an archive which was created using a backup script, and to create
6498 an archive by hand which could then be extracted using the restore script,
6499 it is easier to use the scripts. @xref{Incremental Dumps}, before
6500 making such an attempt.
6501
6502 @node Backup Parameters
6503 @section Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
6504
6505 The file @file{backup-specs} specifies backup parameters for the
6506 backup and restoration scripts provided with @command{tar}. You must
6507 edit @file{backup-specs} to fit your system configuration and schedule
6508 before using these scripts.
6509
6510 Syntactically, @file{backup-specs} is a shell script, containing
6511 mainly variable assignments. However, any valid shell construct
6512 is allowed in this file. Particularly, you may wish to define
6513 functions within that script (e.g., see @code{RESTORE_BEGIN} below).
6514 For more information about shell script syntax, please refer to
6515 @url{http://www.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/009695399/utilities/xcu_chap02.html#ta
6516 g_02, the definition of the Shell Command Language}. See also
6517 @ref{Top,,Bash Features,bashref,Bash Reference Manual}.
6518
6519 The shell variables controlling behavior of @code{backup} and
6520 @code{restore} are described in the following subsections.
6521
6522 @menu
6523 * General-Purpose Variables::
6524 * Magnetic Tape Control::
6525 * User Hooks::
6526 * backup-specs example:: An Example Text of @file{Backup-specs}
6527 @end menu
6528
6529 @node General-Purpose Variables
6530 @subsection General-Purpose Variables
6531
6532 @defvr {Backup variable} ADMINISTRATOR
6533 The user name of the backup administrator. @code{Backup} scripts
6534 sends a backup report to this address.
6535 @end defvr
6536
6537 @defvr {Backup variable} BACKUP_HOUR
6538 The hour at which the backups are done. This can be a number from 0
6539 to 23, or the time specification in form @var{hours}:@var{minutes},
6540 or the string @samp{now}.
6541
6542 This variable is used by @code{backup}. Its value may be overridden
6543 using @option{--time} option (@pxref{Scripted Backups}).
6544 @end defvr
6545
6546 @defvr {Backup variable} TAPE_FILE
6547
6548 The device @command{tar} writes the archive to. If @var{TAPE_FILE}
6549 is a remote archive (@pxref{remote-dev}), backup script will suppose
6550 that your @command{mt} is able to access remote devices. If @var{RSH}
6551 (@pxref{RSH}) is set, @option{--rsh-command} option will be added to
6552 invocations of @command{mt}.
6553 @end defvr
6554
6555 @defvr {Backup variable} BLOCKING
6556
6557 The blocking factor @command{tar} will use when writing the dump archive.
6558 @xref{Blocking Factor}.
6559 @end defvr
6560
6561 @defvr {Backup variable} BACKUP_DIRS
6562
6563 A list of file systems to be dumped (for @code{backup}), or restored
6564 (for @code{restore}). You can include any directory
6565 name in the list --- subdirectories on that file system will be
6566 included, regardless of how they may look to other networked machines.
6567 Subdirectories on other file systems will be ignored.
6568
6569 The host name specifies which host to run @command{tar} on, and should
6570 normally be the host that actually contains the file system. However,
6571 the host machine must have @GNUTAR{} installed, and
6572 must be able to access the directory containing the backup scripts and
6573 their support files using the same file name that is used on the
6574 machine where the scripts are run (i.e., what @command{pwd} will print
6575 when in that directory on that machine). If the host that contains
6576 the file system does not have this capability, you can specify another
6577 host as long as it can access the file system through @acronym{NFS}.
6578
6579 If the list of file systems is very long you may wish to put it
6580 in a separate file. This file is usually named
6581 @file{/etc/backup/dirs}, but this name may be overridden in
6582 @file{backup-specs} using @code{DIRLIST} variable.
6583 @end defvr
6584
6585 @defvr {Backup variable} DIRLIST
6586
6587 The name of the file that contains a list of file systems to backup
6588 or restore. By default it is @file{/etc/backup/dirs}.
6589 @end defvr
6590
6591 @defvr {Backup variable} BACKUP_FILES
6592
6593 A list of individual files to be dumped (for @code{backup}), or restored
6594 (for @code{restore}). These should be accessible from the machine on
6595 which the backup script is run.
6596
6597 If the list of individual files is very long you may wish to store it
6598 in a separate file. This file is usually named
6599 @file{/etc/backup/files}, but this name may be overridden in
6600 @file{backup-specs} using @code{FILELIST} variable.
6601 @end defvr
6602
6603 @defvr {Backup variable} FILELIST
6604
6605 The name of the file that contains a list of individual files to backup
6606 or restore. By default it is @file{/etc/backup/files}.
6607 @end defvr
6608
6609 @defvr {Backup variable} MT
6610
6611 Full file name of @command{mt} binary.
6612 @end defvr
6613
6614 @defvr {Backup variable} RSH
6615 @anchor{RSH}
6616 Full file name of @command{rsh} binary or its equivalent. You may wish to
6617 set it to @code{ssh}, to improve security. In this case you will have
6618 to use public key authentication.
6619 @end defvr
6620
6621 @defvr {Backup variable} RSH_COMMAND
6622
6623 Full file name of @command{rsh} binary on remote machines. This will
6624 be passed via @option{--rsh-command} option to the remote invocation
6625 of @GNUTAR{}.
6626 @end defvr
6627
6628 @defvr {Backup variable} VOLNO_FILE
6629
6630 Name of temporary file to hold volume numbers. This needs to be accessible
6631 by all the machines which have file systems to be dumped.
6632 @end defvr
6633
6634 @defvr {Backup variable} XLIST
6635
6636 Name of @dfn{exclude file list}. An @dfn{exclude file list} is a file
6637 located on the remote machine and containing the list of files to
6638 be excluded from the backup. Exclude file lists are searched in
6639 /etc/tar-backup directory. A common use for exclude file lists
6640 is to exclude files containing security-sensitive information
6641 (e.g., @file{/etc/shadow} from backups).
6642
6643 This variable affects only @code{backup}.
6644 @end defvr
6645
6646 @defvr {Backup variable} SLEEP_TIME
6647
6648 Time to sleep between dumps of any two successive file systems
6649
6650 This variable affects only @code{backup}.
6651 @end defvr
6652
6653 @defvr {Backup variable} DUMP_REMIND_SCRIPT
6654
6655 Script to be run when it's time to insert a new tape in for the next
6656 volume. Administrators may want to tailor this script for their site.
6657 If this variable isn't set, @GNUTAR{} will display its built-in
6658 prompt, and will expect confirmation from the console. For the
6659 description of the default prompt, see @ref{change volume prompt}.
6660
6661 @end defvr
6662
6663 @defvr {Backup variable} SLEEP_MESSAGE
6664
6665 Message to display on the terminal while waiting for dump time. Usually
6666 this will just be some literal text.
6667 @end defvr
6668
6669 @defvr {Backup variable} TAR
6670
6671 Full file name of the @GNUTAR{} executable. If this is not set, backup
6672 scripts will search @command{tar} in the current shell path.
6673 @end defvr
6674
6675 @node Magnetic Tape Control
6676 @subsection Magnetic Tape Control
6677
6678 Backup scripts access tape device using special @dfn{hook functions}.
6679 These functions take a single argument --- the name of the tape
6680 device. Their names are kept in the following variables:
6681
6682 @defvr {Backup variable} MT_BEGIN
6683 The name of @dfn{begin} function. This function is called before
6684 accessing the drive. By default it retensions the tape:
6685
6686 @smallexample
6687 MT_BEGIN=mt_begin
6688
6689 mt_begin() @{
6690 mt -f "$1" retension
6691 @}
6692 @end smallexample
6693 @end defvr
6694
6695 @defvr {Backup variable} MT_REWIND
6696 The name of @dfn{rewind} function. The default definition is as
6697 follows:
6698
6699 @smallexample
6700 MT_REWIND=mt_rewind
6701
6702 mt_rewind() @{
6703 mt -f "$1" rewind
6704 @}
6705 @end smallexample
6706
6707 @end defvr
6708
6709 @defvr {Backup variable} MT_OFFLINE
6710 The name of the function switching the tape off line. By default
6711 it is defined as follows:
6712
6713 @smallexample
6714 MT_OFFLINE=mt_offline
6715
6716 mt_offline() @{
6717 mt -f "$1" offl
6718 @}
6719 @end smallexample
6720 @end defvr
6721
6722 @defvr {Backup variable} MT_STATUS
6723 The name of the function used to obtain the status of the archive device,
6724 including error count. Default definition:
6725
6726 @smallexample
6727 MT_STATUS=mt_status
6728
6729 mt_status() @{
6730 mt -f "$1" status
6731 @}
6732 @end smallexample
6733 @end defvr
6734
6735 @node User Hooks
6736 @subsection User Hooks
6737
6738 @dfn{User hooks} are shell functions executed before and after
6739 each @command{tar} invocation. Thus, there are @dfn{backup
6740 hooks}, which are executed before and after dumping each file
6741 system, and @dfn{restore hooks}, executed before and
6742 after restoring a file system. Each user hook is a shell function
6743 taking four arguments:
6744
6745 @deffn {User Hook Function} hook @var{level} @var{host} @var{fs} @var{fsname}
6746 Its arguments are:
6747
6748 @table @var
6749 @item level
6750 Current backup or restore level.
6751
6752 @item host
6753 Name or IP address of the host machine being dumped or restored.
6754
6755 @item fs
6756 Full file name of the file system being dumped or restored.
6757
6758 @item fsname
6759 File system name with directory separators replaced with colons. This
6760 is useful, e.g., for creating unique files.
6761 @end table
6762 @end deffn
6763
6764 Following variables keep the names of user hook functions:
6765
6766 @defvr {Backup variable} DUMP_BEGIN
6767 Dump begin function. It is executed before dumping the file system.
6768 @end defvr
6769
6770 @defvr {Backup variable} DUMP_END
6771 Executed after dumping the file system.
6772 @end defvr
6773
6774 @defvr {Backup variable} RESTORE_BEGIN
6775 Executed before restoring the file system.
6776 @end defvr
6777
6778 @defvr {Backup variable} RESTORE_END
6779 Executed after restoring the file system.
6780 @end defvr
6781
6782 @node backup-specs example
6783 @subsection An Example Text of @file{Backup-specs}
6784
6785 The following is an example of @file{backup-specs}:
6786
6787 @smallexample
6788 # site-specific parameters for file system backup.
6789
6790 ADMINISTRATOR=friedman
6791 BACKUP_HOUR=1
6792 TAPE_FILE=/dev/nrsmt0
6793
6794 # Use @code{ssh} instead of the less secure @code{rsh}
6795 RSH=/usr/bin/ssh
6796 RSH_COMMAND=/usr/bin/ssh
6797
6798 # Override MT_STATUS function:
6799 my_status() @{
6800 mts -t $TAPE_FILE
6801 @}
6802 MT_STATUS=my_status
6803
6804 # Disable MT_OFFLINE function
6805 MT_OFFLINE=:
6806
6807 BLOCKING=124
6808 BACKUP_DIRS="
6809 albert:/fs/fsf
6810 apple-gunkies:/gd
6811 albert:/fs/gd2
6812 albert:/fs/gp
6813 geech:/usr/jla
6814 churchy:/usr/roland
6815 albert:/
6816 albert:/usr
6817 apple-gunkies:/
6818 apple-gunkies:/usr
6819 gnu:/hack
6820 gnu:/u
6821 apple-gunkies:/com/mailer/gnu
6822 apple-gunkies:/com/archive/gnu"
6823
6824 BACKUP_FILES="/com/mailer/aliases /com/mailer/league*[a-z]"
6825
6826 @end smallexample
6827
6828 @node Scripted Backups
6829 @section Using the Backup Scripts
6830
6831 The syntax for running a backup script is:
6832
6833 @smallexample
6834 backup --level=@var{level} --time=@var{time}
6835 @end smallexample
6836
6837 The @option{--level} option requests the dump level. Thus, to produce
6838 a full dump, specify @code{--level=0} (this is the default, so
6839 @option{--level} may be omitted if its value is
6840 @code{0})@footnote{For backward compatibility, the @code{backup} will also
6841 try to deduce the requested dump level from the name of the
6842 script itself. If the name consists of a string @samp{level-}
6843 followed by a single decimal digit, that digit is taken as
6844 the dump level number. Thus, you may create a link from @code{backup}
6845 to @code{level-1} and then run @code{level-1} whenever you need to
6846 create a level one dump.}.
6847
6848 The @option{--time} option determines when should the backup be
6849 run. @var{Time} may take three forms:
6850
6851 @table @asis
6852 @item @var{hh}:@var{mm}
6853
6854 The dump must be run at @var{hh} hours @var{mm} minutes.
6855
6856 @item @var{hh}
6857
6858 The dump must be run at @var{hh} hours.
6859
6860 @item now
6861
6862 The dump must be run immediately.
6863 @end table
6864
6865 You should start a script with a tape or disk mounted. Once you
6866 start a script, it prompts you for new tapes or disks as it
6867 needs them. Media volumes don't have to correspond to archive
6868 files --- a multi-volume archive can be started in the middle of a
6869 tape that already contains the end of another multi-volume archive.
6870 The @code{restore} script prompts for media by its archive volume,
6871 so to avoid an error message you should keep track of which tape
6872 (or disk) contains which volume of the archive (@pxref{Scripted
6873 Restoration}).
6874
6875 The backup scripts write two files on the file system. The first is a
6876 record file in @file{/etc/tar-backup/}, which is used by the scripts
6877 to store and retrieve information about which files were dumped. This
6878 file is not meant to be read by humans, and should not be deleted by
6879 them. @xref{Snapshot Files}, for a more detailed explanation of this
6880 file.
6881
6882 The second file is a log file containing the names of the file systems
6883 and files dumped, what time the backup was made, and any error
6884 messages that were generated, as well as how much space was left in
6885 the media volume after the last volume of the archive was written.
6886 You should check this log file after every backup. The file name is
6887 @file{log-@var{mm-dd-yyyy}-level-@var{n}}, where @var{mm-dd-yyyy}
6888 represents current date, and @var{n} represents current dump level number.
6889
6890 The script also prints the name of each system being dumped to the
6891 standard output.
6892
6893 Following is the full list of options accepted by @code{backup}
6894 script:
6895
6896 @table @option
6897 @item -l @var{level}
6898 @itemx --level=@var{level}
6899 Do backup level @var{level} (default 0).
6900
6901 @item -f
6902 @itemx --force
6903 Force backup even if today's log file already exists.
6904
6905 @item -v[@var{level}]
6906 @itemx --verbose[=@var{level}]
6907 Set verbosity level. The higher the level is, the more debugging
6908 information will be output during execution. Default @var{level}
6909 is 100, which means the highest debugging level.
6910
6911 @item -t @var{start-time}
6912 @itemx --time=@var{start-time}
6913 Wait till @var{time}, then do backup.
6914
6915 @item -h
6916 @itemx --help
6917 Display short help message and exit.
6918
6919 @item -V
6920 @itemx --version
6921 Display information about the program's name, version, origin and legal
6922 status, all on standard output, and then exit successfully.
6923 @end table
6924
6925
6926 @node Scripted Restoration
6927 @section Using the Restore Script
6928
6929 To restore files that were archived using a scripted backup, use the
6930 @code{restore} script. Its usage is quite straightforward. In the
6931 simplest form, invoke @code{restore --all}, it will
6932 then restore all the file systems and files specified in
6933 @file{backup-specs} (@pxref{General-Purpose Variables,BACKUP_DIRS}).
6934
6935 You may select the file systems (and/or files) to restore by
6936 giving @code{restore} a list of @dfn{patterns} in its command
6937 line. For example, running
6938
6939 @smallexample
6940 restore 'albert:*'
6941 @end smallexample
6942
6943 @noindent
6944 will restore all file systems on the machine @samp{albert}. A more
6945 complicated example:
6946
6947 @smallexample
6948 restore 'albert:*' '*:/var'
6949 @end smallexample
6950
6951 @noindent
6952 This command will restore all file systems on the machine @samp{albert}
6953 as well as @file{/var} file system on all machines.
6954
6955 By default @code{restore} will start restoring files from the lowest
6956 available dump level (usually zero) and will continue through
6957 all available dump levels. There may be situations where such a
6958 thorough restore is not necessary. For example, you may wish to
6959 restore only files from the recent level one backup. To do so,
6960 use @option{--level} option, as shown in the example below:
6961
6962 @smallexample
6963 restore --level=1
6964 @end smallexample
6965
6966 The full list of options accepted by @code{restore} follows:
6967
6968 @table @option
6969 @item -a
6970 @itemx --all
6971 Restore all file systems and files specified in @file{backup-specs}.
6972
6973 @item -l @var{level}
6974 @itemx --level=@var{level}
6975 Start restoring from the given backup level, instead of the default 0.
6976
6977 @item -v[@var{level}]
6978 @itemx --verbose[=@var{level}]
6979 Set verbosity level. The higher the level is, the more debugging
6980 information will be output during execution. Default @var{level}
6981 is 100, which means the highest debugging level.
6982
6983 @item -h
6984 @itemx --help
6985 Display short help message and exit.
6986
6987 @item -V
6988 @itemx --version
6989 Display information about the program's name, version, origin and legal
6990 status, all on standard output, and then exit successfully.
6991 @end table
6992
6993 You should start the restore script with the media containing the
6994 first volume of the archive mounted. The script will prompt for other
6995 volumes as they are needed. If the archive is on tape, you don't need
6996 to rewind the tape to to its beginning---if the tape head is
6997 positioned past the beginning of the archive, the script will rewind
6998 the tape as needed. @xref{Tape Positioning}, for a discussion of tape
6999 positioning.
7000
7001 @quotation
7002 @strong{Warning:} The script will delete files from the active file
7003 system if they were not in the file system when the archive was made.
7004 @end quotation
7005
7006 @xref{Incremental Dumps}, for an explanation of how the script makes
7007 that determination.
7008
7009 @node Choosing
7010 @chapter Choosing Files and Names for @command{tar}
7011
7012 Certain options to @command{tar} enable you to specify a name for your
7013 archive. Other options let you decide which files to include or exclude
7014 from the archive, based on when or whether files were modified, whether
7015 the file names do or don't match specified patterns, or whether files
7016 are in specified directories.
7017
7018 This chapter discusses these options in detail.
7019
7020 @menu
7021 * file:: Choosing the Archive's Name
7022 * Selecting Archive Members::
7023 * files:: Reading Names from a File
7024 * exclude:: Excluding Some Files
7025 * wildcards:: Wildcards Patterns and Matching
7026 * quoting styles:: Ways of Quoting Special Characters in Names
7027 * transform:: Modifying File and Member Names
7028 * after:: Operating Only on New Files
7029 * recurse:: Descending into Directories
7030 * one:: Crossing File System Boundaries
7031 @end menu
7032
7033 @node file
7034 @section Choosing and Naming Archive Files
7035
7036 @cindex Naming an archive
7037 @cindex Archive Name
7038 @cindex Choosing an archive file
7039 @cindex Where is the archive?
7040 @opindex file
7041 By default, @command{tar} uses an archive file name that was compiled when
7042 it was built on the system; usually this name refers to some physical
7043 tape drive on the machine. However, the person who installed @command{tar}
7044 on the system may not have set the default to a meaningful value as far as
7045 most users are concerned. As a result, you will usually want to tell
7046 @command{tar} where to find (or create) the archive. The
7047 @option{--file=@var{archive-name}} (@option{-f @var{archive-name}})
7048 option allows you to either specify or name a file to use as the archive
7049 instead of the default archive file location.
7050
7051 @table @option
7052 @xopindex{file, short description}
7053 @item --file=@var{archive-name}
7054 @itemx -f @var{archive-name}
7055 Name the archive to create or operate on. Use in conjunction with
7056 any operation.
7057 @end table
7058
7059 For example, in this @command{tar} command,
7060
7061 @smallexample
7062 $ @kbd{tar -cvf collection.tar blues folk jazz}
7063 @end smallexample
7064
7065 @noindent
7066 @file{collection.tar} is the name of the archive. It must directly
7067 follow the @option{-f} option, since whatever directly follows @option{-f}
7068 @emph{will} end up naming the archive. If you neglect to specify an
7069 archive name, you may end up overwriting a file in the working directory
7070 with the archive you create since @command{tar} will use this file's name
7071 for the archive name.
7072
7073 An archive can be saved as a file in the file system, sent through a
7074 pipe or over a network, or written to an I/O device such as a tape,
7075 floppy disk, or CD write drive.
7076
7077 @cindex Writing new archives
7078 @cindex Archive creation
7079 If you do not name the archive, @command{tar} uses the value of the
7080 environment variable @env{TAPE} as the file name for the archive. If
7081 that is not available, @command{tar} uses a default, compiled-in archive
7082 name, usually that for tape unit zero (i.e., @file{/dev/tu00}).
7083
7084 @cindex Standard input and output
7085 @cindex tar to standard input and output
7086 If you use @file{-} as an @var{archive-name}, @command{tar} reads the
7087 archive from standard input (when listing or extracting files), or
7088 writes it to standard output (when creating an archive). If you use
7089 @file{-} as an @var{archive-name} when modifying an archive,
7090 @command{tar} reads the original archive from its standard input and
7091 writes the entire new archive to its standard output.
7092
7093 The following example is a convenient way of copying directory
7094 hierarchy from @file{sourcedir} to @file{targetdir}.
7095
7096 @smallexample
7097 $ @kbd{(cd sourcedir; tar -cf - .) | (cd targetdir; tar -xpf -)}
7098 @end smallexample
7099
7100 The @option{-C} option allows to avoid using subshells:
7101
7102 @smallexample
7103 $ @kbd{tar -C sourcedir -cf - . | tar -C targetdir -xpf -}
7104 @end smallexample
7105
7106 In both examples above, the leftmost @command{tar} invocation archives
7107 the contents of @file{sourcedir} to the standard output, while the
7108 rightmost one reads this archive from its standard input and
7109 extracts it. The @option{-p} option tells it to restore permissions
7110 of the extracted files.
7111
7112 @cindex Remote devices
7113 @cindex tar to a remote device
7114 @anchor{remote-dev}
7115 To specify an archive file on a device attached to a remote machine,
7116 use the following:
7117
7118 @smallexample
7119 @kbd{--file=@var{hostname}:/@var{dev}/@var{file-name}}
7120 @end smallexample
7121
7122 @noindent
7123 @command{tar} will set up the remote connection, if possible, and
7124 prompt you for a username and password. If you use
7125 @option{--file=@@@var{hostname}:/@var{dev}/@var{file-name}}, @command{tar}
7126 will attempt to set up the remote connection using your username
7127 as the username on the remote machine.
7128
7129 @cindex Local and remote archives
7130 @anchor{local and remote archives}
7131 If the archive file name includes a colon (@samp{:}), then it is assumed
7132 to be a file on another machine. If the archive file is
7133 @samp{@var{user}@@@var{host}:@var{file}}, then @var{file} is used on the
7134 host @var{host}. The remote host is accessed using the @command{rsh}
7135 program, with a username of @var{user}. If the username is omitted
7136 (along with the @samp{@@} sign), then your user name will be used.
7137 (This is the normal @command{rsh} behavior.) It is necessary for the
7138 remote machine, in addition to permitting your @command{rsh} access, to
7139 have the @file{rmt} program installed (this command is included in
7140 the @GNUTAR{} distribution and by default is installed under
7141 @file{@var{prefix}/libexec/rmt}, where @var{prefix} means your
7142 installation prefix). If you need to use a file whose name includes a
7143 colon, then the remote tape drive behavior
7144 can be inhibited by using the @option{--force-local} option.
7145
7146 When the archive is being created to @file{/dev/null}, @GNUTAR{}
7147 tries to minimize input and output operations. The Amanda backup
7148 system, when used with @GNUTAR{}, has an initial sizing pass which
7149 uses this feature.
7150
7151 @node Selecting Archive Members
7152 @section Selecting Archive Members
7153 @cindex Specifying files to act on
7154 @cindex Specifying archive members
7155
7156 @dfn{File Name arguments} specify which files in the file system
7157 @command{tar} operates on, when creating or adding to an archive, or which
7158 archive members @command{tar} operates on, when reading or deleting from
7159 an archive. @xref{Operations}.
7160
7161 To specify file names, you can include them as the last arguments on
7162 the command line, as follows:
7163 @smallexample
7164 @kbd{tar} @var{operation} [@var{option1} @var{option2} @dots{}] [@var{file name-1} @var{file name-2} @dots{}]
7165 @end smallexample
7166
7167 If a file name begins with dash (@samp{-}), precede it with
7168 @option{--add-file} option to prevent it from being treated as an
7169 option.
7170
7171 @anchor{input name quoting}
7172 By default @GNUTAR{} attempts to @dfn{unquote} each file or member
7173 name, replacing @dfn{escape sequences} according to the following
7174 table:
7175
7176 @multitable @columnfractions 0.20 0.60
7177 @headitem Escape @tab Replaced with
7178 @item \a @tab Audible bell (@acronym{ASCII} 7)
7179 @item \b @tab Backspace (@acronym{ASCII} 8)
7180 @item \f @tab Form feed (@acronym{ASCII} 12)
7181 @item \n @tab New line (@acronym{ASCII} 10)
7182 @item \r @tab Carriage return (@acronym{ASCII} 13)
7183 @item \t @tab Horizontal tabulation (@acronym{ASCII} 9)
7184 @item \v @tab Vertical tabulation (@acronym{ASCII} 11)
7185 @item \? @tab @acronym{ASCII} 127
7186 @item \@var{n} @tab @acronym{ASCII} @var{n} (@var{n} should be an octal number
7187 of up to 3 digits)
7188 @end multitable
7189
7190 A backslash followed by any other symbol is retained.
7191
7192 This default behavior is controlled by the following command line
7193 option:
7194
7195 @table @option
7196 @opindex unquote
7197 @item --unquote
7198 Enable unquoting input file or member names (default).
7199
7200 @opindex no-unquote
7201 @item --no-unquote
7202 Disable unquoting input file or member names.
7203 @end table
7204
7205 If you specify a directory name as a file name argument, all the files
7206 in that directory are operated on by @command{tar}.
7207
7208 If you do not specify files, @command{tar} behavior differs depending
7209 on the operation mode as described below:
7210
7211 When @command{tar} is invoked with @option{--create} (@option{-c}),
7212 @command{tar} will stop immediately, reporting the following:
7213
7214 @smallexample
7215 @group
7216 $ @kbd{tar cf a.tar}
7217 tar: Cowardly refusing to create an empty archive
7218 Try 'tar --help' or 'tar --usage' for more information.
7219 @end group
7220 @end smallexample
7221
7222 If you specify either @option{--list} (@option{-t}) or
7223 @option{--extract} (@option{--get}, @option{-x}), @command{tar}
7224 operates on all the archive members in the archive.
7225
7226 If run with @option{--diff} option, tar will compare the archive with
7227 the contents of the current working directory.
7228
7229 If you specify any other operation, @command{tar} does nothing.
7230
7231 By default, @command{tar} takes file names from the command line. However,
7232 there are other ways to specify file or member names, or to modify the
7233 manner in which @command{tar} selects the files or members upon which to
7234 operate. In general, these methods work both for specifying the names
7235 of files and archive members.
7236
7237 @node files
7238 @section Reading Names from a File
7239
7240 @cindex Reading file names from a file
7241 @cindex Lists of file names
7242 @cindex File Name arguments, alternatives
7243 @cindex @command{find}, using with @command{tar}
7244 Instead of giving the names of files or archive members on the command
7245 line, you can put the names into a file, and then use the
7246 @option{--files-from=@var{file-of-names}} (@option{-T
7247 @var{file-of-names}}) option to @command{tar}. Give the name of the
7248 file which contains the list of files to include as the argument to
7249 @option{--files-from}. In the list, the file names should be separated by
7250 newlines. You will frequently use this option when you have generated
7251 the list of files to archive with the @command{find} utility.
7252
7253 @table @option
7254 @opindex files-from
7255 @item --files-from=@var{file-name}
7256 @itemx -T @var{file-name}
7257 Get names to extract or create from file @var{file-name}.
7258 @end table
7259
7260 If you give a single dash as a file name for @option{--files-from}, (i.e.,
7261 you specify either @code{--files-from=-} or @code{-T -}), then the file
7262 names are read from standard input.
7263
7264 Unless you are running @command{tar} with @option{--create}, you cannot use
7265 both @code{--files-from=-} and @code{--file=-} (@code{-f -}) in the same
7266 command.
7267
7268 Any number of @option{-T} options can be given in the command line.
7269
7270 The following example shows how to use @command{find} to generate a list of
7271 files smaller than 400K in length and put that list into a file
7272 called @file{small-files}. You can then use the @option{-T} option to
7273 @command{tar} to specify the files from that file, @file{small-files}, to
7274 create the archive @file{little.tgz}. (The @option{-z} option to
7275 @command{tar} compresses the archive with @command{gzip}; @pxref{gzip} for
7276 more information.)
7277
7278 @smallexample
7279 $ @kbd{find . -size -400 -print > small-files}
7280 $ @kbd{tar -c -v -z -T small-files -f little.tgz}
7281 @end smallexample
7282
7283 @noindent
7284 By default, each line read from the file list is first stripped off
7285 any leading and trailing whitespace. If the resulting string begins
7286 with @samp{-} character, it is considered a @command{tar} option and is
7287 processed accordingly@footnote{Versions of @GNUTAR{} up to 1.15.1
7288 recognized only @option{-C} option in file lists, and only if the
7289 option and its argument occupied two consecutive lines.}. For example,
7290 the common use of this feature is to change to another directory by
7291 specifying @option{-C} option:
7292
7293 @smallexample
7294 @group
7295 $ @kbd{cat list}
7296 -C/etc
7297 passwd
7298 hosts
7299 -C/lib
7300 libc.a
7301 $ @kbd{tar -c -f foo.tar --files-from list}
7302 @end group
7303 @end smallexample
7304
7305 @noindent
7306 In this example, @command{tar} will first switch to @file{/etc}
7307 directory and add files @file{passwd} and @file{hosts} to the
7308 archive. Then it will change to @file{/lib} directory and will archive
7309 the file @file{libc.a}. Thus, the resulting archive @file{foo.tar} will
7310 contain:
7311
7312 @smallexample
7313 @group
7314 $ @kbd{tar tf foo.tar}
7315 passwd
7316 hosts
7317 libc.a
7318 @end group
7319 @end smallexample
7320
7321 @anchor{verbatim-files-from}
7322 @opindex verbatim-files-from
7323 If such option handling is undesirable, use the
7324 @option{--verbatim-files-from} option. When this option is in effect,
7325 each line read from the file list is treated as a file name. Notice,
7326 that this means, in particular, that no whitespace trimming is
7327 performed.
7328
7329 @anchor{no-verbatim-files-from}
7330 @opindex no-verbatim-files-from
7331 The @option{--verbatim-files-from} affects all @option{-T} options
7332 that follow it in the command line. The default behavior can be
7333 restored using @option{--no-verbatim-files-from} option.
7334
7335 @opindex add-file
7336 To disable option handling for a single file name, use the
7337 @option{--add-file} option, e.g.: @code{--add-file=--my-file}.
7338
7339 @menu
7340 * nul::
7341 @end menu
7342
7343 @node nul
7344 @subsection @code{NUL}-Terminated File Names
7345
7346 @cindex File names, terminated by @code{NUL}
7347 @cindex @code{NUL}-terminated file names
7348 The @option{--null} option causes
7349 @option{--files-from=@var{file-of-names}} (@option{-T @var{file-of-names}})
7350 to read file names terminated by a @code{NUL} instead of a newline, so
7351 files whose names contain newlines can be archived using
7352 @option{--files-from}.
7353
7354 @table @option
7355 @xopindex{null, described}
7356 @item --null
7357 Only consider @code{NUL}-terminated file names, instead of files that
7358 terminate in a newline.
7359
7360 @xopindex{no-null, described}
7361 @item --no-null
7362 Undo the effect of any previous @option{--null} option.
7363 @end table
7364
7365 The @option{--null} option is just like the one in @acronym{GNU}
7366 @command{xargs} and @command{cpio}, and is useful with the
7367 @option{-print0} predicate of @acronym{GNU} @command{find}. In
7368 @command{tar}, @option{--null} also disables special handling for
7369 file names that begin with dash (similar to
7370 @option{--verbatim-files-from} option).
7371
7372 This example shows how to use @command{find} to generate a list of files
7373 larger than 800K in length and put that list into a file called
7374 @file{long-files}. The @option{-print0} option to @command{find} is just
7375 like @option{-print}, except that it separates files with a @code{NUL}
7376 rather than with a newline. You can then run @command{tar} with both the
7377 @option{--null} and @option{-T} options to specify that @command{tar} gets the
7378 files from that file, @file{long-files}, to create the archive
7379 @file{big.tgz}. The @option{--null} option to @command{tar} will cause
7380 @command{tar} to recognize the @code{NUL} separator between files.
7381
7382 @smallexample
7383 $ @kbd{find . -size +800 -print0 > long-files}
7384 $ @kbd{tar -c -v --null --files-from=long-files --file=big.tar}
7385 @end smallexample
7386
7387 The @option{--no-null} option can be used if you need to read both
7388 @code{NUL}-terminated and newline-terminated files on the same command line.
7389 For example, if @file{flist} is a newline-terminated file, then the
7390 following command can be used to combine it with the above command:
7391
7392 @smallexample
7393 @group
7394 $ @kbd{find . -size +800 -print0 |
7395 tar -c -f big.tar --null -T - --no-null -T flist}
7396 @end group
7397 @end smallexample
7398
7399 This example uses short options for typographic reasons, to avoid
7400 very long lines.
7401
7402 @GNUTAR is tries to automatically detect @code{NUL}-terminated file
7403 lists, so in many cases it is safe to use them even without the
7404 @option{--null} option. In this case @command{tar} will print a
7405 warning and continue reading such a file as if @option{--null} were
7406 actually given:
7407
7408 @smallexample
7409 @group
7410 $ @kbd{find . -size +800 -print0 | tar -c -f big.tar -T -}
7411 tar: -: file name read contains nul character
7412 @end group
7413 @end smallexample
7414
7415 The null terminator, however, remains in effect only for this
7416 particular file, any following @option{-T} options will assume
7417 newline termination. Of course, the null autodetection applies
7418 to these eventual surplus @option{-T} options as well.
7419
7420 @node exclude
7421 @section Excluding Some Files
7422
7423 @cindex File names, excluding files by
7424 @cindex Excluding files by name and pattern
7425 @cindex Excluding files by file system
7426 @opindex exclude
7427 @opindex exclude-from
7428 To avoid operating on files whose names match a particular pattern,
7429 use the @option{--exclude} or @option{--exclude-from} options.
7430
7431 @table @option
7432 @opindex exclude
7433 @item --exclude=@var{pattern}
7434 Causes @command{tar} to ignore files that match the @var{pattern}.
7435 @end table
7436
7437 @findex exclude
7438 The @option{--exclude=@var{pattern}} option prevents any file or
7439 member whose name matches the shell wildcard (@var{pattern}) from
7440 being operated on.
7441 For example, to create an archive with all the contents of the directory
7442 @file{src} except for files whose names end in @file{.o}, use the
7443 command @samp{tar -cf src.tar --exclude='*.o' src}.
7444
7445 You may give multiple @option{--exclude} options.
7446
7447 @table @option
7448 @opindex exclude-from
7449 @item --exclude-from=@var{file}
7450 @itemx -X @var{file}
7451 Causes @command{tar} to ignore files that match the patterns listed in
7452 @var{file}.
7453 @end table
7454
7455 @findex exclude-from
7456 Use the @option{--exclude-from} option to read a
7457 list of patterns, one per line, from @var{file}; @command{tar} will
7458 ignore files matching those patterns. Thus if @command{tar} is
7459 called as @w{@samp{tar -c -X foo .}} and the file @file{foo} contains a
7460 single line @file{*.o}, no files whose names end in @file{.o} will be
7461 added to the archive.
7462
7463 Notice, that lines from @var{file} are read verbatim. One of the
7464 frequent errors is leaving some extra whitespace after a file name,
7465 which is difficult to catch using text editors.
7466
7467 However, empty lines are OK.
7468
7469 @cindex VCS, excluding patterns from ignore files
7470 @cindex VCS, ignore files
7471 @cindex CVS, ignore files
7472 @cindex Git, ignore files
7473 @cindex Bazaar, ignore files
7474 @cindex Mercurial, ignore files
7475 When archiving directories that are under some version control system (VCS),
7476 it is often convenient to read exclusion patterns from this VCS'
7477 ignore files (e.g. @file{.cvsignore}, @file{.gitignore}, etc.) The
7478 following options provide such possibility:
7479
7480 @table @option
7481 @anchor{exclude-vcs-ignores}
7482 @opindex exclude-vcs-ignores
7483 @item --exclude-vcs-ignores
7484 Before archiving a directory, see if it contains any of the following
7485 files: @file{cvsignore}, @file{.gitignore}, @file{.bzrignore}, or
7486 @file{.hgignore}. If so, read ignore patterns from these files.
7487
7488 The patterns are treated much as the corresponding VCS would treat
7489 them, i.e.:
7490
7491 @table @file
7492 @findex .cvsignore
7493 @item .cvsignore
7494 Contains shell-style globbing patterns that apply only to the
7495 directory where this file resides. No comments are allowed in the
7496 file. Empty lines are ignored.
7497
7498 @findex .gitignore
7499 @item .gitignore
7500 Contains shell-style globbing patterns. Applies to the directory
7501 where @file{.gitfile} is located and all its subdirectories.
7502
7503 Any line beginning with a @samp{#} is a comment. Backslash escapes
7504 the comment character.
7505
7506 @findex .bzrignore
7507 @item .bzrignore
7508 Contains shell globbing-patterns and regular expressions (if prefixed
7509 with @samp{RE:}@footnote{According to the Bazaar docs,
7510 globbing-patterns are Korn-shell style and regular expressions are
7511 perl-style. As of @GNUTAR{} version @value{VERSION}, these are
7512 treated as shell-style globs and posix extended regexps. This will be
7513 fixed in future releases.}. Patterns affect the directory and all its
7514 subdirectories.
7515
7516 Any line beginning with a @samp{#} is a comment.
7517
7518 @findex .hgignore
7519 @item .hgignore
7520 Contains posix regular expressions@footnote{Support for perl-style
7521 regexps will appear in future releases.}. The line @samp{syntax:
7522 glob} switches to shell globbing patterns. The line @samp{syntax:
7523 regexp} switches back. Comments begin with a @samp{#}. Patterns
7524 affect the directory and all its subdirectories.
7525 @end table
7526
7527 @opindex exclude-ignore
7528 @item --exclude-ignore=@var{file}
7529 Before dumping a directory, @command{tar} checks if it contains
7530 @var{file}. If so, exclusion patterns are read from this file.
7531 The patterns affect only the directory itself.
7532
7533 @opindex exclude-ignore-recursive
7534 @item --exclude-ignore-recursive=@var{file}
7535 Same as @option{--exclude-ignore}, except that the patterns read
7536 affect both the directory where @var{file} resides and all its
7537 subdirectories.
7538 @end table
7539
7540 @table @option
7541 @cindex version control system, excluding files
7542 @cindex VCS, excluding files
7543 @cindex SCCS, excluding files
7544 @cindex RCS, excluding files
7545 @cindex CVS, excluding files
7546 @cindex SVN, excluding files
7547 @cindex git, excluding files
7548 @cindex Bazaar, excluding files
7549 @cindex Arch, excluding files
7550 @cindex Mercurial, excluding files
7551 @cindex Darcs, excluding files
7552 @anchor{exclude-vcs}
7553 @opindex exclude-vcs
7554 @item --exclude-vcs
7555 Exclude files and directories used by following version control
7556 systems: @samp{CVS}, @samp{RCS}, @samp{SCCS}, @samp{SVN}, @samp{Arch},
7557 @samp{Bazaar}, @samp{Mercurial}, and @samp{Darcs}.
7558
7559 As of version @value{VERSION}, the following files are excluded:
7560
7561 @itemize @bullet
7562 @item @file{CVS/}, and everything under it
7563 @item @file{RCS/}, and everything under it
7564 @item @file{SCCS/}, and everything under it
7565 @item @file{.git/}, and everything under it
7566 @item @file{.gitignore}
7567 @item @file{.cvsignore}
7568 @item @file{.svn/}, and everything under it
7569 @item @file{.arch-ids/}, and everything under it
7570 @item @file{@{arch@}/}, and everything under it
7571 @item @file{=RELEASE-ID}
7572 @item @file{=meta-update}
7573 @item @file{=update}
7574 @item @file{.bzr}
7575 @item @file{.bzrignore}
7576 @item @file{.bzrtags}
7577 @item @file{.hg}
7578 @item @file{.hgignore}
7579 @item @file{.hgrags}
7580 @item @file{_darcs}
7581 @end itemize
7582
7583 @opindex exclude-backups
7584 @item --exclude-backups
7585 Exclude backup and lock files. This option causes exclusion of files
7586 that match the following shell globbing patterns:
7587
7588 @table @asis
7589 @item .#*
7590 @item *~
7591 @item #*#
7592 @end table
7593
7594 @end table
7595
7596 @findex exclude-caches
7597 When creating an archive, the @option{--exclude-caches} option family
7598 causes @command{tar} to exclude all directories that contain a @dfn{cache
7599 directory tag}. A cache directory tag is a short file with the
7600 well-known name @file{CACHEDIR.TAG} and having a standard header
7601 specified in @url{http://www.brynosaurus.com/cachedir/spec.html}.
7602 Various applications write cache directory tags into directories they
7603 use to hold regenerable, non-precious data, so that such data can be
7604 more easily excluded from backups.
7605
7606 There are three @samp{exclude-caches} options, each providing a different
7607 exclusion semantics:
7608
7609 @table @option
7610 @opindex exclude-caches
7611 @item --exclude-caches
7612 Do not archive the contents of the directory, but archive the
7613 directory itself and the @file{CACHEDIR.TAG} file.
7614
7615 @opindex exclude-caches-under
7616 @item --exclude-caches-under
7617 Do not archive the contents of the directory, nor the
7618 @file{CACHEDIR.TAG} file, archive only the directory itself.
7619
7620 @opindex exclude-caches-all
7621 @item --exclude-caches-all
7622 Omit directories containing @file{CACHEDIR.TAG} file entirely.
7623 @end table
7624
7625 @findex exclude-tag
7626 Another option family, @option{--exclude-tag}, provides a generalization of
7627 this concept. It takes a single argument, a file name to look for.
7628 Any directory that contains this file will be excluded from the dump.
7629 Similarly to @samp{exclude-caches}, there are three options in this
7630 option family:
7631
7632 @table @option
7633 @opindex exclude-tag
7634 @item --exclude-tag=@var{file}
7635 Do not dump the contents of the directory, but dump the
7636 directory itself and the @var{file}.
7637
7638 @opindex exclude-tag-under
7639 @item --exclude-tag-under=@var{file}
7640 Do not dump the contents of the directory, nor the
7641 @var{file}, archive only the directory itself.
7642
7643 @opindex exclude-tag-all
7644 @item --exclude-tag-all=@var{file}
7645 Omit directories containing @var{file} file entirely.
7646 @end table
7647
7648 Multiple @option{--exclude-tag*} options can be given.
7649
7650 For example, given this directory:
7651
7652 @smallexample
7653 @group
7654 $ @kbd{find dir}
7655 dir
7656 dir/blues
7657 dir/jazz
7658 dir/folk
7659 dir/folk/tagfile
7660 dir/folk/sanjuan
7661 dir/folk/trote
7662 @end group
7663 @end smallexample
7664
7665 The @option{--exclude-tag} will produce the following:
7666
7667 @smallexample
7668 $ @kbd{tar -cf archive.tar --exclude-tag=tagfile -v dir}
7669 dir/
7670 dir/blues
7671 dir/jazz
7672 dir/folk/
7673 tar: dir/folk/: contains a cache directory tag tagfile;
7674 contents not dumped
7675 dir/folk/tagfile
7676 @end smallexample
7677
7678 Both the @file{dir/folk} directory and its tagfile are preserved in
7679 the archive, however the rest of files in this directory are not.
7680
7681 Now, using the @option{--exclude-tag-under} option will exclude
7682 @file{tagfile} from the dump, while still preserving the directory
7683 itself, as shown in this example:
7684
7685 @smallexample
7686 $ @kbd{tar -cf archive.tar --exclude-tag-under=tagfile -v dir}
7687 dir/
7688 dir/blues
7689 dir/jazz
7690 dir/folk/
7691 ./tar: dir/folk/: contains a cache directory tag tagfile;
7692 contents not dumped
7693 @end smallexample
7694
7695 Finally, using @option{--exclude-tag-all} omits the @file{dir/folk}
7696 directory entirely:
7697
7698 @smallexample
7699 $ @kbd{tar -cf archive.tar --exclude-tag-all=tagfile -v dir}
7700 dir/
7701 dir/blues
7702 dir/jazz
7703 ./tar: dir/folk/: contains a cache directory tag tagfile;
7704 directory not dumped
7705 @end smallexample
7706
7707 @menu
7708 * problems with exclude::
7709 @end menu
7710
7711 @node problems with exclude
7712 @unnumberedsubsec Problems with Using the @code{exclude} Options
7713
7714 @xopindex{exclude, potential problems with}
7715 Some users find @samp{exclude} options confusing. Here are some common
7716 pitfalls:
7717
7718 @itemize @bullet
7719 @item
7720 The main operating mode of @command{tar} does not act on a file name
7721 explicitly listed on the command line, if one of its file name
7722 components is excluded. In the example above, if
7723 you create an archive and exclude files that end with @samp{*.o}, but
7724 explicitly name the file @samp{dir.o/foo} after all the options have been
7725 listed, @samp{dir.o/foo} will be excluded from the archive.
7726
7727 @item
7728 You can sometimes confuse the meanings of @option{--exclude} and
7729 @option{--exclude-from}. Be careful: use @option{--exclude} when files
7730 to be excluded are given as a pattern on the command line. Use
7731 @option{--exclude-from} to introduce the name of a file which contains
7732 a list of patterns, one per line; each of these patterns can exclude
7733 zero, one, or many files.
7734
7735 @item
7736 When you use @option{--exclude=@var{pattern}}, be sure to quote the
7737 @var{pattern} parameter, so @GNUTAR{} sees wildcard characters
7738 like @samp{*}. If you do not do this, the shell might expand the
7739 @samp{*} itself using files at hand, so @command{tar} might receive a
7740 list of files instead of one pattern, or none at all, making the
7741 command somewhat illegal. This might not correspond to what you want.
7742
7743 For example, write:
7744
7745 @smallexample
7746 $ @kbd{tar -c -f @var{archive.tar} --exclude '*.o' @var{directory}}
7747 @end smallexample
7748
7749 @noindent
7750 rather than:
7751
7752 @smallexample
7753 # @emph{Wrong!}
7754 $ @kbd{tar -c -f @var{archive.tar} --exclude *.o @var{directory}}
7755 @end smallexample
7756
7757 @item
7758 You must use use shell syntax, or globbing, rather than @code{regexp}
7759 syntax, when using exclude options in @command{tar}. If you try to use
7760 @code{regexp} syntax to describe files to be excluded, your command
7761 might fail.
7762
7763 @item
7764 @FIXME{The change in semantics must have occurred before 1.11,
7765 so I doubt if it is worth mentioning at all. Anyway, should at
7766 least specify in which version the semantics changed.}
7767 In earlier versions of @command{tar}, what is now the
7768 @option{--exclude-from} option was called @option{--exclude} instead.
7769 Now, @option{--exclude} applies to patterns listed on the command
7770 line and @option{--exclude-from} applies to patterns listed in a
7771 file.
7772
7773 @end itemize
7774
7775 @node wildcards
7776 @section Wildcards Patterns and Matching
7777
7778 @dfn{Globbing} is the operation by which @dfn{wildcard} characters,
7779 @samp{*} or @samp{?} for example, are replaced and expanded into all
7780 existing files matching the given pattern. @GNUTAR{} can use wildcard
7781 patterns for matching (or globbing) archive members when extracting
7782 from or listing an archive. Wildcard patterns are also used for
7783 verifying volume labels of @command{tar} archives. This section has the
7784 purpose of explaining wildcard syntax for @command{tar}.
7785
7786 @FIXME{the next few paragraphs need work.}
7787
7788 A @var{pattern} should be written according to shell syntax, using wildcard
7789 characters to effect globbing. Most characters in the pattern stand
7790 for themselves in the matched string, and case is significant: @samp{a}
7791 will match only @samp{a}, and not @samp{A}. The character @samp{?} in the
7792 pattern matches any single character in the matched string. The character
7793 @samp{*} in the pattern matches zero, one, or more single characters in
7794 the matched string. The character @samp{\} says to take the following
7795 character of the pattern @emph{literally}; it is useful when one needs to
7796 match the @samp{?}, @samp{*}, @samp{[} or @samp{\} characters, themselves.
7797
7798 The character @samp{[}, up to the matching @samp{]}, introduces a character
7799 class. A @dfn{character class} is a list of acceptable characters
7800 for the next single character of the matched string. For example,
7801 @samp{[abcde]} would match any of the first five letters of the alphabet.
7802 Note that within a character class, all of the ``special characters''
7803 listed above other than @samp{\} lose their special meaning; for example,
7804 @samp{[-\\[*?]]} would match any of the characters, @samp{-}, @samp{\},
7805 @samp{[}, @samp{*}, @samp{?}, or @samp{]}. (Due to parsing constraints,
7806 the characters @samp{-} and @samp{]} must either come @emph{first} or
7807 @emph{last} in a character class.)
7808
7809 @cindex Excluding characters from a character class
7810 @cindex Character class, excluding characters from
7811 If the first character of the class after the opening @samp{[}
7812 is @samp{!} or @samp{^}, then the meaning of the class is reversed.
7813 Rather than listing character to match, it lists those characters which
7814 are @emph{forbidden} as the next single character of the matched string.
7815
7816 Other characters of the class stand for themselves. The special
7817 construction @samp{[@var{a}-@var{e}]}, using an hyphen between two
7818 letters, is meant to represent all characters between @var{a} and
7819 @var{e}, inclusive.
7820
7821 @FIXME{need to add a sentence or so here to make this clear for those
7822 who don't have dan around.}
7823
7824 Periods (@samp{.}) or forward slashes (@samp{/}) are not considered
7825 special for wildcard matches. However, if a pattern completely matches
7826 a directory prefix of a matched string, then it matches the full matched
7827 string: thus, excluding a directory also excludes all the files beneath it.
7828
7829 @menu
7830 * controlling pattern-matching::
7831 @end menu
7832
7833 @node controlling pattern-matching
7834 @unnumberedsubsec Controlling Pattern-Matching
7835
7836 For the purposes of this section, we call @dfn{exclusion members} all
7837 member names obtained while processing @option{--exclude} and
7838 @option{--exclude-from} options, and @dfn{inclusion members} those
7839 member names that were given in the command line or read from the file
7840 specified with @option{--files-from} option.
7841
7842 These two pairs of member lists are used in the following operations:
7843 @option{--diff}, @option{--extract}, @option{--list},
7844 @option{--update}.
7845
7846 There are no inclusion members in create mode (@option{--create} and
7847 @option{--append}), since in this mode the names obtained from the
7848 command line refer to @emph{files}, not archive members.
7849
7850 By default, inclusion members are compared with archive members
7851 literally @footnote{Notice that earlier @GNUTAR{} versions used
7852 globbing for inclusion members, which contradicted to UNIX98
7853 specification and was not documented. @xref{Changes}, for more
7854 information on this and other changes.} and exclusion members are
7855 treated as globbing patterns. For example:
7856
7857 @smallexample
7858 @group
7859 $ @kbd{tar tf foo.tar}
7860 a.c
7861 b.c
7862 a.txt
7863 [remarks]
7864 # @i{Member names are used verbatim:}
7865 $ @kbd{tar -xf foo.tar -v '[remarks]'}
7866 [remarks]
7867 # @i{Exclude member names are globbed:}
7868 $ @kbd{tar -xf foo.tar -v --exclude '*.c'}
7869 a.txt
7870 [remarks]
7871 @end group
7872 @end smallexample
7873
7874 This behavior can be altered by using the following options:
7875
7876 @table @option
7877 @opindex wildcards
7878 @item --wildcards
7879 Treat all member names as wildcards.
7880
7881 @opindex no-wildcards
7882 @item --no-wildcards
7883 Treat all member names as literal strings.
7884 @end table
7885
7886 Thus, to extract files whose names end in @samp{.c}, you can use:
7887
7888 @smallexample
7889 $ @kbd{tar -xf foo.tar -v --wildcards '*.c'}
7890 a.c
7891 b.c
7892 @end smallexample
7893
7894 @noindent
7895 Notice quoting of the pattern to prevent the shell from interpreting
7896 it.
7897
7898 The effect of @option{--wildcards} option is canceled by
7899 @option{--no-wildcards}. This can be used to pass part of
7900 the command line arguments verbatim and other part as globbing
7901 patterns. For example, the following invocation:
7902
7903 @smallexample
7904 $ @kbd{tar -xf foo.tar --wildcards '*.txt' --no-wildcards '[remarks]'}
7905 @end smallexample
7906
7907 @noindent
7908 instructs @command{tar} to extract from @file{foo.tar} all files whose
7909 names end in @samp{.txt} and the file named @file{[remarks]}.
7910
7911 Normally, a pattern matches a name if an initial subsequence of the
7912 name's components matches the pattern, where @samp{*}, @samp{?}, and
7913 @samp{[...]} are the usual shell wildcards, @samp{\} escapes wildcards,
7914 and wildcards can match @samp{/}.
7915
7916 Other than optionally stripping leading @samp{/} from names
7917 (@pxref{absolute}), patterns and names are used as-is. For
7918 example, trailing @samp{/} is not trimmed from a user-specified name
7919 before deciding whether to exclude it.
7920
7921 However, this matching procedure can be altered by the options listed
7922 below. These options accumulate. For example:
7923
7924 @smallexample
7925 --ignore-case --exclude='makefile' --no-ignore-case ---exclude='readme'
7926 @end smallexample
7927
7928 @noindent
7929 ignores case when excluding @samp{makefile}, but not when excluding
7930 @samp{readme}.
7931
7932 @table @option
7933 @opindex anchored
7934 @opindex no-anchored
7935 @item --anchored
7936 @itemx --no-anchored
7937 If anchored, a pattern must match an initial subsequence
7938 of the name's components. Otherwise, the pattern can match any
7939 subsequence. Default is @option{--no-anchored} for exclusion members
7940 and @option{--anchored} inclusion members.
7941
7942 @opindex ignore-case
7943 @opindex no-ignore-case
7944 @item --ignore-case
7945 @itemx --no-ignore-case
7946 When ignoring case, upper-case patterns match lower-case names and vice versa.
7947 When not ignoring case (the default), matching is case-sensitive.
7948
7949 @opindex wildcards-match-slash
7950 @opindex no-wildcards-match-slash
7951 @item --wildcards-match-slash
7952 @itemx --no-wildcards-match-slash
7953 When wildcards match slash (the default for exclusion members), a
7954 wildcard like @samp{*} in the pattern can match a @samp{/} in the
7955 name. Otherwise, @samp{/} is matched only by @samp{/}.
7956
7957 @end table
7958
7959 The @option{--recursion} and @option{--no-recursion} options
7960 (@pxref{recurse}) also affect how member patterns are interpreted. If
7961 recursion is in effect, a pattern matches a name if it matches any of
7962 the name's parent directories.
7963
7964 The following table summarizes pattern-matching default values:
7965
7966 @multitable @columnfractions .3 .7
7967 @headitem Members @tab Default settings
7968 @item Inclusion @tab @option{--no-wildcards --anchored --no-wildcards-match-slash}
7969 @item Exclusion @tab @option{--wildcards --no-anchored --wildcards-match-slash}
7970 @end multitable
7971
7972 @node quoting styles
7973 @section Quoting Member Names
7974
7975 When displaying member names, @command{tar} takes care to avoid
7976 ambiguities caused by certain characters. This is called @dfn{name
7977 quoting}. The characters in question are:
7978
7979 @itemize @bullet
7980 @item Non-printable control characters:
7981 @anchor{escape sequences}
7982 @multitable @columnfractions 0.20 0.10 0.60
7983 @headitem Character @tab @acronym{ASCII} @tab Character name
7984 @item \a @tab 7 @tab Audible bell
7985 @item \b @tab 8 @tab Backspace
7986 @item \f @tab 12 @tab Form feed
7987 @item \n @tab 10 @tab New line
7988 @item \r @tab 13 @tab Carriage return
7989 @item \t @tab 9 @tab Horizontal tabulation
7990 @item \v @tab 11 @tab Vertical tabulation
7991 @end multitable
7992
7993 @item Space (@acronym{ASCII} 32)
7994
7995 @item Single and double quotes (@samp{'} and @samp{"})
7996
7997 @item Backslash (@samp{\})
7998 @end itemize
7999
8000 The exact way @command{tar} uses to quote these characters depends on
8001 the @dfn{quoting style}. The default quoting style, called
8002 @dfn{escape} (see below), uses backslash notation to represent control
8003 characters, space and backslash. Using this quoting style, control
8004 characters are represented as listed in column @samp{Character} in the
8005 above table, a space is printed as @samp{\ } and a backslash as @samp{\\}.
8006
8007 @GNUTAR{} offers seven distinct quoting styles, which can be selected
8008 using @option{--quoting-style} option:
8009
8010 @table @option
8011 @item --quoting-style=@var{style}
8012 @opindex quoting-style
8013
8014 Sets quoting style. Valid values for @var{style} argument are:
8015 literal, shell, shell-always, c, escape, locale, clocale.
8016 @end table
8017
8018 These styles are described in detail below. To illustrate their
8019 effect, we will use an imaginary tar archive @file{arch.tar}
8020 containing the following members:
8021
8022 @smallexample
8023 @group
8024 # 1. Contains horizontal tabulation character.
8025 a tab
8026 # 2. Contains newline character
8027 a
8028 newline
8029 # 3. Contains a space
8030 a space
8031 # 4. Contains double quotes
8032 a"double"quote
8033 # 5. Contains single quotes
8034 a'single'quote
8035 # 6. Contains a backslash character:
8036 a\backslash
8037 @end group
8038 @end smallexample
8039
8040 Here is how usual @command{ls} command would have listed them, if they
8041 had existed in the current working directory:
8042
8043 @smallexample
8044 @group
8045 $ @kbd{ls}
8046 a\ttab
8047 a\nnewline
8048 a\ space
8049 a"double"quote
8050 a'single'quote
8051 a\\backslash
8052 @end group
8053 @end smallexample
8054
8055 Quoting styles:
8056
8057 @table @samp
8058 @item literal
8059 No quoting, display each character as is:
8060
8061 @smallexample
8062 @group
8063 $ @kbd{tar tf arch.tar --quoting-style=literal}
8064 ./
8065 ./a space
8066 ./a'single'quote
8067 ./a"double"quote
8068 ./a\backslash
8069 ./a tab
8070 ./a
8071 newline
8072 @end group
8073 @end smallexample
8074
8075 @item shell
8076 Display characters the same way Bourne shell does:
8077 control characters, except @samp{\t} and @samp{\n}, are printed using
8078 backslash escapes, @samp{\t} and @samp{\n} are printed as is, and a
8079 single quote is printed as @samp{\'}. If a name contains any quoted
8080 characters, it is enclosed in single quotes. In particular, if a name
8081 contains single quotes, it is printed as several single-quoted strings:
8082
8083 @smallexample
8084 @group
8085 $ @kbd{tar tf arch.tar --quoting-style=shell}
8086 ./
8087 './a space'
8088 './a'\''single'\''quote'
8089 './a"double"quote'
8090 './a\backslash'
8091 './a tab'
8092 './a
8093 newline'
8094 @end group
8095 @end smallexample
8096
8097 @item shell-always
8098 Same as @samp{shell}, but the names are always enclosed in single
8099 quotes:
8100
8101 @smallexample
8102 @group
8103 $ @kbd{tar tf arch.tar --quoting-style=shell-always}
8104 './'
8105 './a space'
8106 './a'\''single'\''quote'
8107 './a"double"quote'
8108 './a\backslash'
8109 './a tab'
8110 './a
8111 newline'
8112 @end group
8113 @end smallexample
8114
8115 @item c
8116 Use the notation of the C programming language. All names are
8117 enclosed in double quotes. Control characters are quoted using
8118 backslash notations, double quotes are represented as @samp{\"},
8119 backslash characters are represented as @samp{\\}. Single quotes and
8120 spaces are not quoted:
8121
8122 @smallexample
8123 @group
8124 $ @kbd{tar tf arch.tar --quoting-style=c}
8125 "./"
8126 "./a space"
8127 "./a'single'quote"
8128 "./a\"double\"quote"
8129 "./a\\backslash"
8130 "./a\ttab"
8131 "./a\nnewline"
8132 @end group
8133 @end smallexample
8134
8135 @item escape
8136 Control characters are printed using backslash notation, a space is
8137 printed as @samp{\ } and a backslash as @samp{\\}. This is the
8138 default quoting style, unless it was changed when configured the
8139 package.
8140
8141 @smallexample
8142 @group
8143 $ @kbd{tar tf arch.tar --quoting-style=escape}
8144 ./
8145 ./a space
8146 ./a'single'quote
8147 ./a"double"quote
8148 ./a\\backslash
8149 ./a\ttab
8150 ./a\nnewline
8151 @end group
8152 @end smallexample
8153
8154 @item locale
8155 Control characters, single quote and backslash are printed using
8156 backslash notation. All names are quoted using left and right
8157 quotation marks, appropriate to the current locale. If it does not
8158 define quotation marks, use @samp{'} as left and as right
8159 quotation marks. Any occurrences of the right quotation mark in a
8160 name are escaped with @samp{\}, for example:
8161
8162 For example:
8163
8164 @smallexample
8165 @group
8166 $ @kbd{tar tf arch.tar --quoting-style=locale}
8167 './'
8168 './a space'
8169 './a\'single\'quote'
8170 './a"double"quote'
8171 './a\\backslash'
8172 './a\ttab'
8173 './a\nnewline'
8174 @end group
8175 @end smallexample
8176
8177 @item clocale
8178 Same as @samp{locale}, but @samp{"} is used for both left and right
8179 quotation marks, if not provided by the currently selected locale:
8180
8181 @smallexample
8182 @group
8183 $ @kbd{tar tf arch.tar --quoting-style=clocale}
8184 "./"
8185 "./a space"
8186 "./a'single'quote"
8187 "./a\"double\"quote"
8188 "./a\\backslash"
8189 "./a\ttab"
8190 "./a\nnewline"
8191 @end group
8192 @end smallexample
8193 @end table
8194
8195 You can specify which characters should be quoted in addition to those
8196 implied by the current quoting style:
8197
8198 @table @option
8199 @item --quote-chars=@var{string}
8200 Always quote characters from @var{string}, even if the selected
8201 quoting style would not quote them.
8202 @end table
8203
8204 For example, using @samp{escape} quoting (compare with the usual
8205 escape listing above):
8206
8207 @smallexample
8208 @group
8209 $ @kbd{tar tf arch.tar --quoting-style=escape --quote-chars=' "'}
8210 ./
8211 ./a\ space
8212 ./a'single'quote
8213 ./a\"double\"quote
8214 ./a\\backslash
8215 ./a\ttab
8216 ./a\nnewline
8217 @end group
8218 @end smallexample
8219
8220 To disable quoting of such additional characters, use the following
8221 option:
8222
8223 @table @option
8224 @item --no-quote-chars=@var{string}
8225 Remove characters listed in @var{string} from the list of quoted
8226 characters set by the previous @option{--quote-chars} option.
8227 @end table
8228
8229 This option is particularly useful if you have added
8230 @option{--quote-chars} to your @env{TAR_OPTIONS} (@pxref{TAR_OPTIONS})
8231 and wish to disable it for the current invocation.
8232
8233 Note, that @option{--no-quote-chars} does @emph{not} disable those
8234 characters that are quoted by default in the selected quoting style.
8235
8236 @node transform
8237 @section Modifying File and Member Names
8238
8239 @command{Tar} archives contain detailed information about files stored
8240 in them and full file names are part of that information. When
8241 storing a file to an archive, its file name is recorded in it,
8242 along with the actual file contents. When restoring from an archive,
8243 a file is created on disk with exactly the same name as that stored
8244 in the archive. In the majority of cases this is the desired behavior
8245 of a file archiver. However, there are some cases when it is not.
8246
8247 First of all, it is often unsafe to extract archive members with
8248 absolute file names or those that begin with a @file{../}. @GNUTAR{}
8249 takes special precautions when extracting such names and provides a
8250 special option for handling them, which is described in
8251 @ref{absolute}.
8252
8253 Secondly, you may wish to extract file names without some leading
8254 directory components, or with otherwise modified names. In other
8255 cases it is desirable to store files under differing names in the
8256 archive.
8257
8258 @GNUTAR{} provides several options for these needs.
8259
8260 @table @option
8261 @opindex strip-components
8262 @item --strip-components=@var{number}
8263 Strip given @var{number} of leading components from file names before
8264 extraction.
8265 @end table
8266
8267 For example, suppose you have archived whole @file{/usr} hierarchy to
8268 a tar archive named @file{usr.tar}. Among other files, this archive
8269 contains @file{usr/include/stdlib.h}, which you wish to extract to
8270 the current working directory. To do so, you type:
8271
8272 @smallexample
8273 $ @kbd{tar -xf usr.tar --strip=2 usr/include/stdlib.h}
8274 @end smallexample
8275
8276 The option @option{--strip=2} instructs @command{tar} to strip the
8277 two leading components (@file{usr/} and @file{include/}) off the file
8278 name.
8279
8280 If you add the @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}) option to the invocation
8281 above, you will note that the verbose listing still contains the
8282 full file name, with the two removed components still in place. This
8283 can be inconvenient, so @command{tar} provides a special option for
8284 altering this behavior:
8285
8286 @anchor{show-transformed-names}
8287 @table @option
8288 @opindex show-transformed-names
8289 @item --show-transformed-names
8290 Display file or member names with all requested transformations
8291 applied.
8292 @end table
8293
8294 @noindent
8295 For example:
8296
8297 @smallexample
8298 @group
8299 $ @kbd{tar -xf usr.tar -v --strip=2 usr/include/stdlib.h}
8300 usr/include/stdlib.h
8301 $ @kbd{tar -xf usr.tar -v --strip=2 --show-transformed usr/include/stdlib.h}
8302 stdlib.h
8303 @end group
8304 @end smallexample
8305
8306 Notice that in both cases the file @file{stdlib.h} is extracted to the
8307 current working directory, @option{--show-transformed-names} affects
8308 only the way its name is displayed.
8309
8310 This option is especially useful for verifying whether the invocation
8311 will have the desired effect. Thus, before running
8312
8313 @smallexample
8314 $ @kbd{tar -x --strip=@var{n}}
8315 @end smallexample
8316
8317 @noindent
8318 it is often advisable to run
8319
8320 @smallexample
8321 $ @kbd{tar -t -v --show-transformed --strip=@var{n}}
8322 @end smallexample
8323
8324 @noindent
8325 to make sure the command will produce the intended results.
8326
8327 In case you need to apply more complex modifications to the file name,
8328 @GNUTAR{} provides a general-purpose transformation option:
8329
8330 @table @option
8331 @opindex transform
8332 @opindex xform
8333 @item --transform=@var{expression}
8334 @itemx --xform=@var{expression}
8335 Modify file names using supplied @var{expression}.
8336 @end table
8337
8338 @noindent
8339 The @var{expression} is a @command{sed}-like replace expression of the
8340 form:
8341
8342 @smallexample
8343 s/@var{regexp}/@var{replace}/[@var{flags}]
8344 @end smallexample
8345
8346 @noindent
8347 where @var{regexp} is a @dfn{regular expression}, @var{replace} is a
8348 replacement for each file name part that matches @var{regexp}. Both
8349 @var{regexp} and @var{replace} are described in detail in
8350 @ref{The "s" Command, The "s" Command, The `s' Command, sed, GNU sed}.
8351
8352 Any delimiter can be used in lieu of @samp{/}, the only requirement being
8353 that it be used consistently throughout the expression. For example,
8354 the following two expressions are equivalent:
8355
8356 @smallexample
8357 @group
8358 s/one/two/
8359 s,one,two,
8360 @end group
8361 @end smallexample
8362
8363 Changing delimiters is often useful when the @var{regex} contains
8364 slashes. For example, it is more convenient to write @code{s,/,-,} than
8365 @code{s/\//-/}.
8366
8367 As in @command{sed}, you can give several replace expressions,
8368 separated by a semicolon.
8369
8370 Supported @var{flags} are:
8371
8372 @table @samp
8373 @item g
8374 Apply the replacement to @emph{all} matches to the @var{regexp}, not
8375 just the first.
8376
8377 @item i
8378 Use case-insensitive matching.
8379
8380 @item x
8381 @var{regexp} is an @dfn{extended regular expression} (@pxref{Extended
8382 regexps, Extended regular expressions, Extended regular expressions,
8383 sed, GNU sed}).
8384
8385 @item @var{number}
8386 Only replace the @var{number}th match of the @var{regexp}.
8387
8388 Note: the @acronym{POSIX} standard does not specify what should happen
8389 when you mix the @samp{g} and @var{number} modifiers. @GNUTAR{}
8390 follows the GNU @command{sed} implementation in this regard, so
8391 the interaction is defined to be: ignore matches before the
8392 @var{number}th, and then match and replace all matches from the
8393 @var{number}th on.
8394
8395 @end table
8396
8397 In addition, several @dfn{transformation scope} flags are supported,
8398 that control to what files transformations apply. These are:
8399
8400 @table @samp
8401 @item r
8402 Apply transformation to regular archive members.
8403
8404 @item R
8405 Do not apply transformation to regular archive members.
8406
8407 @item s
8408 Apply transformation to symbolic link targets.
8409
8410 @item S
8411 Do not apply transformation to symbolic link targets.
8412
8413 @item h
8414 Apply transformation to hard link targets.
8415
8416 @item H
8417 Do not apply transformation to hard link targets.
8418 @end table
8419
8420 Default is @samp{rsh}, which means to apply transformations to both archive
8421 members and targets of symbolic and hard links.
8422
8423 Default scope flags can also be changed using @samp{flags=} statement
8424 in the transform expression. The flags set this way remain in force
8425 until next @samp{flags=} statement or end of expression, whichever
8426 occurs first. For example:
8427
8428 @smallexample
8429 --transform 'flags=S;s|^|/usr/local/|'
8430 @end smallexample
8431
8432 Here are several examples of @option{--transform} usage:
8433
8434 @enumerate
8435 @item Extract @file{usr/} hierarchy into @file{usr/local/}:
8436
8437 @smallexample
8438 $ @kbd{tar --transform='s,usr/,usr/local/,' -x -f arch.tar}
8439 @end smallexample
8440
8441 @item Strip two leading directory components (equivalent to
8442 @option{--strip-components=2}):
8443
8444 @smallexample
8445 $ @kbd{tar --transform='s,/*[^/]*/[^/]*/,,' -x -f arch.tar}
8446 @end smallexample
8447
8448 @item Convert each file name to lower case:
8449
8450 @smallexample
8451 $ @kbd{tar --transform 's/.*/\L&/' -x -f arch.tar}
8452 @end smallexample
8453
8454 @item Prepend @file{/prefix/} to each file name:
8455
8456 @smallexample
8457 $ @kbd{tar --transform 's,^,/prefix/,' -x -f arch.tar}
8458 @end smallexample
8459
8460 @item Archive the @file{/lib} directory, prepending @samp{/usr/local}
8461 to each archive member:
8462
8463 @smallexample
8464 $ @kbd{tar --transform 's,^,/usr/local/,S' -c -f arch.tar /lib}
8465 @end smallexample
8466 @end enumerate
8467
8468 Notice the use of flags in the last example. The @file{/lib}
8469 directory often contains many symbolic links to files within it.
8470 It may look, for example, like this:
8471
8472 @smallexample
8473 $ @kbd{ls -l}
8474 drwxr-xr-x root/root 0 2008-07-08 16:20 /lib/
8475 -rwxr-xr-x root/root 1250840 2008-05-25 07:44 /lib/libc-2.3.2.so
8476 lrwxrwxrwx root/root 0 2008-06-24 17:12 /lib/libc.so.6 -> libc-2.3.2.so
8477 ...
8478 @end smallexample
8479
8480 Using the expression @samp{s,^,/usr/local/,} would mean adding
8481 @samp{/usr/local} to both regular archive members and to link
8482 targets. In this case, @file{/lib/libc.so.6} would become:
8483
8484 @smallexample
8485 /usr/local/lib/libc.so.6 -> /usr/local/libc-2.3.2.so
8486 @end smallexample
8487
8488 This is definitely not desired. To avoid this, the @samp{S} flag
8489 is used, which excludes symbolic link targets from filename
8490 transformations. The result is:
8491
8492 @smallexample
8493 $ @kbd{tar --transform 's,^,/usr/local/,S', -c -v -f arch.tar \
8494 --show-transformed /lib}
8495 drwxr-xr-x root/root 0 2008-07-08 16:20 /usr/local/lib/
8496 -rwxr-xr-x root/root 1250840 2008-05-25 07:44 /usr/local/lib/libc-2.3.2.so
8497 lrwxrwxrwx root/root 0 2008-06-24 17:12 /usr/local/lib/libc.so.6 \
8498 -> libc-2.3.2.so
8499 @end smallexample
8500
8501 Unlike @option{--strip-components}, @option{--transform} can be used
8502 in any @GNUTAR{} operation mode. For example, the following command
8503 adds files to the archive while replacing the leading @file{usr/}
8504 component with @file{var/}:
8505
8506 @smallexample
8507 $ @kbd{tar -cf arch.tar --transform='s,^usr/,var/,' /}
8508 @end smallexample
8509
8510 To test @option{--transform} effect we suggest using
8511 @option{--show-transformed-names} option:
8512
8513 @smallexample
8514 $ @kbd{tar -cf arch.tar --transform='s,^usr/,var/,' \
8515 --verbose --show-transformed-names /}
8516 @end smallexample
8517
8518 If both @option{--strip-components} and @option{--transform} are used
8519 together, then @option{--transform} is applied first, and the required
8520 number of components is then stripped from its result.
8521
8522 You can use as many @option{--transform} options in a single command
8523 line as you want. The specified expressions will then be applied in
8524 order of their appearance. For example, the following two invocations
8525 are equivalent:
8526
8527 @smallexample
8528 $ @kbd{tar -cf arch.tar --transform='s,/usr/var,/var/' \
8529 --transform='s,/usr/local,/usr/,'}
8530 $ @kbd{tar -cf arch.tar \
8531 --transform='s,/usr/var,/var/;s,/usr/local,/usr/,'}
8532 @end smallexample
8533
8534 @node after
8535 @section Operating Only on New Files
8536
8537 @cindex Excluding file by age
8538 @cindex Data Modification time, excluding files by
8539 @cindex Modification time, excluding files by
8540 @cindex Age, excluding files by
8541 The @option{--after-date=@var{date}} (@option{--newer=@var{date}},
8542 @option{-N @var{date}}) option causes @command{tar} to only work on
8543 files whose data modification or status change times are newer than
8544 the @var{date} given. If @var{date} starts with @samp{/} or @samp{.},
8545 it is taken to be a file name; the data modification time of that file
8546 is used as the date. If you use this option when creating or appending
8547 to an archive, the archive will only include new files. If you use
8548 @option{--after-date} when extracting an archive, @command{tar} will
8549 only extract files newer than the @var{date} you specify.
8550
8551 If you only want @command{tar} to make the date comparison based on
8552 modification of the file's data (rather than status
8553 changes), then use the @option{--newer-mtime=@var{date}} option.
8554
8555 @cindex --after-date and --update compared
8556 @cindex --newer-mtime and --update compared
8557 You may use these options with any operation. Note that these options
8558 differ from the @option{--update} (@option{-u}) operation in that they
8559 allow you to specify a particular date against which @command{tar} can
8560 compare when deciding whether or not to archive the files.
8561
8562 @table @option
8563 @opindex after-date
8564 @opindex newer
8565 @item --after-date=@var{date}
8566 @itemx --newer=@var{date}
8567 @itemx -N @var{date}
8568 Only store files newer than @var{date}.
8569
8570 Acts on files only if their data modification or status change times are
8571 later than @var{date}. Use in conjunction with any operation.
8572
8573 If @var{date} starts with @samp{/} or @samp{.}, it is taken to be a file
8574 name; the data modification time of that file is used as the date.
8575
8576 @opindex newer-mtime
8577 @item --newer-mtime=@var{date}
8578 Acts like @option{--after-date}, but only looks at data modification times.
8579 @end table
8580
8581 These options limit @command{tar} to operate only on files which have
8582 been modified after the date specified. A file's status is considered to have
8583 changed if its contents have been modified, or if its owner,
8584 permissions, and so forth, have been changed. (For more information on
8585 how to specify a date, see @ref{Date input formats}; remember that the
8586 entire date argument must be quoted if it contains any spaces.)
8587
8588 Gurus would say that @option{--after-date} tests both the data
8589 modification time (@code{mtime}, the time the contents of the file
8590 were last modified) and the status change time (@code{ctime}, the time
8591 the file's status was last changed: owner, permissions, etc.@:)
8592 fields, while @option{--newer-mtime} tests only the @code{mtime}
8593 field.
8594
8595 To be precise, @option{--after-date} checks @emph{both} @code{mtime} and
8596 @code{ctime} and processes the file if either one is more recent than
8597 @var{date}, while @option{--newer-mtime} only checks @code{mtime} and
8598 disregards @code{ctime}. Neither does it use @code{atime} (the last time the
8599 contents of the file were looked at).
8600
8601 Date specifiers can have embedded spaces. Because of this, you may need
8602 to quote date arguments to keep the shell from parsing them as separate
8603 arguments. For example, the following command will add to the archive
8604 all the files modified less than two days ago:
8605
8606 @smallexample
8607 $ @kbd{tar -cf foo.tar --newer-mtime '2 days ago'}
8608 @end smallexample
8609
8610 When any of these options is used with the option @option{--verbose}
8611 (@pxref{verbose tutorial}) @GNUTAR{} will try to convert the specified
8612 date back to its textual representation and compare that with the
8613 one given with the option. If the two dates differ, @command{tar} will
8614 print a warning saying what date it will use. This is to help user
8615 ensure he is using the right date. For example:
8616
8617 @smallexample
8618 @group
8619 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar --after-date='10 days ago' .}
8620 tar: Option --after-date: Treating date '10 days ago' as 2006-06-11
8621 13:19:37.232434
8622 @end group
8623 @end smallexample
8624
8625 @quotation
8626 @strong{Please Note:} @option{--after-date} and @option{--newer-mtime}
8627 should not be used for incremental backups. @xref{Incremental Dumps},
8628 for proper way of creating incremental backups.
8629 @end quotation
8630
8631 @node recurse
8632 @section Descending into Directories
8633 @cindex Avoiding recursion in directories
8634 @cindex Descending directories, avoiding
8635 @cindex Directories, avoiding recursion
8636 @cindex Recursion in directories, avoiding
8637
8638 Usually, @command{tar} will recursively explore all directories (either
8639 those given on the command line or through the @option{--files-from}
8640 option) for the various files they contain. However, you may not always
8641 want @command{tar} to act this way.
8642
8643 @opindex no-recursion
8644 @cindex @command{find}, using with @command{tar}
8645 The @option{--no-recursion} option inhibits @command{tar}'s recursive descent
8646 into specified directories. If you specify @option{--no-recursion}, you can
8647 use the @command{find} (@pxref{Top,, find, find, GNU Find Manual})
8648 utility for hunting through levels of directories to
8649 construct a list of file names which you could then pass to @command{tar}.
8650 @command{find} allows you to be more selective when choosing which files to
8651 archive; see @ref{files}, for more information on using @command{find} with
8652 @command{tar}.
8653
8654 @table @option
8655 @item --no-recursion
8656 Prevents @command{tar} from recursively descending directories.
8657
8658 @opindex recursion
8659 @item --recursion
8660 Requires @command{tar} to recursively descend directories.
8661 This is the default.
8662 @end table
8663
8664 When you use @option{--no-recursion}, @GNUTAR{} grabs
8665 directory entries themselves, but does not descend on them
8666 recursively. Many people use @command{find} for locating files they
8667 want to back up, and since @command{tar} @emph{usually} recursively
8668 descends on directories, they have to use the @samp{@w{-not -type d}}
8669 test in their @command{find} invocation (@pxref{Type, Type, Type test,
8670 find, Finding Files}), as they usually do not want all the files in a
8671 directory. They then use the @option{--files-from} option to archive
8672 the files located via @command{find}.
8673
8674 The problem when restoring files archived in this manner is that the
8675 directories themselves are not in the archive; so the
8676 @option{--same-permissions} (@option{--preserve-permissions},
8677 @option{-p}) option does not affect them---while users might really
8678 like it to. Specifying @option{--no-recursion} is a way to tell
8679 @command{tar} to grab only the directory entries given to it, adding
8680 no new files on its own. To summarize, if you use @command{find} to
8681 create a list of files to be stored in an archive, use it as follows:
8682
8683 @smallexample
8684 @group
8685 $ @kbd{find @var{dir} @var{tests} | \
8686 tar -cf @var{archive} -T - --no-recursion}
8687 @end group
8688 @end smallexample
8689
8690 The @option{--no-recursion} option also applies when extracting: it
8691 causes @command{tar} to extract only the matched directory entries, not
8692 the files under those directories.
8693
8694 The @option{--no-recursion} option also affects how globbing patterns
8695 are interpreted (@pxref{controlling pattern-matching}).
8696
8697 The @option{--no-recursion} and @option{--recursion} options apply to
8698 later options and operands, and can be overridden by later occurrences
8699 of @option{--no-recursion} and @option{--recursion}. For example:
8700
8701 @smallexample
8702 $ @kbd{tar -cf jams.tar --no-recursion grape --recursion grape/concord}
8703 @end smallexample
8704
8705 @noindent
8706 creates an archive with one entry for @file{grape}, and the recursive
8707 contents of @file{grape/concord}, but no entries under @file{grape}
8708 other than @file{grape/concord}.
8709
8710 @node one
8711 @section Crossing File System Boundaries
8712 @cindex File system boundaries, not crossing
8713
8714 @command{tar} will normally automatically cross file system boundaries in
8715 order to archive files which are part of a directory tree. You can
8716 change this behavior by running @command{tar} and specifying
8717 @option{--one-file-system}. This option only affects files that are
8718 archived because they are in a directory that is being archived;
8719 @command{tar} will still archive files explicitly named on the command line
8720 or through @option{--files-from}, regardless of where they reside.
8721
8722 @table @option
8723 @opindex one-file-system
8724 @item --one-file-system
8725 Prevents @command{tar} from crossing file system boundaries when
8726 archiving. Use in conjunction with any write operation.
8727 @end table
8728
8729 The @option{--one-file-system} option causes @command{tar} to modify its
8730 normal behavior in archiving the contents of directories. If a file in
8731 a directory is not on the same file system as the directory itself, then
8732 @command{tar} will not archive that file. If the file is a directory
8733 itself, @command{tar} will not archive anything beneath it; in other words,
8734 @command{tar} will not cross mount points.
8735
8736 This option is useful for making full or incremental archival backups of
8737 a file system. If this option is used in conjunction with
8738 @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}), files that are excluded are
8739 mentioned by name on the standard error.
8740
8741 @menu
8742 * directory:: Changing Directory
8743 * absolute:: Absolute File Names
8744 @end menu
8745
8746 @node directory
8747 @subsection Changing the Working Directory
8748
8749 @FIXME{need to read over this node now for continuity; i've switched
8750 things around some.}
8751
8752 @cindex Changing directory mid-stream
8753 @cindex Directory, changing mid-stream
8754 @cindex Working directory, specifying
8755 To change the working directory in the middle of a list of file names,
8756 either on the command line or in a file specified using
8757 @option{--files-from} (@option{-T}), use @option{--directory} (@option{-C}).
8758 This will change the working directory to the specified directory
8759 after that point in the list.
8760
8761 @table @option
8762 @opindex directory
8763 @item --directory=@var{directory}
8764 @itemx -C @var{directory}
8765 Changes the working directory in the middle of a command line.
8766 @end table
8767
8768 For example,
8769
8770 @smallexample
8771 $ @kbd{tar -c -f jams.tar grape prune -C food cherry}
8772 @end smallexample
8773
8774 @noindent
8775 will place the files @file{grape} and @file{prune} from the current
8776 directory into the archive @file{jams.tar}, followed by the file
8777 @file{cherry} from the directory @file{food}. This option is especially
8778 useful when you have several widely separated files that you want to
8779 store in the same archive.
8780
8781 Note that the file @file{cherry} is recorded in the archive under the
8782 precise name @file{cherry}, @emph{not} @file{food/cherry}. Thus, the
8783 archive will contain three files that all appear to have come from the
8784 same directory; if the archive is extracted with plain @samp{tar
8785 --extract}, all three files will be written in the current directory.
8786
8787 Contrast this with the command,
8788
8789 @smallexample
8790 $ @kbd{tar -c -f jams.tar grape prune -C food red/cherry}
8791 @end smallexample
8792
8793 @noindent
8794 which records the third file in the archive under the name
8795 @file{red/cherry} so that, if the archive is extracted using
8796 @samp{tar --extract}, the third file will be written in a subdirectory
8797 named @file{red}.
8798
8799 You can use the @option{--directory} option to make the archive
8800 independent of the original name of the directory holding the files.
8801 The following command places the files @file{/etc/passwd},
8802 @file{/etc/hosts}, and @file{/lib/libc.a} into the archive
8803 @file{foo.tar}:
8804
8805 @smallexample
8806 $ @kbd{tar -c -f foo.tar -C /etc passwd hosts -C /lib libc.a}
8807 @end smallexample
8808
8809 @noindent
8810 However, the names of the archive members will be exactly what they were
8811 on the command line: @file{passwd}, @file{hosts}, and @file{libc.a}.
8812 They will not appear to be related by file name to the original
8813 directories where those files were located.
8814
8815 Note that @option{--directory} options are interpreted consecutively. If
8816 @option{--directory} specifies a relative file name, it is interpreted
8817 relative to the then current directory, which might not be the same as
8818 the original current working directory of @command{tar}, due to a previous
8819 @option{--directory} option.
8820
8821 When using @option{--files-from} (@pxref{files}), you can put various
8822 @command{tar} options (including @option{-C}) in the file list. Notice,
8823 however, that in this case the option and its argument may not be
8824 separated by whitespace. If you use short option, its argument must
8825 either follow the option letter immediately, without any intervening
8826 whitespace, or occupy the next line. Otherwise, if you use long
8827 option, separate its argument by an equal sign.
8828
8829 For instance, the file list for the above example will be:
8830
8831 @smallexample
8832 @group
8833 -C/etc
8834 passwd
8835 hosts
8836 --directory=/lib
8837 libc.a
8838 @end group
8839 @end smallexample
8840
8841 @noindent
8842 To use it, you would invoke @command{tar} as follows:
8843
8844 @smallexample
8845 $ @kbd{tar -c -f foo.tar --files-from list}
8846 @end smallexample
8847
8848 The interpretation of options in file lists is disabled by
8849 @option{--verbatim-files-from} and @option{--null} options.
8850
8851 @node absolute
8852 @subsection Absolute File Names
8853 @cindex absolute file names
8854 @cindex file names, absolute
8855
8856 By default, @GNUTAR{} drops a leading @samp{/} on
8857 input or output, and complains about file names containing a @file{..}
8858 component. There is an option that turns off this behavior:
8859
8860 @table @option
8861 @opindex absolute-names
8862 @item --absolute-names
8863 @itemx -P
8864 Do not strip leading slashes from file names, and permit file names
8865 containing a @file{..} file name component.
8866 @end table
8867
8868 When @command{tar} extracts archive members from an archive, it strips any
8869 leading slashes (@samp{/}) from the member name. This causes absolute
8870 member names in the archive to be treated as relative file names. This
8871 allows you to have such members extracted wherever you want, instead of
8872 being restricted to extracting the member in the exact directory named
8873 in the archive. For example, if the archive member has the name
8874 @file{/etc/passwd}, @command{tar} will extract it as if the name were
8875 really @file{etc/passwd}.
8876
8877 File names containing @file{..} can cause problems when extracting, so
8878 @command{tar} normally warns you about such files when creating an
8879 archive, and rejects attempts to extracts such files.
8880
8881 Other @command{tar} programs do not do this. As a result, if you
8882 create an archive whose member names start with a slash, they will be
8883 difficult for other people with a non-@GNUTAR{}
8884 program to use. Therefore, @GNUTAR{} also strips
8885 leading slashes from member names when putting members into the
8886 archive. For example, if you ask @command{tar} to add the file
8887 @file{/bin/ls} to an archive, it will do so, but the member name will
8888 be @file{bin/ls}@footnote{A side effect of this is that when
8889 @option{--create} is used with @option{--verbose} the resulting output
8890 is not, generally speaking, the same as the one you'd get running
8891 @kbd{tar --list} command. This may be important if you use some
8892 scripts for comparing both outputs. @xref{listing member and file names},
8893 for the information on how to handle this case.}.
8894
8895 Symbolic links containing @file{..} or leading @samp{/} can also cause
8896 problems when extracting, so @command{tar} normally extracts them last;
8897 it may create empty files as placeholders during extraction.
8898
8899 If you use the @option{--absolute-names} (@option{-P}) option,
8900 @command{tar} will do none of these transformations.
8901
8902 To archive or extract files relative to the root directory, specify
8903 the @option{--absolute-names} (@option{-P}) option.
8904
8905 Normally, @command{tar} acts on files relative to the working
8906 directory---ignoring superior directory names when archiving, and
8907 ignoring leading slashes when extracting.
8908
8909 When you specify @option{--absolute-names} (@option{-P}),
8910 @command{tar} stores file names including all superior directory
8911 names, and preserves leading slashes. If you only invoked
8912 @command{tar} from the root directory you would never need the
8913 @option{--absolute-names} option, but using this option
8914 may be more convenient than switching to root.
8915
8916 @FIXME{Should be an example in the tutorial/wizardry section using this
8917 to transfer files between systems.}
8918
8919 @table @option
8920 @item --absolute-names
8921 Preserves full file names (including superior directory names) when
8922 archiving and extracting files.
8923
8924 @end table
8925
8926 @command{tar} prints out a message about removing the @samp{/} from
8927 file names. This message appears once per @GNUTAR{}
8928 invocation. It represents something which ought to be told; ignoring
8929 what it means can cause very serious surprises, later.
8930
8931 Some people, nevertheless, do not want to see this message. Wanting to
8932 play really dangerously, one may of course redirect @command{tar} standard
8933 error to the sink. For example, under @command{sh}:
8934
8935 @smallexample
8936 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar /home 2> /dev/null}
8937 @end smallexample
8938
8939 @noindent
8940 Another solution, both nicer and simpler, would be to change to
8941 the @file{/} directory first, and then avoid absolute notation.
8942 For example:
8943
8944 @smallexample
8945 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar -C / home}
8946 @end smallexample
8947
8948 @xref{Integrity}, for some of the security-related implications
8949 of using this option.
8950
8951 @include parse-datetime.texi
8952
8953 @node Formats
8954 @chapter Controlling the Archive Format
8955
8956 @cindex Tar archive formats
8957 Due to historical reasons, there are several formats of tar archives.
8958 All of them are based on the same principles, but have some subtle
8959 differences that often make them incompatible with each other.
8960
8961 GNU tar is able to create and handle archives in a variety of formats.
8962 The most frequently used formats are (in alphabetical order):
8963
8964 @table @asis
8965 @item gnu
8966 Format used by @GNUTAR{} versions up to 1.13.25. This format derived
8967 from an early @acronym{POSIX} standard, adding some improvements such as
8968 sparse file handling and incremental archives. Unfortunately these
8969 features were implemented in a way incompatible with other archive
8970 formats.
8971
8972 Archives in @samp{gnu} format are able to hold file names of unlimited
8973 length.
8974
8975 @item oldgnu
8976 Format used by @GNUTAR{} of versions prior to 1.12.
8977
8978 @item v7
8979 Archive format, compatible with the V7 implementation of tar. This
8980 format imposes a number of limitations. The most important of them
8981 are:
8982
8983 @enumerate
8984 @item The maximum length of a file name is limited to 99 characters.
8985 @item The maximum length of a symbolic link is limited to 99 characters.
8986 @item It is impossible to store special files (block and character
8987 devices, fifos etc.)
8988 @item Maximum value of user or group @acronym{ID} is limited to 2097151 (7777777
8989 octal)
8990 @item V7 archives do not contain symbolic ownership information (user
8991 and group name of the file owner).
8992 @end enumerate
8993
8994 This format has traditionally been used by Automake when producing
8995 Makefiles. This practice will change in the future, in the meantime,
8996 however this means that projects containing file names more than 99
8997 characters long will not be able to use @GNUTAR{} @value{VERSION} and
8998 Automake prior to 1.9.
8999
9000 @item ustar
9001 Archive format defined by @acronym{POSIX.1-1988} specification. It stores
9002 symbolic ownership information. It is also able to store
9003 special files. However, it imposes several restrictions as well:
9004
9005 @enumerate
9006 @item The maximum length of a file name is limited to 256 characters,
9007 provided that the file name can be split at a directory separator in
9008 two parts, first of them being at most 155 bytes long. So, in most
9009 cases the maximum file name length will be shorter than 256
9010 characters.
9011 @item The maximum length of a symbolic link name is limited to
9012 100 characters.
9013 @item Maximum size of a file the archive is able to accommodate
9014 is 8GB
9015 @item Maximum value of UID/GID is 2097151.
9016 @item Maximum number of bits in device major and minor numbers is 21.
9017 @end enumerate
9018
9019 @item star
9020 Format used by J@"org Schilling @command{star}
9021 implementation. @GNUTAR{} is able to read @samp{star} archives but
9022 currently does not produce them.
9023
9024 @item posix
9025 Archive format defined by @acronym{POSIX.1-2001} specification. This is the
9026 most flexible and feature-rich format. It does not impose any
9027 restrictions on file sizes or file name lengths. This format is quite
9028 recent, so not all tar implementations are able to handle it properly.
9029 However, this format is designed in such a way that any tar
9030 implementation able to read @samp{ustar} archives will be able to read
9031 most @samp{posix} archives as well, with the only exception that any
9032 additional information (such as long file names etc.)@: will in such
9033 case be extracted as plain text files along with the files it refers to.
9034
9035 This archive format will be the default format for future versions
9036 of @GNUTAR{}.
9037
9038 @end table
9039
9040 The following table summarizes the limitations of each of these
9041 formats:
9042
9043 @multitable @columnfractions .10 .20 .20 .20 .20
9044 @headitem Format @tab UID @tab File Size @tab File Name @tab Devn
9045 @item gnu @tab 1.8e19 @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited @tab 63
9046 @item oldgnu @tab 1.8e19 @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited @tab 63
9047 @item v7 @tab 2097151 @tab 8GB @tab 99 @tab n/a
9048 @item ustar @tab 2097151 @tab 8GB @tab 256 @tab 21
9049 @item posix @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited
9050 @end multitable
9051
9052 The default format for @GNUTAR{} is defined at compilation
9053 time. You may check it by running @command{tar --help}, and examining
9054 the last lines of its output. Usually, @GNUTAR{} is configured
9055 to create archives in @samp{gnu} format, however, future version will
9056 switch to @samp{posix}.
9057
9058 @menu
9059 * Compression:: Using Less Space through Compression
9060 * Attributes:: Handling File Attributes
9061 * Portability:: Making @command{tar} Archives More Portable
9062 * cpio:: Comparison of @command{tar} and @command{cpio}
9063 @end menu
9064
9065 @node Compression
9066 @section Using Less Space through Compression
9067
9068 @menu
9069 * gzip:: Creating and Reading Compressed Archives
9070 * sparse:: Archiving Sparse Files
9071 @end menu
9072
9073 @node gzip
9074 @subsection Creating and Reading Compressed Archives
9075 @cindex Compressed archives
9076 @cindex Storing archives in compressed format
9077
9078 @cindex gzip
9079 @cindex bzip2
9080 @cindex lzip
9081 @cindex lzma
9082 @cindex lzop
9083 @cindex compress
9084 @GNUTAR{} is able to create and read compressed archives. It supports
9085 a wide variety of compression programs, namely: @command{gzip},
9086 @command{bzip2}, @command{lzip}, @command{lzma}, @command{lzop},
9087 @command{xz} and traditional @command{compress}. The latter is
9088 supported mostly for backward compatibility, and we recommend
9089 against using it, because it is by far less effective than the other
9090 compression programs@footnote{It also had patent problems in the past.}.
9091
9092 Creating a compressed archive is simple: you just specify a
9093 @dfn{compression option} along with the usual archive creation
9094 commands. The compression option is @option{-z} (@option{--gzip}) to
9095 create a @command{gzip} compressed archive, @option{-j}
9096 (@option{--bzip2}) to create a @command{bzip2} compressed archive,
9097 @option{--lzip} to create an @asis{lzip} compressed archive,
9098 @option{-J} (@option{--xz}) to create an @asis{XZ} archive,
9099 @option{--lzma} to create an @asis{LZMA} compressed
9100 archive, @option{--lzop} to create an @asis{LSOP} archive, and
9101 @option{-Z} (@option{--compress}) to use @command{compress} program.
9102 For example:
9103
9104 @smallexample
9105 $ @kbd{tar czf archive.tar.gz .}
9106 @end smallexample
9107
9108 You can also let @GNUTAR{} select the compression program based on
9109 the suffix of the archive file name. This is done using
9110 @option{--auto-compress} (@option{-a}) command line option. For
9111 example, the following invocation will use @command{bzip2} for
9112 compression:
9113
9114 @smallexample
9115 $ @kbd{tar caf archive.tar.bz2 .}
9116 @end smallexample
9117
9118 @noindent
9119 whereas the following one will use @command{lzma}:
9120
9121 @smallexample
9122 $ @kbd{tar caf archive.tar.lzma .}
9123 @end smallexample
9124
9125 For a complete list of file name suffixes recognized by @GNUTAR{},
9126 see @ref{auto-compress}.
9127
9128 Reading compressed archive is even simpler: you don't need to specify
9129 any additional options as @GNUTAR{} recognizes its format
9130 automatically. Thus, the following commands will list and extract the
9131 archive created in previous example:
9132
9133 @smallexample
9134 # List the compressed archive
9135 $ @kbd{tar tf archive.tar.gz}
9136 # Extract the compressed archive
9137 $ @kbd{tar xf archive.tar.gz}
9138 @end smallexample
9139
9140 The format recognition algorithm is based on @dfn{signatures}, a
9141 special byte sequences in the beginning of file, that are specific for
9142 certain compression formats. If this approach fails, @command{tar}
9143 falls back to using archive name suffix to determine its format
9144 (@pxref{auto-compress}, for a list of recognized suffixes).
9145
9146 @anchor{alternative decompression programs}
9147 @cindex alternative decompression programs
9148 Some compression programs are able to handle different compression
9149 formats. @GNUTAR{} uses this, if the principal decompressor for the
9150 given format is not available. For example, if @command{compress} is
9151 not installed, @command{tar} will try to use @command{gzip}. As of
9152 version @value{VERSION} the following alternatives are
9153 tried@footnote{To verbosely trace the decompressor selection, use the
9154 @option{--warning=decompress-program} option
9155 (@pxref{warnings,decompress-program}).}:
9156
9157 @multitable @columnfractions 0.3 0.3 0.3
9158 @headitem Format @tab Main decompressor @tab Alternatives
9159 @item compress @tab compress @tab gzip
9160 @item lzma @tab lzma @tab xz
9161 @item bzip2 @tab bzip2 @tab lbzip2
9162 @end multitable
9163
9164 The only case when you have to specify a decompression option while
9165 reading the archive is when reading from a pipe or from a tape drive
9166 that does not support random access. However, in this case @GNUTAR{}
9167 will indicate which option you should use. For example:
9168
9169 @smallexample
9170 $ @kbd{cat archive.tar.gz | tar tf -}
9171 tar: Archive is compressed. Use -z option
9172 tar: Error is not recoverable: exiting now
9173 @end smallexample
9174
9175 If you see such diagnostics, just add the suggested option to the
9176 invocation of @GNUTAR{}:
9177
9178 @smallexample
9179 $ @kbd{cat archive.tar.gz | tar tzf -}
9180 @end smallexample
9181
9182 Notice also, that there are several restrictions on operations on
9183 compressed archives. First of all, compressed archives cannot be
9184 modified, i.e., you cannot update (@option{--update}, alias @option{-u})
9185 them or delete (@option{--delete}) members from them or
9186 add (@option{--append}, alias @option{-r}) members to them. Likewise, you
9187 cannot append another @command{tar} archive to a compressed archive using
9188 @option{--concatenate} (@option{-A}). Secondly, multi-volume
9189 archives cannot be compressed.
9190
9191 The following options allow to select a particular compressor program:
9192
9193 @table @option
9194 @opindex gzip
9195 @opindex ungzip
9196 @item -z
9197 @itemx --gzip
9198 @itemx --ungzip
9199 Filter the archive through @command{gzip}.
9200
9201 @opindex xz
9202 @item -J
9203 @itemx --xz
9204 Filter the archive through @code{xz}.
9205
9206 @item -j
9207 @itemx --bzip2
9208 Filter the archive through @code{bzip2}.
9209
9210 @opindex lzip
9211 @item --lzip
9212 Filter the archive through @command{lzip}.
9213
9214 @opindex lzma
9215 @item --lzma
9216 Filter the archive through @command{lzma}.
9217
9218 @opindex lzop
9219 @item --lzop
9220 Filter the archive through @command{lzop}.
9221
9222 @opindex compress
9223 @opindex uncompress
9224 @item -Z
9225 @itemx --compress
9226 @itemx --uncompress
9227 Filter the archive through @command{compress}.
9228 @end table
9229
9230 When any of these options is given, @GNUTAR{} searches the compressor
9231 binary in the current path and invokes it. The name of the compressor
9232 program is specified at compilation time using a corresponding
9233 @option{--with-@var{compname}} option to @command{configure}, e.g.
9234 @option{--with-bzip2} to select a specific @command{bzip2} binary.
9235 @xref{lbzip2}, for a detailed discussion.
9236
9237 The output produced by @command{tar --help} shows the actual
9238 compressor names along with each of these options.
9239
9240 You can use any of these options on physical devices (tape drives,
9241 etc.)@: and remote files as well as on normal files; data to or from
9242 such devices or remote files is reblocked by another copy of the
9243 @command{tar} program to enforce the specified (or default) record
9244 size. The default compression parameters are used.
9245 You can override them by using the @option{-I} option (see
9246 below), e.g.:
9247
9248 @smallexample
9249 $ @kbd{tar -cf archive.tar.gz -I 'gzip -9 -n' subdir}
9250 @end smallexample
9251
9252 @noindent
9253 A more traditional way to do this is to use a pipe:
9254
9255 @smallexample
9256 $ @kbd{tar cf - subdir | gzip -9 -n > archive.tar.gz}
9257 @end smallexample
9258
9259 @cindex corrupted archives
9260 Compressed archives are easily corrupted, because compressed files
9261 have little redundancy. The adaptive nature of the
9262 compression scheme means that the compression tables are implicitly
9263 spread all over the archive. If you lose a few blocks, the dynamic
9264 construction of the compression tables becomes unsynchronized, and there
9265 is little chance that you could recover later in the archive.
9266
9267 Other compression options provide better control over creating
9268 compressed archives. These are:
9269
9270 @table @option
9271 @anchor{auto-compress}
9272 @opindex auto-compress
9273 @item --auto-compress
9274 @itemx -a
9275 Select a compression program to use by the archive file name
9276 suffix. The following suffixes are recognized:
9277
9278 @multitable @columnfractions 0.3 0.6
9279 @headitem Suffix @tab Compression program
9280 @item @samp{.gz} @tab @command{gzip}
9281 @item @samp{.tgz} @tab @command{gzip}
9282 @item @samp{.taz} @tab @command{gzip}
9283 @item @samp{.Z} @tab @command{compress}
9284 @item @samp{.taZ} @tab @command{compress}
9285 @item @samp{.bz2} @tab @command{bzip2}
9286 @item @samp{.tz2} @tab @command{bzip2}
9287 @item @samp{.tbz2} @tab @command{bzip2}
9288 @item @samp{.tbz} @tab @command{bzip2}
9289 @item @samp{.lz} @tab @command{lzip}
9290 @item @samp{.lzma} @tab @command{lzma}
9291 @item @samp{.tlz} @tab @command{lzma}
9292 @item @samp{.lzo} @tab @command{lzop}
9293 @item @samp{.xz} @tab @command{xz}
9294 @end multitable
9295
9296 @anchor{use-compress-program}
9297 @opindex use-compress-program
9298 @item --use-compress-program=@var{command}
9299 @itemx -I=@var{command}
9300 Use external compression program @var{command}. Use this option if you
9301 want to specify options for the compression program, or if you
9302 are not happy with the compression program associated with the suffix
9303 at compile time, or if you have a compression program that @GNUTAR{}
9304 does not support. The @var{command} argument is a valid command
9305 invocation, as you would type it at the command line prompt, with any
9306 additional options as needed. Enclose it in quotes if it contains
9307 white space (@pxref{external, Running External Commands}).
9308
9309 The @var{command} should follow two conventions:
9310
9311 First, when invoked without additional options, it should read data
9312 from standard input, compress it and output it on standard output.
9313
9314 Secondly, if invoked with the additional @option{-d} option, it should
9315 do exactly the opposite, i.e., read the compressed data from the
9316 standard input and produce uncompressed data on the standard output.
9317
9318 The latter requirement means that you must not use the @option{-d}
9319 option as a part of the @var{command} itself.
9320 @end table
9321
9322 @cindex gpg, using with tar
9323 @cindex gnupg, using with tar
9324 @cindex Using encrypted archives
9325 The @option{--use-compress-program} option, in particular, lets you
9326 implement your own filters, not necessarily dealing with
9327 compression/decompression. For example, suppose you wish to implement
9328 PGP encryption on top of compression, using @command{gpg} (@pxref{Top,
9329 gpg, gpg ---- encryption and signing tool, gpg, GNU Privacy Guard
9330 Manual}). The following script does that:
9331
9332 @smallexample
9333 @group
9334 #! /bin/sh
9335 case $1 in
9336 -d) gpg --decrypt - | gzip -d -c;;
9337 '') gzip -c | gpg -s;;
9338 *) echo "Unknown option $1">&2; exit 1;;
9339 esac
9340 @end group
9341 @end smallexample
9342
9343 Suppose you name it @file{gpgz} and save it somewhere in your
9344 @env{PATH}. Then the following command will create a compressed
9345 archive signed with your private key:
9346
9347 @smallexample
9348 $ @kbd{tar -cf foo.tar.gpgz -Igpgz .}
9349 @end smallexample
9350
9351 @noindent
9352 Likewise, the command below will list its contents:
9353
9354 @smallexample
9355 $ @kbd{tar -tf foo.tar.gpgz -Igpgz .}
9356 @end smallexample
9357
9358 @ignore
9359 The above is based on the following discussion:
9360
9361 I have one question, or maybe it's a suggestion if there isn't a way
9362 to do it now. I would like to use @option{--gzip}, but I'd also like
9363 the output to be fed through a program like @acronym{GNU}
9364 @command{ecc} (actually, right now that's @samp{exactly} what I'd like
9365 to use :-)), basically adding ECC protection on top of compression.
9366 It seems as if this should be quite easy to do, but I can't work out
9367 exactly how to go about it. Of course, I can pipe the standard output
9368 of @command{tar} through @command{ecc}, but then I lose (though I
9369 haven't started using it yet, I confess) the ability to have
9370 @command{tar} use @command{rmt} for it's I/O (I think).
9371
9372 I think the most straightforward thing would be to let me specify a
9373 general set of filters outboard of compression (preferably ordered,
9374 so the order can be automatically reversed on input operations, and
9375 with the options they require specifiable), but beggars shouldn't be
9376 choosers and anything you decide on would be fine with me.
9377
9378 By the way, I like @command{ecc} but if (as the comments say) it can't
9379 deal with loss of block sync, I'm tempted to throw some time at adding
9380 that capability. Supposing I were to actually do such a thing and
9381 get it (apparently) working, do you accept contributed changes to
9382 utilities like that? (Leigh Clayton @file{loc@@soliton.com}, May 1995).
9383
9384 Isn't that exactly the role of the
9385 @option{--use-compress-prog=@var{program}} option?
9386 I never tried it myself, but I suspect you may want to write a
9387 @var{prog} script or program able to filter stdin to stdout to
9388 way you want. It should recognize the @option{-d} option, for when
9389 extraction is needed rather than creation.
9390
9391 It has been reported that if one writes compressed data (through the
9392 @option{--gzip} or @option{--compress} options) to a DLT and tries to use
9393 the DLT compression mode, the data will actually get bigger and one will
9394 end up with less space on the tape.
9395 @end ignore
9396
9397 @menu
9398 * lbzip2:: Using lbzip2 with @GNUTAR{}.
9399 @end menu
9400
9401 @node lbzip2
9402 @subsubsection Using lbzip2 with @GNUTAR{}.
9403 @cindex lbzip2
9404 @cindex Laszlo Ersek
9405 @command{Lbzip2} is a multithreaded utility for handling
9406 @samp{bzip2} compression, written by Laszlo Ersek. It makes use of
9407 multiple processors to speed up its operation and in general works
9408 considerably faster than @command{bzip2}. For a detailed description
9409 of @command{lbzip2} see @uref{http://freshmeat.net/@/projects/@/lbzip2} and
9410 @uref{http://www.linuxinsight.com/@/lbzip2-parallel-bzip2-utility.html,
9411 lbzip2: parallel bzip2 utility}.
9412
9413 Recent versions of @command{lbzip2} are mostly command line compatible
9414 with @command{bzip2}, which makes it possible to automatically invoke
9415 it via the @option{--bzip2} @GNUTAR{} command line option. To do so,
9416 @GNUTAR{} must be configured with the @option{--with-bzip2} command
9417 line option, like this:
9418
9419 @smallexample
9420 $ @kbd{./configure --with-bzip2=lbzip2 [@var{other-options}]}
9421 @end smallexample
9422
9423 Once configured and compiled this way, @command{tar --help} will show the
9424 following:
9425
9426 @smallexample
9427 @group
9428 $ @kbd{tar --help | grep -- --bzip2}
9429 -j, --bzip2 filter the archive through lbzip2
9430 @end group
9431 @end smallexample
9432
9433 @noindent
9434 which means that running @command{tar --bzip2} will invoke @command{lbzip2}.
9435
9436 @node sparse
9437 @subsection Archiving Sparse Files
9438 @cindex Sparse Files
9439
9440 Files in the file system occasionally have @dfn{holes}. A @dfn{hole}
9441 in a file is a section of the file's contents which was never written.
9442 The contents of a hole reads as all zeros. On many operating systems,
9443 actual disk storage is not allocated for holes, but they are counted
9444 in the length of the file. If you archive such a file, @command{tar}
9445 could create an archive longer than the original. To have @command{tar}
9446 attempt to recognize the holes in a file, use @option{--sparse}
9447 (@option{-S}). When you use this option, then, for any file using
9448 less disk space than would be expected from its length, @command{tar}
9449 searches the file for consecutive stretches of zeros. It then records
9450 in the archive for the file where the consecutive stretches of zeros
9451 are, and only archives the ``real contents'' of the file. On
9452 extraction (using @option{--sparse} is not needed on extraction) any
9453 such files have holes created wherever the continuous stretches of zeros
9454 were found. Thus, if you use @option{--sparse}, @command{tar} archives
9455 won't take more space than the original.
9456
9457 @table @option
9458 @opindex sparse
9459 @item -S
9460 @itemx --sparse
9461 This option instructs @command{tar} to test each file for sparseness
9462 before attempting to archive it. If the file is found to be sparse it
9463 is treated specially, thus allowing to decrease the amount of space
9464 used by its image in the archive.
9465
9466 This option is meaningful only when creating or updating archives. It
9467 has no effect on extraction.
9468 @end table
9469
9470 Consider using @option{--sparse} when performing file system backups,
9471 to avoid archiving the expanded forms of files stored sparsely in the
9472 system.
9473
9474 Even if your system has no sparse files currently, some may be
9475 created in the future. If you use @option{--sparse} while making file
9476 system backups as a matter of course, you can be assured the archive
9477 will never take more space on the media than the files take on disk
9478 (otherwise, archiving a disk filled with sparse files might take
9479 hundreds of tapes). @xref{Incremental Dumps}.
9480
9481 However, be aware that @option{--sparse} option presents a serious
9482 drawback. Namely, in order to determine if the file is sparse
9483 @command{tar} has to read it before trying to archive it, so in total
9484 the file is read @strong{twice}. So, always bear in mind that the
9485 time needed to process all files with this option is roughly twice
9486 the time needed to archive them without it.
9487 @FIXME{A technical note:
9488
9489 Programs like @command{dump} do not have to read the entire file; by
9490 examining the file system directly, they can determine in advance
9491 exactly where the holes are and thus avoid reading through them. The
9492 only data it need read are the actual allocated data blocks.
9493 @GNUTAR{} uses a more portable and straightforward
9494 archiving approach, it would be fairly difficult that it does
9495 otherwise. Elizabeth Zwicky writes to @file{comp.unix.internals}, on
9496 1990-12-10:
9497
9498 @quotation
9499 What I did say is that you cannot tell the difference between a hole and an
9500 equivalent number of nulls without reading raw blocks. @code{st_blocks} at
9501 best tells you how many holes there are; it doesn't tell you @emph{where}.
9502 Just as programs may, conceivably, care what @code{st_blocks} is (care
9503 to name one that does?), they may also care where the holes are (I have
9504 no examples of this one either, but it's equally imaginable).
9505
9506 I conclude from this that good archivers are not portable. One can
9507 arguably conclude that if you want a portable program, you can in good
9508 conscience restore files with as many holes as possible, since you can't
9509 get it right.
9510 @end quotation
9511 }
9512
9513 @cindex sparse formats, defined
9514 When using @samp{POSIX} archive format, @GNUTAR{} is able to store
9515 sparse files using in three distinct ways, called @dfn{sparse
9516 formats}. A sparse format is identified by its @dfn{number},
9517 consisting, as usual of two decimal numbers, delimited by a dot. By
9518 default, format @samp{1.0} is used. If, for some reason, you wish to
9519 use an earlier format, you can select it using
9520 @option{--sparse-version} option.
9521
9522 @table @option
9523 @opindex sparse-version
9524 @item --sparse-version=@var{version}
9525
9526 Select the format to store sparse files in. Valid @var{version} values
9527 are: @samp{0.0}, @samp{0.1} and @samp{1.0}. @xref{Sparse Formats},
9528 for a detailed description of each format.
9529 @end table
9530
9531 Using @option{--sparse-format} option implies @option{--sparse}.
9532
9533 @node Attributes
9534 @section Handling File Attributes
9535 @cindex attributes, files
9536 @cindex file attributes
9537
9538 When @command{tar} reads files, it updates their access times. To
9539 avoid this, use the @option{--atime-preserve[=METHOD]} option, which can either
9540 reset the access time retroactively or avoid changing it in the first
9541 place.
9542
9543 @table @option
9544 @opindex atime-preserve
9545 @item --atime-preserve
9546 @itemx --atime-preserve=replace
9547 @itemx --atime-preserve=system
9548 Preserve the access times of files that are read. This works only for
9549 files that you own, unless you have superuser privileges.
9550
9551 @option{--atime-preserve=replace} works on most systems, but it also
9552 restores the data modification time and updates the status change
9553 time. Hence it doesn't interact with incremental dumps nicely
9554 (@pxref{Incremental Dumps}), and it can set access or data modification times
9555 incorrectly if other programs access the file while @command{tar} is
9556 running.
9557
9558 @option{--atime-preserve=system} avoids changing the access time in
9559 the first place, if the operating system supports this.
9560 Unfortunately, this may or may not work on any given operating system
9561 or file system. If @command{tar} knows for sure it won't work, it
9562 complains right away.
9563
9564 Currently @option{--atime-preserve} with no operand defaults to
9565 @option{--atime-preserve=replace}, but this is intended to change to
9566 @option{--atime-preserve=system} when the latter is better-supported.
9567
9568 @opindex touch
9569 @item -m
9570 @itemx --touch
9571 Do not extract data modification time.
9572
9573 When this option is used, @command{tar} leaves the data modification times
9574 of the files it extracts as the times when the files were extracted,
9575 instead of setting it to the times recorded in the archive.
9576
9577 This option is meaningless with @option{--list} (@option{-t}).
9578
9579 @opindex same-owner
9580 @item --same-owner
9581 Create extracted files with the same ownership they have in the
9582 archive.
9583
9584 This is the default behavior for the superuser,
9585 so this option is meaningful only for non-root users, when @command{tar}
9586 is executed on those systems able to give files away. This is
9587 considered as a security flaw by many people, at least because it
9588 makes quite difficult to correctly account users for the disk space
9589 they occupy. Also, the @code{suid} or @code{sgid} attributes of
9590 files are easily and silently lost when files are given away.
9591
9592 When writing an archive, @command{tar} writes the user @acronym{ID} and user name
9593 separately. If it can't find a user name (because the user @acronym{ID} is not
9594 in @file{/etc/passwd}), then it does not write one. When restoring,
9595 it tries to look the name (if one was written) up in
9596 @file{/etc/passwd}. If it fails, then it uses the user @acronym{ID} stored in
9597 the archive instead.
9598
9599 @opindex no-same-owner
9600 @item --no-same-owner
9601 @itemx -o
9602 Do not attempt to restore ownership when extracting. This is the
9603 default behavior for ordinary users, so this option has an effect
9604 only for the superuser.
9605
9606 @opindex numeric-owner
9607 @item --numeric-owner
9608 The @option{--numeric-owner} option allows (ANSI) archives to be written
9609 without user/group name information or such information to be ignored
9610 when extracting. It effectively disables the generation and/or use
9611 of user/group name information. This option forces extraction using
9612 the numeric ids from the archive, ignoring the names.
9613
9614 This is useful in certain circumstances, when restoring a backup from
9615 an emergency floppy with different passwd/group files for example.
9616 It is otherwise impossible to extract files with the right ownerships
9617 if the password file in use during the extraction does not match the
9618 one belonging to the file system(s) being extracted. This occurs,
9619 for example, if you are restoring your files after a major crash and
9620 had booted from an emergency floppy with no password file or put your
9621 disk into another machine to do the restore.
9622
9623 The numeric ids are @emph{always} saved into @command{tar} archives.
9624 The identifying names are added at create time when provided by the
9625 system, unless @option{--format=oldgnu} is used. Numeric ids could be
9626 used when moving archives between a collection of machines using
9627 a centralized management for attribution of numeric ids to users
9628 and groups. This is often made through using the NIS capabilities.
9629
9630 When making a @command{tar} file for distribution to other sites, it
9631 is sometimes cleaner to use a single owner for all files in the
9632 distribution, and nicer to specify the write permission bits of the
9633 files as stored in the archive independently of their actual value on
9634 the file system. The way to prepare a clean distribution is usually
9635 to have some Makefile rule creating a directory, copying all needed
9636 files in that directory, then setting ownership and permissions as
9637 wanted (there are a lot of possible schemes), and only then making a
9638 @command{tar} archive out of this directory, before cleaning
9639 everything out. Of course, we could add a lot of options to
9640 @GNUTAR{} for fine tuning permissions and ownership.
9641 This is not the good way, I think. @GNUTAR{} is
9642 already crowded with options and moreover, the approach just explained
9643 gives you a great deal of control already.
9644
9645 @xopindex{same-permissions, short description}
9646 @xopindex{preserve-permissions, short description}
9647 @item -p
9648 @itemx --same-permissions
9649 @itemx --preserve-permissions
9650 Extract all protection information.
9651
9652 This option causes @command{tar} to set the modes (access permissions) of
9653 extracted files exactly as recorded in the archive. If this option
9654 is not used, the current @code{umask} setting limits the permissions
9655 on extracted files. This option is by default enabled when
9656 @command{tar} is executed by a superuser.
9657
9658
9659 This option is meaningless with @option{--list} (@option{-t}).
9660
9661 @opindex preserve
9662 @item --preserve
9663 Same as both @option{--same-permissions} and @option{--same-order}.
9664
9665 This option is deprecated, and will be removed in @GNUTAR{} version 1.23.
9666
9667 @end table
9668
9669 @node Portability
9670 @section Making @command{tar} Archives More Portable
9671
9672 Creating a @command{tar} archive on a particular system that is meant to be
9673 useful later on many other machines and with other versions of @command{tar}
9674 is more challenging than you might think. @command{tar} archive formats
9675 have been evolving since the first versions of Unix. Many such formats
9676 are around, and are not always compatible with each other. This section
9677 discusses a few problems, and gives some advice about making @command{tar}
9678 archives more portable.
9679
9680 One golden rule is simplicity. For example, limit your @command{tar}
9681 archives to contain only regular files and directories, avoiding
9682 other kind of special files. Do not attempt to save sparse files or
9683 contiguous files as such. Let's discuss a few more problems, in turn.
9684
9685 @FIXME{Discuss GNU extensions (incremental backups, multi-volume
9686 archives and archive labels) in GNU and PAX formats.}
9687
9688 @menu
9689 * Portable Names:: Portable Names
9690 * dereference:: Symbolic Links
9691 * hard links:: Hard Links
9692 * old:: Old V7 Archives
9693 * ustar:: Ustar Archives
9694 * gnu:: GNU and old GNU format archives.
9695 * posix:: @acronym{POSIX} archives
9696 * Checksumming:: Checksumming Problems
9697 * Large or Negative Values:: Large files, negative time stamps, etc.
9698 * Other Tars:: How to Extract GNU-Specific Data Using
9699 Other @command{tar} Implementations
9700 @end menu
9701
9702 @node Portable Names
9703 @subsection Portable Names
9704
9705 Use portable file and member names. A name is portable if it contains
9706 only @acronym{ASCII} letters and digits, @samp{/}, @samp{.}, @samp{_}, and
9707 @samp{-}; it cannot be empty, start with @samp{-} or @samp{//}, or
9708 contain @samp{/-}. Avoid deep directory nesting. For portability to
9709 old Unix hosts, limit your file name components to 14 characters or
9710 less.
9711
9712 If you intend to have your @command{tar} archives to be read under
9713 MSDOS, you should not rely on case distinction for file names, and you
9714 might use the @acronym{GNU} @command{doschk} program for helping you
9715 further diagnosing illegal MSDOS names, which are even more limited
9716 than System V's.
9717
9718 @node dereference
9719 @subsection Symbolic Links
9720 @cindex File names, using symbolic links
9721 @cindex Symbolic link as file name
9722
9723 @opindex dereference
9724 Normally, when @command{tar} archives a symbolic link, it writes a
9725 block to the archive naming the target of the link. In that way, the
9726 @command{tar} archive is a faithful record of the file system contents.
9727 When @option{--dereference} (@option{-h}) is used with
9728 @option{--create} (@option{-c}), @command{tar} archives the files
9729 symbolic links point to, instead of
9730 the links themselves.
9731
9732 When creating portable archives, use @option{--dereference}
9733 (@option{-h}): some systems do not support
9734 symbolic links, and moreover, your distribution might be unusable if
9735 it contains unresolved symbolic links.
9736
9737 When reading from an archive, the @option{--dereference} (@option{-h})
9738 option causes @command{tar} to follow an already-existing symbolic
9739 link when @command{tar} writes or reads a file named in the archive.
9740 Ordinarily, @command{tar} does not follow such a link, though it may
9741 remove the link before writing a new file. @xref{Dealing with Old
9742 Files}.
9743
9744 The @option{--dereference} option is unsafe if an untrusted user can
9745 modify directories while @command{tar} is running. @xref{Security}.
9746
9747 @node hard links
9748 @subsection Hard Links
9749 @cindex File names, using hard links
9750 @cindex hard links, dereferencing
9751 @cindex dereferencing hard links
9752
9753 Normally, when @command{tar} archives a hard link, it writes a
9754 block to the archive naming the target of the link (a @samp{1} type
9755 block). In that way, the actual file contents is stored in file only
9756 once. For example, consider the following two files:
9757
9758 @smallexample
9759 @group
9760 $ ls -l
9761 -rw-r--r-- 2 gray staff 4 2007-10-30 15:11 one
9762 -rw-r--r-- 2 gray staff 4 2007-10-30 15:11 jeden
9763 @end group
9764 @end smallexample
9765
9766 Here, @file{jeden} is a link to @file{one}. When archiving this
9767 directory with a verbose level 2, you will get an output similar to
9768 the following:
9769
9770 @smallexample
9771 $ tar cvvf ../archive.tar .
9772 drwxr-xr-x gray/staff 0 2007-10-30 15:13 ./
9773 -rw-r--r-- gray/staff 4 2007-10-30 15:11 ./jeden
9774 hrw-r--r-- gray/staff 0 2007-10-30 15:11 ./one link to ./jeden
9775 @end smallexample
9776
9777 The last line shows that, instead of storing two copies of the file,
9778 @command{tar} stored it only once, under the name @file{jeden}, and
9779 stored file @file{one} as a hard link to this file.
9780
9781 It may be important to know that all hard links to the given file are
9782 stored in the archive. For example, this may be necessary for exact
9783 reproduction of the file system. The following option does that:
9784
9785 @table @option
9786 @xopindex{check-links, described}
9787 @item --check-links
9788 @itemx -l
9789 Check the number of links dumped for each processed file. If this
9790 number does not match the total number of hard links for the file, print
9791 a warning message.
9792 @end table
9793
9794 For example, trying to archive only file @file{jeden} with this option
9795 produces the following diagnostics:
9796
9797 @smallexample
9798 $ tar -c -f ../archive.tar -l jeden
9799 tar: Missing links to 'jeden'.
9800 @end smallexample
9801
9802 Although creating special records for hard links helps keep a faithful
9803 record of the file system contents and makes archives more compact, it
9804 may present some difficulties when extracting individual members from
9805 the archive. For example, trying to extract file @file{one} from the
9806 archive created in previous examples produces, in the absence of file
9807 @file{jeden}:
9808
9809 @smallexample
9810 $ tar xf archive.tar ./one
9811 tar: ./one: Cannot hard link to './jeden': No such file or directory
9812 tar: Error exit delayed from previous errors
9813 @end smallexample
9814
9815 The reason for this behavior is that @command{tar} cannot seek back in
9816 the archive to the previous member (in this case, @file{one}), to
9817 extract it@footnote{There are plans to fix this in future releases.}.
9818 If you wish to avoid such problems at the cost of a bigger archive,
9819 use the following option:
9820
9821 @table @option
9822 @xopindex{hard-dereference, described}
9823 @item --hard-dereference
9824 Dereference hard links and store the files they refer to.
9825 @end table
9826
9827 For example, trying this option on our two sample files, we get two
9828 copies in the archive, each of which can then be extracted
9829 independently of the other:
9830
9831 @smallexample
9832 @group
9833 $ tar -c -vv -f ../archive.tar --hard-dereference .
9834 drwxr-xr-x gray/staff 0 2007-10-30 15:13 ./
9835 -rw-r--r-- gray/staff 4 2007-10-30 15:11 ./jeden
9836 -rw-r--r-- gray/staff 4 2007-10-30 15:11 ./one
9837 @end group
9838 @end smallexample
9839
9840 @node old
9841 @subsection Old V7 Archives
9842 @cindex Format, old style
9843 @cindex Old style format
9844 @cindex Old style archives
9845 @cindex v7 archive format
9846
9847 Certain old versions of @command{tar} cannot handle additional
9848 information recorded by newer @command{tar} programs. To create an
9849 archive in V7 format (not ANSI), which can be read by these old
9850 versions, specify the @option{--format=v7} option in
9851 conjunction with the @option{--create} (@option{-c}) (@command{tar} also
9852 accepts @option{--portability} or @option{--old-archive} for this
9853 option). When you specify it,
9854 @command{tar} leaves out information about directories, pipes, fifos,
9855 contiguous files, and device files, and specifies file ownership by
9856 group and user IDs instead of group and user names.
9857
9858 When updating an archive, do not use @option{--format=v7}
9859 unless the archive was created using this option.
9860
9861 In most cases, a @emph{new} format archive can be read by an @emph{old}
9862 @command{tar} program without serious trouble, so this option should
9863 seldom be needed. On the other hand, most modern @command{tar}s are
9864 able to read old format archives, so it might be safer for you to
9865 always use @option{--format=v7} for your distributions. Notice,
9866 however, that @samp{ustar} format is a better alternative, as it is
9867 free from many of @samp{v7}'s drawbacks.
9868
9869 @node ustar
9870 @subsection Ustar Archive Format
9871
9872 @cindex ustar archive format
9873 The archive format defined by the @acronym{POSIX}.1-1988 specification is
9874 called @code{ustar}. Although it is more flexible than the V7 format, it
9875 still has many restrictions (@pxref{Formats,ustar}, for the detailed
9876 description of @code{ustar} format). Along with V7 format,
9877 @code{ustar} format is a good choice for archives intended to be read
9878 with other implementations of @command{tar}.
9879
9880 To create an archive in @code{ustar} format, use the @option{--format=ustar}
9881 option in conjunction with @option{--create} (@option{-c}).
9882
9883 @node gnu
9884 @subsection @acronym{GNU} and old @GNUTAR{} format
9885
9886 @cindex GNU archive format
9887 @cindex Old GNU archive format
9888 @GNUTAR{} was based on an early draft of the
9889 @acronym{POSIX} 1003.1 @code{ustar} standard. @acronym{GNU} extensions to
9890 @command{tar}, such as the support for file names longer than 100
9891 characters, use portions of the @command{tar} header record which were
9892 specified in that @acronym{POSIX} draft as unused. Subsequent changes in
9893 @acronym{POSIX} have allocated the same parts of the header record for
9894 other purposes. As a result, @GNUTAR{} format is
9895 incompatible with the current @acronym{POSIX} specification, and with
9896 @command{tar} programs that follow it.
9897
9898 In the majority of cases, @command{tar} will be configured to create
9899 this format by default. This will change in future releases, since
9900 we plan to make @samp{POSIX} format the default.
9901
9902 To force creation a @GNUTAR{} archive, use option
9903 @option{--format=gnu}.
9904
9905 @node posix
9906 @subsection @GNUTAR{} and @acronym{POSIX} @command{tar}
9907
9908 @cindex POSIX archive format
9909 @cindex PAX archive format
9910 Starting from version 1.14 @GNUTAR{} features full support for
9911 @acronym{POSIX.1-2001} archives.
9912
9913 A @acronym{POSIX} conformant archive will be created if @command{tar}
9914 was given @option{--format=posix} (@option{--format=pax}) option. No
9915 special option is required to read and extract from a @acronym{POSIX}
9916 archive.
9917
9918 @menu
9919 * PAX keywords:: Controlling Extended Header Keywords.
9920 @end menu
9921
9922 @node PAX keywords
9923 @subsubsection Controlling Extended Header Keywords
9924
9925 @table @option
9926 @opindex pax-option
9927 @item --pax-option=@var{keyword-list}
9928 Handle keywords in @acronym{PAX} extended headers. This option is
9929 equivalent to @option{-o} option of the @command{pax} utility.
9930 @end table
9931
9932 @var{Keyword-list} is a comma-separated
9933 list of keyword options, each keyword option taking one of
9934 the following forms:
9935
9936 @table @code
9937 @item delete=@var{pattern}
9938 When used with one of archive-creation commands,
9939 this option instructs @command{tar} to omit from extended header records
9940 that it produces any keywords matching the string @var{pattern}.
9941
9942 When used in extract or list mode, this option instructs tar
9943 to ignore any keywords matching the given @var{pattern} in the extended
9944 header records. In both cases, matching is performed using the pattern
9945 matching notation described in @acronym{POSIX 1003.2}, 3.13
9946 (@pxref{wildcards}). For example:
9947
9948 @smallexample
9949 --pax-option delete=security.*
9950 @end smallexample
9951
9952 would suppress security-related information.
9953
9954 @item exthdr.name=@var{string}
9955
9956 This keyword allows user control over the name that is written into the
9957 ustar header blocks for the extended headers. The name is obtained
9958 from @var{string} after making the following substitutions:
9959
9960 @multitable @columnfractions .25 .55
9961 @headitem Meta-character @tab Replaced By
9962 @item %d @tab The directory name of the file, equivalent to the
9963 result of the @command{dirname} utility on the translated file name.
9964 @item %f @tab The name of the file with the directory information
9965 stripped, equivalent to the result of the @command{basename} utility
9966 on the translated file name.
9967 @item %p @tab The process @acronym{ID} of the @command{tar} process.
9968 @item %% @tab A @samp{%} character.
9969 @end multitable
9970
9971 Any other @samp{%} characters in @var{string} produce undefined
9972 results.
9973
9974 If no option @samp{exthdr.name=string} is specified, @command{tar}
9975 will use the following default value:
9976
9977 @smallexample
9978 %d/PaxHeaders.%p/%f
9979 @end smallexample
9980
9981 @item exthdr.mtime=@var{value}
9982
9983 This keyword defines the value of the @samp{mtime} field that
9984 is written into the ustar header blocks for the extended headers.
9985 By default, the @samp{mtime} field is set to the modification time
9986 of the archive member described by that extended header (or to the
9987 value of the @option{--mtime} option, if supplied).
9988
9989 @item globexthdr.name=@var{string}
9990 This keyword allows user control over the name that is written into
9991 the ustar header blocks for global extended header records. The name
9992 is obtained from the contents of @var{string}, after making
9993 the following substitutions:
9994
9995 @multitable @columnfractions .25 .55
9996 @headitem Meta-character @tab Replaced By
9997 @item %n @tab An integer that represents the
9998 sequence number of the global extended header record in the archive,
9999 starting at 1.
10000 @item %p @tab The process @acronym{ID} of the @command{tar} process.
10001 @item %% @tab A @samp{%} character.
10002 @end multitable
10003
10004 Any other @samp{%} characters in @var{string} produce undefined results.
10005
10006 If no option @samp{globexthdr.name=string} is specified, @command{tar}
10007 will use the following default value:
10008
10009 @smallexample
10010 $TMPDIR/GlobalHead.%p.%n
10011 @end smallexample
10012
10013 @noindent
10014 where @samp{$TMPDIR} represents the value of the @var{TMPDIR}
10015 environment variable. If @var{TMPDIR} is not set, @command{tar}
10016 uses @samp{/tmp}.
10017
10018 @item globexthdr.mtime=@var{value}
10019
10020 This keyword defines the value of the @samp{mtime} field that
10021 is written into the ustar header blocks for the global extended headers.
10022 By default, the @samp{mtime} field is set to the time when
10023 @command{tar} was invoked.
10024
10025 @item @var{keyword}=@var{value}
10026 When used with one of archive-creation commands, these keyword/value pairs
10027 will be included at the beginning of the archive in a global extended
10028 header record. When used with one of archive-reading commands,
10029 @command{tar} will behave as if it has encountered these keyword/value
10030 pairs at the beginning of the archive in a global extended header
10031 record.
10032
10033 @item @var{keyword}:=@var{value}
10034 When used with one of archive-creation commands, these keyword/value pairs
10035 will be included as records at the beginning of an extended header for
10036 each file. This is effectively equivalent to @var{keyword}=@var{value}
10037 form except that it creates no global extended header records.
10038
10039 When used with one of archive-reading commands, @command{tar} will
10040 behave as if these keyword/value pairs were included as records at the
10041 end of each extended header; thus, they will override any global or
10042 file-specific extended header record keywords of the same names.
10043 For example, in the command:
10044
10045 @smallexample
10046 tar --format=posix --create \
10047 --file archive --pax-option gname:=user .
10048 @end smallexample
10049
10050 the group name will be forced to a new value for all files
10051 stored in the archive.
10052 @end table
10053
10054 In any of the forms described above, the @var{value} may be
10055 a string enclosed in curly braces. In that case, the string
10056 between the braces is understood either as a textual time
10057 representation, as described in @ref{Date input formats}, or a name of
10058 the existing file, starting with @samp{/} or @samp{.}. In the latter
10059 case, the modification time of that file is used.
10060
10061 For example, to set all modification times to the current date, you
10062 use the following option:
10063
10064 @smallexample
10065 --pax-option='mtime:=@{now@}'
10066 @end smallexample
10067
10068 Note quoting of the option's argument.
10069
10070 @cindex archives, binary equivalent
10071 @cindex binary equivalent archives, creating
10072 As another example, here is the option that ensures that any two
10073 archives created using it, will be binary equivalent if they have the
10074 same contents:
10075
10076 @smallexample
10077 --pax-option=exthdr.name=%d/PaxHeaders/%f,atime:=0
10078 @end smallexample
10079
10080 @noindent
10081 If you extract files from such an archive and recreate the archive
10082 from them, you will also need to eliminate changes due to ctime, as
10083 shown in examples below:
10084
10085 @smallexample
10086 --pax-option=exthdr.name=%d/PaxHeaders/%f,atime:=0,ctime:=0
10087 @end smallexample
10088
10089 @noindent
10090 or
10091
10092 @smallexample
10093 --pax-option=exthdr.name=%d/PaxHeaders/%f,atime:=0,delete=ctime
10094 @end smallexample
10095
10096 @node Checksumming
10097 @subsection Checksumming Problems
10098
10099 SunOS and HP-UX @command{tar} fail to accept archives created using
10100 @GNUTAR{} and containing non-@acronym{ASCII} file names, that
10101 is, file names having characters with the eighth bit set, because they
10102 use signed checksums, while @GNUTAR{} uses unsigned
10103 checksums while creating archives, as per @acronym{POSIX} standards. On
10104 reading, @GNUTAR{} computes both checksums and accepts either of them.
10105 It is somewhat worrying that a lot of people may go
10106 around doing backup of their files using faulty (or at least
10107 non-standard) software, not learning about it until it's time to
10108 restore their missing files with an incompatible file extractor, or
10109 vice versa.
10110
10111 @GNUTAR{} computes checksums both ways, and accepts either of them
10112 on read, so @acronym{GNU} tar can read Sun tapes even with their
10113 wrong checksums. @GNUTAR{} produces the standard
10114 checksum, however, raising incompatibilities with Sun. That is to
10115 say, @GNUTAR{} has not been modified to
10116 @emph{produce} incorrect archives to be read by buggy @command{tar}'s.
10117 I've been told that more recent Sun @command{tar} now read standard
10118 archives, so maybe Sun did a similar patch, after all?
10119
10120 The story seems to be that when Sun first imported @command{tar}
10121 sources on their system, they recompiled it without realizing that
10122 the checksums were computed differently, because of a change in
10123 the default signing of @code{char}'s in their compiler. So they
10124 started computing checksums wrongly. When they later realized their
10125 mistake, they merely decided to stay compatible with it, and with
10126 themselves afterwards. Presumably, but I do not really know, HP-UX
10127 has chosen their @command{tar} archives to be compatible with Sun's.
10128 The current standards do not favor Sun @command{tar} format. In any
10129 case, it now falls on the shoulders of SunOS and HP-UX users to get
10130 a @command{tar} able to read the good archives they receive.
10131
10132 @node Large or Negative Values
10133 @subsection Large or Negative Values
10134 @cindex large values
10135 @cindex future time stamps
10136 @cindex negative time stamps
10137 @UNREVISED
10138
10139 The above sections suggest to use @samp{oldest possible} archive
10140 format if in doubt. However, sometimes it is not possible. If you
10141 attempt to archive a file whose metadata cannot be represented using
10142 required format, @GNUTAR{} will print error message and ignore such a
10143 file. You will than have to switch to a format that is able to
10144 handle such values. The format summary table (@pxref{Formats}) will
10145 help you to do so.
10146
10147 In particular, when trying to archive files larger than 8GB or with
10148 timestamps not in the range 1970-01-01 00:00:00 through 2242-03-16
10149 12:56:31 @sc{utc}, you will have to chose between @acronym{GNU} and
10150 @acronym{POSIX} archive formats. When considering which format to
10151 choose, bear in mind that the @acronym{GNU} format uses
10152 two's-complement base-256 notation to store values that do not fit
10153 into standard @acronym{ustar} range. Such archives can generally be
10154 read only by a @GNUTAR{} implementation. Moreover, they sometimes
10155 cannot be correctly restored on another hosts even by @GNUTAR{}. For
10156 example, using two's complement representation for negative time
10157 stamps that assumes a signed 32-bit @code{time_t} generates archives
10158 that are not portable to hosts with differing @code{time_t}
10159 representations.
10160
10161 On the other hand, @acronym{POSIX} archives, generally speaking, can
10162 be extracted by any tar implementation that understands older
10163 @acronym{ustar} format. The only exception are files larger than 8GB.
10164
10165 @FIXME{Describe how @acronym{POSIX} archives are extracted by non
10166 POSIX-aware tars.}
10167
10168 @node Other Tars
10169 @subsection How to Extract GNU-Specific Data Using Other @command{tar} Implementations
10170
10171 In previous sections you became acquainted with various quirks
10172 necessary to make your archives portable. Sometimes you may need to
10173 extract archives containing GNU-specific members using some
10174 third-party @command{tar} implementation or an older version of
10175 @GNUTAR{}. Of course your best bet is to have @GNUTAR{} installed,
10176 but if it is for some reason impossible, this section will explain
10177 how to cope without it.
10178
10179 When we speak about @dfn{GNU-specific} members we mean two classes of
10180 them: members split between the volumes of a multi-volume archive and
10181 sparse members. You will be able to always recover such members if
10182 the archive is in PAX format. In addition split members can be
10183 recovered from archives in old GNU format. The following subsections
10184 describe the required procedures in detail.
10185
10186 @menu
10187 * Split Recovery:: Members Split Between Volumes
10188 * Sparse Recovery:: Sparse Members
10189 @end menu
10190
10191 @node Split Recovery
10192 @subsubsection Extracting Members Split Between Volumes
10193
10194 @cindex Multi-volume archives, extracting using non-GNU tars
10195 If a member is split between several volumes of an old GNU format archive
10196 most third party @command{tar} implementation will fail to extract
10197 it. To extract it, use @command{tarcat} program (@pxref{Tarcat}).
10198 This program is available from
10199 @uref{http://www.gnu.org/@/software/@/tar/@/utils/@/tarcat.html, @GNUTAR{}
10200 home page}. It concatenates several archive volumes into a single
10201 valid archive. For example, if you have three volumes named from
10202 @file{vol-1.tar} to @file{vol-3.tar}, you can do the following to
10203 extract them using a third-party @command{tar}:
10204
10205 @smallexample
10206 $ @kbd{tarcat vol-1.tar vol-2.tar vol-3.tar | tar xf -}
10207 @end smallexample
10208
10209 @cindex Multi-volume archives in PAX format, extracting using non-GNU tars
10210 You could use this approach for most (although not all) PAX
10211 format archives as well. However, extracting split members from a PAX
10212 archive is a much easier task, because PAX volumes are constructed in
10213 such a way that each part of a split member is extracted to a
10214 different file by @command{tar} implementations that are not aware of
10215 GNU extensions. More specifically, the very first part retains its
10216 original name, and all subsequent parts are named using the pattern:
10217
10218 @smallexample
10219 %d/GNUFileParts.%p/%f.%n
10220 @end smallexample
10221
10222 @noindent
10223 where symbols preceded by @samp{%} are @dfn{macro characters} that
10224 have the following meaning:
10225
10226 @multitable @columnfractions .25 .55
10227 @headitem Meta-character @tab Replaced By
10228 @item %d @tab The directory name of the file, equivalent to the
10229 result of the @command{dirname} utility on its full name.
10230 @item %f @tab The file name of the file, equivalent to the result
10231 of the @command{basename} utility on its full name.
10232 @item %p @tab The process @acronym{ID} of the @command{tar} process that
10233 created the archive.
10234 @item %n @tab Ordinal number of this particular part.
10235 @end multitable
10236
10237 For example, if the file @file{var/longfile} was split during archive
10238 creation between three volumes, and the creator @command{tar} process
10239 had process @acronym{ID} @samp{27962}, then the member names will be:
10240
10241 @smallexample
10242 var/longfile
10243 var/GNUFileParts.27962/longfile.1
10244 var/GNUFileParts.27962/longfile.2
10245 @end smallexample
10246
10247 When you extract your archive using a third-party @command{tar}, these
10248 files will be created on your disk, and the only thing you will need
10249 to do to restore your file in its original form is concatenate them in
10250 the proper order, for example:
10251
10252 @smallexample
10253 @group
10254 $ @kbd{cd var}
10255 $ @kbd{cat GNUFileParts.27962/longfile.1 \
10256 GNUFileParts.27962/longfile.2 >> longfile}
10257 $ rm -f GNUFileParts.27962
10258 @end group
10259 @end smallexample
10260
10261 Notice, that if the @command{tar} implementation you use supports PAX
10262 format archives, it will probably emit warnings about unknown keywords
10263 during extraction. They will look like this:
10264
10265 @smallexample
10266 @group
10267 Tar file too small
10268 Unknown extended header keyword 'GNU.volume.filename' ignored.
10269 Unknown extended header keyword 'GNU.volume.size' ignored.
10270 Unknown extended header keyword 'GNU.volume.offset' ignored.
10271 @end group
10272 @end smallexample
10273
10274 @noindent
10275 You can safely ignore these warnings.
10276
10277 If your @command{tar} implementation is not PAX-aware, you will get
10278 more warnings and more files generated on your disk, e.g.:
10279
10280 @smallexample
10281 @group
10282 $ @kbd{tar xf vol-1.tar}
10283 var/PaxHeaders.27962/longfile: Unknown file type 'x', extracted as
10284 normal file
10285 Unexpected EOF in archive
10286 $ @kbd{tar xf vol-2.tar}
10287 tmp/GlobalHead.27962.1: Unknown file type 'g', extracted as normal file
10288 GNUFileParts.27962/PaxHeaders.27962/sparsefile.1: Unknown file type
10289 'x', extracted as normal file
10290 @end group
10291 @end smallexample
10292
10293 Ignore these warnings. The @file{PaxHeaders.*} directories created
10294 will contain files with @dfn{extended header keywords} describing the
10295 extracted files. You can delete them, unless they describe sparse
10296 members. Read further to learn more about them.
10297
10298 @node Sparse Recovery
10299 @subsubsection Extracting Sparse Members
10300
10301 @cindex sparse files, extracting with non-GNU tars
10302 Any @command{tar} implementation will be able to extract sparse members from a
10303 PAX archive. However, the extracted files will be @dfn{condensed},
10304 i.e., any zero blocks will be removed from them. When we restore such
10305 a condensed file to its original form, by adding zero blocks (or
10306 @dfn{holes}) back to their original locations, we call this process
10307 @dfn{expanding} a compressed sparse file.
10308
10309 @pindex xsparse
10310 To expand a file, you will need a simple auxiliary program called
10311 @command{xsparse}. It is available in source form from
10312 @uref{http://www.gnu.org/@/software/@/tar/@/utils/@/xsparse.html, @GNUTAR{}
10313 home page}.
10314
10315 @cindex sparse files v.1.0, extracting with non-GNU tars
10316 Let's begin with archive members in @dfn{sparse format
10317 version 1.0}@footnote{@xref{PAX 1}.}, which are the easiest to expand.
10318 The condensed file will contain both file map and file data, so no
10319 additional data will be needed to restore it. If the original file
10320 name was @file{@var{dir}/@var{name}}, then the condensed file will be
10321 named @file{@var{dir}/@/GNUSparseFile.@var{n}/@/@var{name}}, where
10322 @var{n} is a decimal number@footnote{Technically speaking, @var{n} is a
10323 @dfn{process @acronym{ID}} of the @command{tar} process which created the
10324 archive (@pxref{PAX keywords}).}.
10325
10326 To expand a version 1.0 file, run @command{xsparse} as follows:
10327
10328 @smallexample
10329 $ @kbd{xsparse @file{cond-file}}
10330 @end smallexample
10331
10332 @noindent
10333 where @file{cond-file} is the name of the condensed file. The utility
10334 will deduce the name for the resulting expanded file using the
10335 following algorithm:
10336
10337 @enumerate 1
10338 @item If @file{cond-file} does not contain any directories,
10339 @file{../cond-file} will be used;
10340
10341 @item If @file{cond-file} has the form
10342 @file{@var{dir}/@var{t}/@var{name}}, where both @var{t} and @var{name}
10343 are simple names, with no @samp{/} characters in them, the output file
10344 name will be @file{@var{dir}/@var{name}}.
10345
10346 @item Otherwise, if @file{cond-file} has the form
10347 @file{@var{dir}/@var{name}}, the output file name will be
10348 @file{@var{name}}.
10349 @end enumerate
10350
10351 In the unlikely case when this algorithm does not suit your needs,
10352 you can explicitly specify output file name as a second argument to
10353 the command:
10354
10355 @smallexample
10356 $ @kbd{xsparse @file{cond-file} @file{out-file}}
10357 @end smallexample
10358
10359 It is often a good idea to run @command{xsparse} in @dfn{dry run} mode
10360 first. In this mode, the command does not actually expand the file,
10361 but verbosely lists all actions it would be taking to do so. The dry
10362 run mode is enabled by @option{-n} command line argument:
10363
10364 @smallexample
10365 @group
10366 $ @kbd{xsparse -n /home/gray/GNUSparseFile.6058/sparsefile}
10367 Reading v.1.0 sparse map
10368 Expanding file '/home/gray/GNUSparseFile.6058/sparsefile' to
10369 '/home/gray/sparsefile'
10370 Finished dry run
10371 @end group
10372 @end smallexample
10373
10374 To actually expand the file, you would run:
10375
10376 @smallexample
10377 $ @kbd{xsparse /home/gray/GNUSparseFile.6058/sparsefile}
10378 @end smallexample
10379
10380 @noindent
10381 The program behaves the same way all UNIX utilities do: it will keep
10382 quiet unless it has something important to tell you (e.g. an error
10383 condition or something). If you wish it to produce verbose output,
10384 similar to that from the dry run mode, use @option{-v} option:
10385
10386 @smallexample
10387 @group
10388 $ @kbd{xsparse -v /home/gray/GNUSparseFile.6058/sparsefile}
10389 Reading v.1.0 sparse map
10390 Expanding file '/home/gray/GNUSparseFile.6058/sparsefile' to
10391 '/home/gray/sparsefile'
10392 Done
10393 @end group
10394 @end smallexample
10395
10396 Additionally, if your @command{tar} implementation has extracted the
10397 @dfn{extended headers} for this file, you can instruct @command{xstar}
10398 to use them in order to verify the integrity of the expanded file.
10399 The option @option{-x} sets the name of the extended header file to
10400 use. Continuing our example:
10401
10402 @smallexample
10403 @group
10404 $ @kbd{xsparse -v -x /home/gray/PaxHeaders.6058/sparsefile \
10405 /home/gray/GNUSparseFile.6058/sparsefile}
10406 Reading extended header file
10407 Found variable GNU.sparse.major = 1
10408 Found variable GNU.sparse.minor = 0
10409 Found variable GNU.sparse.name = sparsefile
10410 Found variable GNU.sparse.realsize = 217481216
10411 Reading v.1.0 sparse map
10412 Expanding file '/home/gray/GNUSparseFile.6058/sparsefile' to
10413 '/home/gray/sparsefile'
10414 Done
10415 @end group
10416 @end smallexample
10417
10418 @anchor{extracting sparse v.0.x}
10419 @cindex sparse files v.0.1, extracting with non-GNU tars
10420 @cindex sparse files v.0.0, extracting with non-GNU tars
10421 An @dfn{extended header} is a special @command{tar} archive header
10422 that precedes an archive member and contains a set of
10423 @dfn{variables}, describing the member properties that cannot be
10424 stored in the standard @code{ustar} header. While optional for
10425 expanding sparse version 1.0 members, the use of extended headers is
10426 mandatory when expanding sparse members in older sparse formats: v.0.0
10427 and v.0.1 (The sparse formats are described in detail in @ref{Sparse
10428 Formats}.) So, for these formats, the question is: how to obtain
10429 extended headers from the archive?
10430
10431 If you use a @command{tar} implementation that does not support PAX
10432 format, extended headers for each member will be extracted as a
10433 separate file. If we represent the member name as
10434 @file{@var{dir}/@var{name}}, then the extended header file will be
10435 named @file{@var{dir}/@/PaxHeaders.@var{n}/@/@var{name}}, where
10436 @var{n} is an integer number.
10437
10438 Things become more difficult if your @command{tar} implementation
10439 does support PAX headers, because in this case you will have to
10440 manually extract the headers. We recommend the following algorithm:
10441
10442 @enumerate 1
10443 @item
10444 Consult the documentation of your @command{tar} implementation for an
10445 option that prints @dfn{block numbers} along with the archive
10446 listing (analogous to @GNUTAR{}'s @option{-R} option). For example,
10447 @command{star} has @option{-block-number}.
10448
10449 @item
10450 Obtain verbose listing using the @samp{block number} option, and
10451 find block numbers of the sparse member in question and the member
10452 immediately following it. For example, running @command{star} on our
10453 archive we obtain:
10454
10455 @smallexample
10456 @group
10457 $ @kbd{star -t -v -block-number -f arc.tar}
10458 @dots{}
10459 star: Unknown extended header keyword 'GNU.sparse.size' ignored.
10460 star: Unknown extended header keyword 'GNU.sparse.numblocks' ignored.
10461 star: Unknown extended header keyword 'GNU.sparse.name' ignored.
10462 star: Unknown extended header keyword 'GNU.sparse.map' ignored.
10463 block 56: 425984 -rw-r--r-- gray/users Jun 25 14:46 2006 GNUSparseFile.28124/sparsefile
10464 block 897: 65391 -rw-r--r-- gray/users Jun 24 20:06 2006 README
10465 @dots{}
10466 @end group
10467 @end smallexample
10468
10469 @noindent
10470 (as usual, ignore the warnings about unknown keywords.)
10471
10472 @item
10473 Let @var{size} be the size of the sparse member, @var{Bs} be its block number
10474 and @var{Bn} be the block number of the next member.
10475 Compute:
10476
10477 @smallexample
10478 @var{N} = @var{Bs} - @var{Bn} - @var{size}/512 - 2
10479 @end smallexample
10480
10481 @noindent
10482 This number gives the size of the extended header part in tar @dfn{blocks}.
10483 In our example, this formula gives: @code{897 - 56 - 425984 / 512 - 2
10484 = 7}.
10485
10486 @item
10487 Use @command{dd} to extract the headers:
10488
10489 @smallexample
10490 @kbd{dd if=@var{archive} of=@var{hname} bs=512 skip=@var{Bs} count=@var{N}}
10491 @end smallexample
10492
10493 @noindent
10494 where @var{archive} is the archive name, @var{hname} is a name of the
10495 file to store the extended header in, @var{Bs} and @var{N} are
10496 computed in previous steps.
10497
10498 In our example, this command will be
10499
10500 @smallexample
10501 $ @kbd{dd if=arc.tar of=xhdr bs=512 skip=56 count=7}
10502 @end smallexample
10503 @end enumerate
10504
10505 Finally, you can expand the condensed file, using the obtained header:
10506
10507 @smallexample
10508 @group
10509 $ @kbd{xsparse -v -x xhdr GNUSparseFile.6058/sparsefile}
10510 Reading extended header file
10511 Found variable GNU.sparse.size = 217481216
10512 Found variable GNU.sparse.numblocks = 208
10513 Found variable GNU.sparse.name = sparsefile
10514 Found variable GNU.sparse.map = 0,2048,1050624,2048,@dots{}
10515 Expanding file 'GNUSparseFile.28124/sparsefile' to 'sparsefile'
10516 Done
10517 @end group
10518 @end smallexample
10519
10520 @node cpio
10521 @section Comparison of @command{tar} and @command{cpio}
10522 @UNREVISED
10523
10524 @FIXME{Reorganize the following material}
10525
10526 The @command{cpio} archive formats, like @command{tar}, do have maximum
10527 file name lengths. The binary and old @acronym{ASCII} formats have a maximum file
10528 length of 256, and the new @acronym{ASCII} and @acronym{CRC ASCII} formats have a max
10529 file length of 1024. @acronym{GNU} @command{cpio} can read and write archives
10530 with arbitrary file name lengths, but other @command{cpio} implementations
10531 may crash unexplainedly trying to read them.
10532
10533 @command{tar} handles symbolic links in the form in which it comes in @acronym{BSD};
10534 @command{cpio} doesn't handle symbolic links in the form in which it comes
10535 in System V prior to SVR4, and some vendors may have added symlinks
10536 to their system without enhancing @command{cpio} to know about them.
10537 Others may have enhanced it in a way other than the way I did it
10538 at Sun, and which was adopted by AT&T (and which is, I think, also
10539 present in the @command{cpio} that Berkeley picked up from AT&T and put
10540 into a later @acronym{BSD} release---I think I gave them my changes).
10541
10542 (SVR4 does some funny stuff with @command{tar}; basically, its @command{cpio}
10543 can handle @command{tar} format input, and write it on output, and it
10544 probably handles symbolic links. They may not have bothered doing
10545 anything to enhance @command{tar} as a result.)
10546
10547 @command{cpio} handles special files; traditional @command{tar} doesn't.
10548
10549 @command{tar} comes with V7, System III, System V, and @acronym{BSD} source;
10550 @command{cpio} comes only with System III, System V, and later @acronym{BSD}
10551 (4.3-tahoe and later).
10552
10553 @command{tar}'s way of handling multiple hard links to a file can handle
10554 file systems that support 32-bit i-numbers (e.g., the @acronym{BSD} file system);
10555 @command{cpio}s way requires you to play some games (in its ``binary''
10556 format, i-numbers are only 16 bits, and in its ``portable @acronym{ASCII}'' format,
10557 they're 18 bits---it would have to play games with the "file system @acronym{ID}"
10558 field of the header to make sure that the file system @acronym{ID}/i-number pairs
10559 of different files were always different), and I don't know which
10560 @command{cpio}s, if any, play those games. Those that don't might get
10561 confused and think two files are the same file when they're not, and
10562 make hard links between them.
10563
10564 @command{tar}s way of handling multiple hard links to a file places only
10565 one copy of the link on the tape, but the name attached to that copy
10566 is the @emph{only} one you can use to retrieve the file; @command{cpio}s
10567 way puts one copy for every link, but you can retrieve it using any
10568 of the names.
10569
10570 @quotation
10571 What type of check sum (if any) is used, and how is this calculated.
10572 @end quotation
10573
10574 See the attached manual pages for @command{tar} and @command{cpio} format.
10575 @command{tar} uses a checksum which is the sum of all the bytes in the
10576 @command{tar} header for a file; @command{cpio} uses no checksum.
10577
10578 @quotation
10579 If anyone knows why @command{cpio} was made when @command{tar} was present
10580 at the unix scene,
10581 @end quotation
10582
10583 It wasn't. @command{cpio} first showed up in PWB/UNIX 1.0; no
10584 generally-available version of UNIX had @command{tar} at the time. I don't
10585 know whether any version that was generally available @emph{within AT&T}
10586 had @command{tar}, or, if so, whether the people within AT&T who did
10587 @command{cpio} knew about it.
10588
10589 On restore, if there is a corruption on a tape @command{tar} will stop at
10590 that point, while @command{cpio} will skip over it and try to restore the
10591 rest of the files.
10592
10593 The main difference is just in the command syntax and header format.
10594
10595 @command{tar} is a little more tape-oriented in that everything is blocked
10596 to start on a record boundary.
10597
10598 @quotation
10599 Is there any differences between the ability to recover crashed
10600 archives between the two of them. (Is there any chance of recovering
10601 crashed archives at all.)
10602 @end quotation
10603
10604 Theoretically it should be easier under @command{tar} since the blocking
10605 lets you find a header with some variation of @samp{dd skip=@var{nn}}.
10606 However, modern @command{cpio}'s and variations have an option to just
10607 search for the next file header after an error with a reasonable chance
10608 of resyncing. However, lots of tape driver software won't allow you to
10609 continue past a media error which should be the only reason for getting
10610 out of sync unless a file changed sizes while you were writing the
10611 archive.
10612
10613 @quotation
10614 If anyone knows why @command{cpio} was made when @command{tar} was present
10615 at the unix scene, please tell me about this too.
10616 @end quotation
10617
10618 Probably because it is more media efficient (by not blocking everything
10619 and using only the space needed for the headers where @command{tar}
10620 always uses 512 bytes per file header) and it knows how to archive
10621 special files.
10622
10623 You might want to look at the freely available alternatives. The
10624 major ones are @command{afio}, @GNUTAR{}, and
10625 @command{pax}, each of which have their own extensions with some
10626 backwards compatibility.
10627
10628 Sparse files were @command{tar}red as sparse files (which you can
10629 easily test, because the resulting archive gets smaller, and
10630 @acronym{GNU} @command{cpio} can no longer read it).
10631
10632 @node Media
10633 @chapter Tapes and Other Archive Media
10634 @UNREVISED
10635
10636 A few special cases about tape handling warrant more detailed
10637 description. These special cases are discussed below.
10638
10639 Many complexities surround the use of @command{tar} on tape drives. Since
10640 the creation and manipulation of archives located on magnetic tape was
10641 the original purpose of @command{tar}, it contains many features making
10642 such manipulation easier.
10643
10644 Archives are usually written on dismountable media---tape cartridges,
10645 mag tapes, or floppy disks.
10646
10647 The amount of data a tape or disk holds depends not only on its size,
10648 but also on how it is formatted. A 2400 foot long reel of mag tape
10649 holds 40 megabytes of data when formatted at 1600 bits per inch. The
10650 physically smaller EXABYTE tape cartridge holds 2.3 gigabytes.
10651
10652 Magnetic media are re-usable---once the archive on a tape is no longer
10653 needed, the archive can be erased and the tape or disk used over.
10654 Media quality does deteriorate with use, however. Most tapes or disks
10655 should be discarded when they begin to produce data errors. EXABYTE
10656 tape cartridges should be discarded when they generate an @dfn{error
10657 count} (number of non-usable bits) of more than 10k.
10658
10659 Magnetic media are written and erased using magnetic fields, and
10660 should be protected from such fields to avoid damage to stored data.
10661 Sticking a floppy disk to a filing cabinet using a magnet is probably
10662 not a good idea.
10663
10664 @menu
10665 * Device:: Device selection and switching
10666 * Remote Tape Server::
10667 * Common Problems and Solutions::
10668 * Blocking:: Blocking
10669 * Many:: Many archives on one tape
10670 * Using Multiple Tapes:: Using Multiple Tapes
10671 * label:: Including a Label in the Archive
10672 * verify::
10673 * Write Protection::
10674 @end menu
10675
10676 @node Device
10677 @section Device Selection and Switching
10678 @UNREVISED
10679
10680 @table @option
10681 @item -f [@var{hostname}:]@var{file}
10682 @itemx --file=[@var{hostname}:]@var{file}
10683 Use archive file or device @var{file} on @var{hostname}.
10684 @end table
10685
10686 This option is used to specify the file name of the archive @command{tar}
10687 works on.
10688
10689 If the file name is @samp{-}, @command{tar} reads the archive from standard
10690 input (when listing or extracting), or writes it to standard output
10691 (when creating). If the @samp{-} file name is given when updating an
10692 archive, @command{tar} will read the original archive from its standard
10693 input, and will write the entire new archive to its standard output.
10694
10695 If the file name contains a @samp{:}, it is interpreted as
10696 @samp{hostname:file name}. If the @var{hostname} contains an @dfn{at}
10697 sign (@samp{@@}), it is treated as @samp{user@@hostname:file name}. In
10698 either case, @command{tar} will invoke the command @command{rsh} (or
10699 @command{remsh}) to start up an @command{/usr/libexec/rmt} on the remote
10700 machine. If you give an alternate login name, it will be given to the
10701 @command{rsh}.
10702 Naturally, the remote machine must have an executable
10703 @command{/usr/libexec/rmt}. This program is free software from the
10704 University of California, and a copy of the source code can be found
10705 with the sources for @command{tar}; it's compiled and installed by default.
10706 The exact path to this utility is determined when configuring the package.
10707 It is @file{@var{prefix}/libexec/rmt}, where @var{prefix} stands for
10708 your installation prefix. This location may also be overridden at
10709 runtime by using the @option{--rmt-command=@var{command}} option (@xref{Option Summary,
10710 ---rmt-command}, for detailed description of this option. @xref{Remote
10711 Tape Server}, for the description of @command{rmt} command).
10712
10713 If this option is not given, but the environment variable @env{TAPE}
10714 is set, its value is used; otherwise, old versions of @command{tar}
10715 used a default archive name (which was picked when @command{tar} was
10716 compiled). The default is normally set up to be the @dfn{first} tape
10717 drive or other transportable I/O medium on the system.
10718
10719 Starting with version 1.11.5, @GNUTAR{} uses
10720 standard input and standard output as the default device, and I will
10721 not try anymore supporting automatic device detection at installation
10722 time. This was failing really in too many cases, it was hopeless.
10723 This is now completely left to the installer to override standard
10724 input and standard output for default device, if this seems
10725 preferable. Further, I think @emph{most} actual usages of
10726 @command{tar} are done with pipes or disks, not really tapes,
10727 cartridges or diskettes.
10728
10729 Some users think that using standard input and output is running
10730 after trouble. This could lead to a nasty surprise on your screen if
10731 you forget to specify an output file name---especially if you are going
10732 through a network or terminal server capable of buffering large amounts
10733 of output. We had so many bug reports in that area of configuring
10734 default tapes automatically, and so many contradicting requests, that
10735 we finally consider the problem to be portably intractable. We could
10736 of course use something like @samp{/dev/tape} as a default, but this
10737 is @emph{also} running after various kind of trouble, going from hung
10738 processes to accidental destruction of real tapes. After having seen
10739 all this mess, using standard input and output as a default really
10740 sounds like the only clean choice left, and a very useful one too.
10741
10742 @GNUTAR{} reads and writes archive in records, I
10743 suspect this is the main reason why block devices are preferred over
10744 character devices. Most probably, block devices are more efficient
10745 too. The installer could also check for @samp{DEFTAPE} in
10746 @file{<sys/mtio.h>}.
10747
10748 @table @option
10749 @xopindex{force-local, short description}
10750 @item --force-local
10751 Archive file is local even if it contains a colon.
10752
10753 @opindex rsh-command
10754 @item --rsh-command=@var{command}
10755 Use remote @var{command} instead of @command{rsh}. This option exists
10756 so that people who use something other than the standard @command{rsh}
10757 (e.g., a Kerberized @command{rsh}) can access a remote device.
10758
10759 When this command is not used, the shell command found when
10760 the @command{tar} program was installed is used instead. This is
10761 the first found of @file{/usr/ucb/rsh}, @file{/usr/bin/remsh},
10762 @file{/usr/bin/rsh}, @file{/usr/bsd/rsh} or @file{/usr/bin/nsh}.
10763 The installer may have overridden this by defining the environment
10764 variable @env{RSH} @emph{at installation time}.
10765
10766 @item -[0-7][lmh]
10767 Specify drive and density.
10768
10769 @xopindex{multi-volume, short description}
10770 @item -M
10771 @itemx --multi-volume
10772 Create/list/extract multi-volume archive.
10773
10774 This option causes @command{tar} to write a @dfn{multi-volume} archive---one
10775 that may be larger than will fit on the medium used to hold it.
10776 @xref{Multi-Volume Archives}.
10777
10778 @xopindex{tape-length, short description}
10779 @item -L @var{num}
10780 @itemx --tape-length=@var{size}[@var{suf}]
10781 Change tape after writing @var{size} units of data. Unless @var{suf} is
10782 given, @var{size} is treated as kilobytes, i.e. @samp{@var{size} x
10783 1024} bytes. The following suffixes alter this behavior:
10784
10785 @float Table, size-suffixes
10786 @caption{Size Suffixes}
10787 @multitable @columnfractions 0.2 0.3 0.3
10788 @headitem Suffix @tab Units @tab Byte Equivalent
10789 @item b @tab Blocks @tab @var{size} x 512
10790 @item B @tab Kilobytes @tab @var{size} x 1024
10791 @item c @tab Bytes @tab @var{size}
10792 @item G @tab Gigabytes @tab @var{size} x 1024^3
10793 @item K @tab Kilobytes @tab @var{size} x 1024
10794 @item k @tab Kilobytes @tab @var{size} x 1024
10795 @item M @tab Megabytes @tab @var{size} x 1024^2
10796 @item P @tab Petabytes @tab @var{size} x 1024^5
10797 @item T @tab Terabytes @tab @var{size} x 1024^4
10798 @item w @tab Words @tab @var{size} x 2
10799 @end multitable
10800 @end float
10801
10802 This option might be useful when your tape drivers do not properly
10803 detect end of physical tapes. By being slightly conservative on the
10804 maximum tape length, you might avoid the problem entirely.
10805
10806 @xopindex{info-script, short description}
10807 @xopindex{new-volume-script, short description}
10808 @item -F @var{command}
10809 @itemx --info-script=@var{command}
10810 @itemx --new-volume-script=@var{command}
10811 Execute @var{command} at end of each tape. This implies
10812 @option{--multi-volume} (@option{-M}). @xref{info-script}, for a detailed
10813 description of this option.
10814 @end table
10815
10816 @node Remote Tape Server
10817 @section Remote Tape Server
10818
10819 @cindex remote tape drive
10820 @pindex rmt
10821 In order to access the tape drive on a remote machine, @command{tar}
10822 uses the remote tape server written at the University of California at
10823 Berkeley. The remote tape server must be installed as
10824 @file{@var{prefix}/libexec/rmt} on any machine whose tape drive you
10825 want to use. @command{tar} calls @command{rmt} by running an
10826 @command{rsh} or @command{remsh} to the remote machine, optionally
10827 using a different login name if one is supplied.
10828
10829 A copy of the source for the remote tape server is provided. Its
10830 source code can be freely distributed. It is compiled and
10831 installed by default.
10832
10833 @cindex absolute file names
10834 Unless you use the @option{--absolute-names} (@option{-P}) option,
10835 @GNUTAR{} will not allow you to create an archive that contains
10836 absolute file names (a file name beginning with @samp{/}). If you try,
10837 @command{tar} will automatically remove the leading @samp{/} from the
10838 file names it stores in the archive. It will also type a warning
10839 message telling you what it is doing.
10840
10841 When reading an archive that was created with a different
10842 @command{tar} program, @GNUTAR{} automatically
10843 extracts entries in the archive which have absolute file names as if
10844 the file names were not absolute. This is an important feature. A
10845 visitor here once gave a @command{tar} tape to an operator to restore;
10846 the operator used Sun @command{tar} instead of @GNUTAR{},
10847 and the result was that it replaced large portions of
10848 our @file{/bin} and friends with versions from the tape; needless to
10849 say, we were unhappy about having to recover the file system from
10850 backup tapes.
10851
10852 For example, if the archive contained a file @file{/usr/bin/computoy},
10853 @GNUTAR{} would extract the file to @file{usr/bin/computoy},
10854 relative to the current directory. If you want to extract the files in
10855 an archive to the same absolute names that they had when the archive
10856 was created, you should do a @samp{cd /} before extracting the files
10857 from the archive, or you should either use the @option{--absolute-names}
10858 option, or use the command @samp{tar -C / @dots{}}.
10859
10860 @cindex Ultrix 3.1 and write failure
10861 Some versions of Unix (Ultrix 3.1 is known to have this problem),
10862 can claim that a short write near the end of a tape succeeded,
10863 when it actually failed. This will result in the -M option not
10864 working correctly. The best workaround at the moment is to use a
10865 significantly larger blocking factor than the default 20.
10866
10867 In order to update an archive, @command{tar} must be able to backspace the
10868 archive in order to reread or rewrite a record that was just read (or
10869 written). This is currently possible only on two kinds of files: normal
10870 disk files (or any other file that can be backspaced with @samp{lseek}),
10871 and industry-standard 9-track magnetic tape (or any other kind of tape
10872 that can be backspaced with the @code{MTIOCTOP} @code{ioctl}).
10873
10874 This means that the @option{--append}, @option{--concatenate}, and
10875 @option{--delete} commands will not work on any other kind of file.
10876 Some media simply cannot be backspaced, which means these commands and
10877 options will never be able to work on them. These non-backspacing
10878 media include pipes and cartridge tape drives.
10879
10880 Some other media can be backspaced, and @command{tar} will work on them
10881 once @command{tar} is modified to do so.
10882
10883 Archives created with the @option{--multi-volume}, @option{--label}, and
10884 @option{--incremental} (@option{-G}) options may not be readable by other version
10885 of @command{tar}. In particular, restoring a file that was split over
10886 a volume boundary will require some careful work with @command{dd}, if
10887 it can be done at all. Other versions of @command{tar} may also create
10888 an empty file whose name is that of the volume header. Some versions
10889 of @command{tar} may create normal files instead of directories archived
10890 with the @option{--incremental} (@option{-G}) option.
10891
10892 @node Common Problems and Solutions
10893 @section Some Common Problems and their Solutions
10894
10895 @ifclear PUBLISH
10896
10897 @format
10898 errors from system:
10899 permission denied
10900 no such file or directory
10901 not owner
10902
10903 errors from @command{tar}:
10904 directory checksum error
10905 header format error
10906
10907 errors from media/system:
10908 i/o error
10909 device busy
10910 @end format
10911
10912 @end ifclear
10913
10914 @node Blocking
10915 @section Blocking
10916 @cindex block
10917 @cindex record
10918
10919 @dfn{Block} and @dfn{record} terminology is rather confused, and it
10920 is also confusing to the expert reader. On the other hand, readers
10921 who are new to the field have a fresh mind, and they may safely skip
10922 the next two paragraphs, as the remainder of this manual uses those
10923 two terms in a quite consistent way.
10924
10925 John Gilmore, the writer of the public domain @command{tar} from which
10926 @GNUTAR{} was originally derived, wrote (June 1995):
10927
10928 @quotation
10929 The nomenclature of tape drives comes from IBM, where I believe
10930 they were invented for the IBM 650 or so. On IBM mainframes, what
10931 is recorded on tape are tape blocks. The logical organization of
10932 data is into records. There are various ways of putting records into
10933 blocks, including @code{F} (fixed sized records), @code{V} (variable
10934 sized records), @code{FB} (fixed blocked: fixed size records, @var{n}
10935 to a block), @code{VB} (variable size records, @var{n} to a block),
10936 @code{VSB} (variable spanned blocked: variable sized records that can
10937 occupy more than one block), etc. The @code{JCL} @samp{DD RECFORM=}
10938 parameter specified this to the operating system.
10939
10940 The Unix man page on @command{tar} was totally confused about this.
10941 When I wrote @code{PD TAR}, I used the historically correct terminology
10942 (@command{tar} writes data records, which are grouped into blocks).
10943 It appears that the bogus terminology made it into @acronym{POSIX} (no surprise
10944 here), and now Fran@,{c}ois has migrated that terminology back
10945 into the source code too.
10946 @end quotation
10947
10948 The term @dfn{physical block} means the basic transfer chunk from or
10949 to a device, after which reading or writing may stop without anything
10950 being lost. In this manual, the term @dfn{block} usually refers to
10951 a disk physical block, @emph{assuming} that each disk block is 512
10952 bytes in length. It is true that some disk devices have different
10953 physical blocks, but @command{tar} ignore these differences in its own
10954 format, which is meant to be portable, so a @command{tar} block is always
10955 512 bytes in length, and @dfn{block} always mean a @command{tar} block.
10956 The term @dfn{logical block} often represents the basic chunk of
10957 allocation of many disk blocks as a single entity, which the operating
10958 system treats somewhat atomically; this concept is only barely used
10959 in @GNUTAR{}.
10960
10961 The term @dfn{physical record} is another way to speak of a physical
10962 block, those two terms are somewhat interchangeable. In this manual,
10963 the term @dfn{record} usually refers to a tape physical block,
10964 @emph{assuming} that the @command{tar} archive is kept on magnetic tape.
10965 It is true that archives may be put on disk or used with pipes,
10966 but nevertheless, @command{tar} tries to read and write the archive one
10967 @dfn{record} at a time, whatever the medium in use. One record is made
10968 up of an integral number of blocks, and this operation of putting many
10969 disk blocks into a single tape block is called @dfn{reblocking}, or
10970 more simply, @dfn{blocking}. The term @dfn{logical record} refers to
10971 the logical organization of many characters into something meaningful
10972 to the application. The term @dfn{unit record} describes a small set
10973 of characters which are transmitted whole to or by the application,
10974 and often refers to a line of text. Those two last terms are unrelated
10975 to what we call a @dfn{record} in @GNUTAR{}.
10976
10977 When writing to tapes, @command{tar} writes the contents of the archive
10978 in chunks known as @dfn{records}. To change the default blocking
10979 factor, use the @option{--blocking-factor=@var{512-size}} (@option{-b
10980 @var{512-size}}) option. Each record will then be composed of
10981 @var{512-size} blocks. (Each @command{tar} block is 512 bytes.
10982 @xref{Standard}.) Each file written to the archive uses at least one
10983 full record. As a result, using a larger record size can result in
10984 more wasted space for small files. On the other hand, a larger record
10985 size can often be read and written much more efficiently.
10986
10987 Further complicating the problem is that some tape drives ignore the
10988 blocking entirely. For these, a larger record size can still improve
10989 performance (because the software layers above the tape drive still
10990 honor the blocking), but not as dramatically as on tape drives that
10991 honor blocking.
10992
10993 When reading an archive, @command{tar} can usually figure out the
10994 record size on itself. When this is the case, and a non-standard
10995 record size was used when the archive was created, @command{tar} will
10996 print a message about a non-standard blocking factor, and then operate
10997 normally@footnote{If this message is not needed, you can turn it off
10998 using the @option{--warning=no-record-size} option.}. On some tape
10999 devices, however, @command{tar} cannot figure out the record size
11000 itself. On most of those, you can specify a blocking factor (with
11001 @option{--blocking-factor}) larger than the actual blocking factor,
11002 and then use the @option{--read-full-records} (@option{-B}) option.
11003 (If you specify a blocking factor with @option{--blocking-factor} and
11004 don't use the @option{--read-full-records} option, then @command{tar}
11005 will not attempt to figure out the recording size itself.) On some
11006 devices, you must always specify the record size exactly with
11007 @option{--blocking-factor} when reading, because @command{tar} cannot
11008 figure it out. In any case, use @option{--list} (@option{-t}) before
11009 doing any extractions to see whether @command{tar} is reading the archive
11010 correctly.
11011
11012 @command{tar} blocks are all fixed size (512 bytes), and its scheme for
11013 putting them into records is to put a whole number of them (one or
11014 more) into each record. @command{tar} records are all the same size;
11015 at the end of the file there's a block containing all zeros, which
11016 is how you tell that the remainder of the last record(s) are garbage.
11017
11018 In a standard @command{tar} file (no options), the block size is 512
11019 and the record size is 10240, for a blocking factor of 20. What the
11020 @option{--blocking-factor} option does is sets the blocking factor,
11021 changing the record size while leaving the block size at 512 bytes.
11022 20 was fine for ancient 800 or 1600 bpi reel-to-reel tape drives;
11023 most tape drives these days prefer much bigger records in order to
11024 stream and not waste tape. When writing tapes for myself, some tend
11025 to use a factor of the order of 2048, say, giving a record size of
11026 around one megabyte.
11027
11028 If you use a blocking factor larger than 20, older @command{tar}
11029 programs might not be able to read the archive, so we recommend this
11030 as a limit to use in practice. @GNUTAR{}, however,
11031 will support arbitrarily large record sizes, limited only by the
11032 amount of virtual memory or the physical characteristics of the tape
11033 device.
11034
11035 @menu
11036 * Format Variations:: Format Variations
11037 * Blocking Factor:: The Blocking Factor of an Archive
11038 @end menu
11039
11040 @node Format Variations
11041 @subsection Format Variations
11042 @cindex Format Parameters
11043 @cindex Format Options
11044 @cindex Options, archive format specifying
11045 @cindex Options, format specifying
11046 @UNREVISED
11047
11048 Format parameters specify how an archive is written on the archive
11049 media. The best choice of format parameters will vary depending on
11050 the type and number of files being archived, and on the media used to
11051 store the archive.
11052
11053 To specify format parameters when accessing or creating an archive,
11054 you can use the options described in the following sections.
11055 If you do not specify any format parameters, @command{tar} uses
11056 default parameters. You cannot modify a compressed archive.
11057 If you create an archive with the @option{--blocking-factor} option
11058 specified (@pxref{Blocking Factor}), you must specify that
11059 blocking-factor when operating on the archive. @xref{Formats}, for other
11060 examples of format parameter considerations.
11061
11062 @node Blocking Factor
11063 @subsection The Blocking Factor of an Archive
11064 @cindex Blocking Factor
11065 @cindex Record Size
11066 @cindex Number of blocks per record
11067 @cindex Number of bytes per record
11068 @cindex Bytes per record
11069 @cindex Blocks per record
11070 @UNREVISED
11071
11072 @opindex blocking-factor
11073 The data in an archive is grouped into blocks, which are 512 bytes.
11074 Blocks are read and written in whole number multiples called
11075 @dfn{records}. The number of blocks in a record (i.e., the size of a
11076 record in units of 512 bytes) is called the @dfn{blocking factor}.
11077 The @option{--blocking-factor=@var{512-size}} (@option{-b
11078 @var{512-size}}) option specifies the blocking factor of an archive.
11079 The default blocking factor is typically 20 (i.e., 10240 bytes), but
11080 can be specified at installation. To find out the blocking factor of
11081 an existing archive, use @samp{tar --list --file=@var{archive-name}}.
11082 This may not work on some devices.
11083
11084 Records are separated by gaps, which waste space on the archive media.
11085 If you are archiving on magnetic tape, using a larger blocking factor
11086 (and therefore larger records) provides faster throughput and allows you
11087 to fit more data on a tape (because there are fewer gaps). If you are
11088 archiving on cartridge, a very large blocking factor (say 126 or more)
11089 greatly increases performance. A smaller blocking factor, on the other
11090 hand, may be useful when archiving small files, to avoid archiving lots
11091 of nulls as @command{tar} fills out the archive to the end of the record.
11092 In general, the ideal record size depends on the size of the
11093 inter-record gaps on the tape you are using, and the average size of the
11094 files you are archiving. @xref{create}, for information on
11095 writing archives.
11096
11097 @FIXME{Need example of using a cartridge with blocking factor=126 or more.}
11098
11099 Archives with blocking factors larger than 20 cannot be read
11100 by very old versions of @command{tar}, or by some newer versions
11101 of @command{tar} running on old machines with small address spaces.
11102 With @GNUTAR{}, the blocking factor of an archive is limited
11103 only by the maximum record size of the device containing the archive,
11104 or by the amount of available virtual memory.
11105
11106 Also, on some systems, not using adequate blocking factors, as sometimes
11107 imposed by the device drivers, may yield unexpected diagnostics. For
11108 example, this has been reported:
11109
11110 @smallexample
11111 Cannot write to /dev/dlt: Invalid argument
11112 @end smallexample
11113
11114 @noindent
11115 In such cases, it sometimes happen that the @command{tar} bundled by
11116 the system is aware of block size idiosyncrasies, while @GNUTAR{}
11117 requires an explicit specification for the block size,
11118 which it cannot guess. This yields some people to consider
11119 @GNUTAR{} is misbehaving, because by comparison,
11120 @cite{the bundle @command{tar} works OK}. Adding @w{@kbd{-b 256}},
11121 for example, might resolve the problem.
11122
11123 If you use a non-default blocking factor when you create an archive, you
11124 must specify the same blocking factor when you modify that archive. Some
11125 archive devices will also require you to specify the blocking factor when
11126 reading that archive, however this is not typically the case. Usually, you
11127 can use @option{--list} (@option{-t}) without specifying a blocking factor---@command{tar}
11128 reports a non-default record size and then lists the archive members as
11129 it would normally. To extract files from an archive with a non-standard
11130 blocking factor (particularly if you're not sure what the blocking factor
11131 is), you can usually use the @option{--read-full-records} (@option{-B}) option while
11132 specifying a blocking factor larger then the blocking factor of the archive
11133 (i.e., @samp{tar --extract --read-full-records --blocking-factor=300}).
11134 @xref{list}, for more information on the @option{--list} (@option{-t})
11135 operation. @xref{Reading}, for a more detailed explanation of that option.
11136
11137 @table @option
11138 @item --blocking-factor=@var{number}
11139 @itemx -b @var{number}
11140 Specifies the blocking factor of an archive. Can be used with any
11141 operation, but is usually not necessary with @option{--list} (@option{-t}).
11142 @end table
11143
11144 Device blocking
11145
11146 @table @option
11147 @item -b @var{blocks}
11148 @itemx --blocking-factor=@var{blocks}
11149 Set record size to @math{@var{blocks}*512} bytes.
11150
11151 This option is used to specify a @dfn{blocking factor} for the archive.
11152 When reading or writing the archive, @command{tar}, will do reads and writes
11153 of the archive in records of @math{@var{block}*512} bytes. This is true
11154 even when the archive is compressed. Some devices requires that all
11155 write operations be a multiple of a certain size, and so, @command{tar}
11156 pads the archive out to the next record boundary.
11157
11158 The default blocking factor is set when @command{tar} is compiled, and is
11159 typically 20. Blocking factors larger than 20 cannot be read by very
11160 old versions of @command{tar}, or by some newer versions of @command{tar}
11161 running on old machines with small address spaces.
11162
11163 With a magnetic tape, larger records give faster throughput and fit
11164 more data on a tape (because there are fewer inter-record gaps).
11165 If the archive is in a disk file or a pipe, you may want to specify
11166 a smaller blocking factor, since a large one will result in a large
11167 number of null bytes at the end of the archive.
11168
11169 When writing cartridge or other streaming tapes, a much larger
11170 blocking factor (say 126 or more) will greatly increase performance.
11171 However, you must specify the same blocking factor when reading or
11172 updating the archive.
11173
11174 Apparently, Exabyte drives have a physical block size of 8K bytes.
11175 If we choose our blocksize as a multiple of 8k bytes, then the problem
11176 seems to disappear. Id est, we are using block size of 112 right
11177 now, and we haven't had the problem since we switched@dots{}
11178
11179 With @GNUTAR{} the blocking factor is limited only
11180 by the maximum record size of the device containing the archive, or by
11181 the amount of available virtual memory.
11182
11183 However, deblocking or reblocking is virtually avoided in a special
11184 case which often occurs in practice, but which requires all the
11185 following conditions to be simultaneously true:
11186 @itemize @bullet
11187 @item
11188 the archive is subject to a compression option,
11189 @item
11190 the archive is not handled through standard input or output, nor
11191 redirected nor piped,
11192 @item
11193 the archive is directly handled to a local disk, instead of any special
11194 device,
11195 @item
11196 @option{--blocking-factor} is not explicitly specified on the @command{tar}
11197 invocation.
11198 @end itemize
11199
11200 If the output goes directly to a local disk, and not through
11201 stdout, then the last write is not extended to a full record size.
11202 Otherwise, reblocking occurs. Here are a few other remarks on this
11203 topic:
11204
11205 @itemize @bullet
11206
11207 @item
11208 @command{gzip} will complain about trailing garbage if asked to
11209 uncompress a compressed archive on tape, there is an option to turn
11210 the message off, but it breaks the regularity of simply having to use
11211 @samp{@var{prog} -d} for decompression. It would be nice if gzip was
11212 silently ignoring any number of trailing zeros. I'll ask Jean-loup
11213 Gailly, by sending a copy of this message to him.
11214
11215 @item
11216 @command{compress} does not show this problem, but as Jean-loup pointed
11217 out to Michael, @samp{compress -d} silently adds garbage after
11218 the result of decompression, which tar ignores because it already
11219 recognized its end-of-file indicator. So this bug may be safely
11220 ignored.
11221
11222 @item
11223 @samp{gzip -d -q} will be silent about the trailing zeros indeed,
11224 but will still return an exit status of 2 which tar reports in turn.
11225 @command{tar} might ignore the exit status returned, but I hate doing
11226 that, as it weakens the protection @command{tar} offers users against
11227 other possible problems at decompression time. If @command{gzip} was
11228 silently skipping trailing zeros @emph{and} also avoiding setting the
11229 exit status in this innocuous case, that would solve this situation.
11230
11231 @item
11232 @command{tar} should become more solid at not stopping to read a pipe at
11233 the first null block encountered. This inelegantly breaks the pipe.
11234 @command{tar} should rather drain the pipe out before exiting itself.
11235 @end itemize
11236
11237 @xopindex{ignore-zeros, short description}
11238 @item -i
11239 @itemx --ignore-zeros
11240 Ignore blocks of zeros in archive (means EOF).
11241
11242 The @option{--ignore-zeros} (@option{-i}) option causes @command{tar} to ignore blocks
11243 of zeros in the archive. Normally a block of zeros indicates the
11244 end of the archive, but when reading a damaged archive, or one which
11245 was created by concatenating several archives together, this option
11246 allows @command{tar} to read the entire archive. This option is not on
11247 by default because many versions of @command{tar} write garbage after
11248 the zeroed blocks.
11249
11250 Note that this option causes @command{tar} to read to the end of the
11251 archive file, which may sometimes avoid problems when multiple files
11252 are stored on a single physical tape.
11253
11254 @xopindex{read-full-records, short description}
11255 @item -B
11256 @itemx --read-full-records
11257 Reblock as we read (for reading 4.2@acronym{BSD} pipes).
11258
11259 If @option{--read-full-records} is used, @command{tar}
11260 will not panic if an attempt to read a record from the archive does
11261 not return a full record. Instead, @command{tar} will keep reading
11262 until it has obtained a full
11263 record.
11264
11265 This option is turned on by default when @command{tar} is reading
11266 an archive from standard input, or from a remote machine. This is
11267 because on @acronym{BSD} Unix systems, a read of a pipe will return however
11268 much happens to be in the pipe, even if it is less than @command{tar}
11269 requested. If this option was not used, @command{tar} would fail as
11270 soon as it read an incomplete record from the pipe.
11271
11272 This option is also useful with the commands for updating an archive.
11273
11274 @end table
11275
11276 Tape blocking
11277
11278 @FIXME{Appropriate options should be moved here from elsewhere.}
11279
11280 @cindex blocking factor
11281 @cindex tape blocking
11282
11283 When handling various tapes or cartridges, you have to take care of
11284 selecting a proper blocking, that is, the number of disk blocks you
11285 put together as a single tape block on the tape, without intervening
11286 tape gaps. A @dfn{tape gap} is a small landing area on the tape
11287 with no information on it, used for decelerating the tape to a
11288 full stop, and for later regaining the reading or writing speed.
11289 When the tape driver starts reading a record, the record has to
11290 be read whole without stopping, as a tape gap is needed to stop the
11291 tape motion without losing information.
11292
11293 @cindex Exabyte blocking
11294 @cindex DAT blocking
11295 Using higher blocking (putting more disk blocks per tape block) will use
11296 the tape more efficiently as there will be less tape gaps. But reading
11297 such tapes may be more difficult for the system, as more memory will be
11298 required to receive at once the whole record. Further, if there is a
11299 reading error on a huge record, this is less likely that the system will
11300 succeed in recovering the information. So, blocking should not be too
11301 low, nor it should be too high. @command{tar} uses by default a blocking of
11302 20 for historical reasons, and it does not really matter when reading or
11303 writing to disk. Current tape technology would easily accommodate higher
11304 blockings. Sun recommends a blocking of 126 for Exabytes and 96 for DATs.
11305 We were told that for some DLT drives, the blocking should be a multiple
11306 of 4Kb, preferably 64Kb (@w{@kbd{-b 128}}) or 256 for decent performance.
11307 Other manufacturers may use different recommendations for the same tapes.
11308 This might also depends of the buffering techniques used inside modern
11309 tape controllers. Some imposes a minimum blocking, or a maximum blocking.
11310 Others request blocking to be some exponent of two.
11311
11312 So, there is no fixed rule for blocking. But blocking at read time
11313 should ideally be the same as blocking used at write time. At one place
11314 I know, with a wide variety of equipment, they found it best to use a
11315 blocking of 32 to guarantee that their tapes are fully interchangeable.
11316
11317 I was also told that, for recycled tapes, prior erasure (by the same
11318 drive unit that will be used to create the archives) sometimes lowers
11319 the error rates observed at rewriting time.
11320
11321 I might also use @option{--number-blocks} instead of
11322 @option{--block-number}, so @option{--block} will then expand to
11323 @option{--blocking-factor} unambiguously.
11324
11325 @node Many
11326 @section Many Archives on One Tape
11327
11328 @FIXME{Appropriate options should be moved here from elsewhere.}
11329
11330 @findex ntape @r{device}
11331 Most tape devices have two entries in the @file{/dev} directory, or
11332 entries that come in pairs, which differ only in the minor number for
11333 this device. Let's take for example @file{/dev/tape}, which often
11334 points to the only or usual tape device of a given system. There might
11335 be a corresponding @file{/dev/nrtape} or @file{/dev/ntape}. The simpler
11336 name is the @emph{rewinding} version of the device, while the name
11337 having @samp{nr} in it is the @emph{no rewinding} version of the same
11338 device.
11339
11340 A rewinding tape device will bring back the tape to its beginning point
11341 automatically when this device is opened or closed. Since @command{tar}
11342 opens the archive file before using it and closes it afterwards, this
11343 means that a simple:
11344
11345 @smallexample
11346 $ @kbd{tar cf /dev/tape @var{directory}}
11347 @end smallexample
11348
11349 @noindent
11350 will reposition the tape to its beginning both prior and after saving
11351 @var{directory} contents to it, thus erasing prior tape contents and
11352 making it so that any subsequent write operation will destroy what has
11353 just been saved.
11354
11355 @cindex tape positioning
11356 So, a rewinding device is normally meant to hold one and only one file.
11357 If you want to put more than one @command{tar} archive on a given tape, you
11358 will need to avoid using the rewinding version of the tape device. You
11359 will also have to pay special attention to tape positioning. Errors in
11360 positioning may overwrite the valuable data already on your tape. Many
11361 people, burnt by past experiences, will only use rewinding devices and
11362 limit themselves to one file per tape, precisely to avoid the risk of
11363 such errors. Be fully aware that writing at the wrong position on a
11364 tape loses all information past this point and most probably until the
11365 end of the tape, and this destroyed information @emph{cannot} be
11366 recovered.
11367
11368 To save @var{directory-1} as a first archive at the beginning of a
11369 tape, and leave that tape ready for a second archive, you should use:
11370
11371 @smallexample
11372 $ @kbd{mt -f /dev/nrtape rewind}
11373 $ @kbd{tar cf /dev/nrtape @var{directory-1}}
11374 @end smallexample
11375
11376 @cindex tape marks
11377 @dfn{Tape marks} are special magnetic patterns written on the tape
11378 media, which are later recognizable by the reading hardware. These
11379 marks are used after each file, when there are many on a single tape.
11380 An empty file (that is to say, two tape marks in a row) signal the
11381 logical end of the tape, after which no file exist. Usually,
11382 non-rewinding tape device drivers will react to the close request issued
11383 by @command{tar} by first writing two tape marks after your archive, and by
11384 backspacing over one of these. So, if you remove the tape at that time
11385 from the tape drive, it is properly terminated. But if you write
11386 another file at the current position, the second tape mark will be
11387 erased by the new information, leaving only one tape mark between files.
11388
11389 So, you may now save @var{directory-2} as a second archive after the
11390 first on the same tape by issuing the command:
11391
11392 @smallexample
11393 $ @kbd{tar cf /dev/nrtape @var{directory-2}}
11394 @end smallexample
11395
11396 @noindent
11397 and so on for all the archives you want to put on the same tape.
11398
11399 Another usual case is that you do not write all the archives the same
11400 day, and you need to remove and store the tape between two archive
11401 sessions. In general, you must remember how many files are already
11402 saved on your tape. Suppose your tape already has 16 files on it, and
11403 that you are ready to write the 17th. You have to take care of skipping
11404 the first 16 tape marks before saving @var{directory-17}, say, by using
11405 these commands:
11406
11407 @smallexample
11408 $ @kbd{mt -f /dev/nrtape rewind}
11409 $ @kbd{mt -f /dev/nrtape fsf 16}
11410 $ @kbd{tar cf /dev/nrtape @var{directory-17}}
11411 @end smallexample
11412
11413 In all the previous examples, we put aside blocking considerations, but
11414 you should do the proper things for that as well. @xref{Blocking}.
11415
11416 @menu
11417 * Tape Positioning:: Tape Positions and Tape Marks
11418 * mt:: The @command{mt} Utility
11419 @end menu
11420
11421 @node Tape Positioning
11422 @subsection Tape Positions and Tape Marks
11423 @UNREVISED
11424
11425 Just as archives can store more than one file from the file system,
11426 tapes can store more than one archive file. To keep track of where
11427 archive files (or any other type of file stored on tape) begin and
11428 end, tape archive devices write magnetic @dfn{tape marks} on the
11429 archive media. Tape drives write one tape mark between files,
11430 two at the end of all the file entries.
11431
11432 If you think of data as a series of records "rrrr"'s, and tape marks as
11433 "*"'s, a tape might look like the following:
11434
11435 @smallexample
11436 rrrr*rrrrrr*rrrrr*rr*rrrrr**-------------------------
11437 @end smallexample
11438
11439 Tape devices read and write tapes using a read/write @dfn{tape
11440 head}---a physical part of the device which can only access one
11441 point on the tape at a time. When you use @command{tar} to read or
11442 write archive data from a tape device, the device will begin reading
11443 or writing from wherever on the tape the tape head happens to be,
11444 regardless of which archive or what part of the archive the tape
11445 head is on. Before writing an archive, you should make sure that no
11446 data on the tape will be overwritten (unless it is no longer needed).
11447 Before reading an archive, you should make sure the tape head is at
11448 the beginning of the archive you want to read. You can do it manually
11449 via @code{mt} utility (@pxref{mt}). The @code{restore} script does
11450 that automatically (@pxref{Scripted Restoration}).
11451
11452 If you want to add new archive file entries to a tape, you should
11453 advance the tape to the end of the existing file entries, backspace
11454 over the last tape mark, and write the new archive file. If you were
11455 to add two archives to the example above, the tape might look like the
11456 following:
11457
11458 @smallexample
11459 rrrr*rrrrrr*rrrrr*rr*rrrrr*rrr*rrrr**----------------
11460 @end smallexample
11461
11462 @node mt
11463 @subsection The @command{mt} Utility
11464 @UNREVISED
11465
11466 @FIXME{Is it true that this only works on non-block devices?
11467 should explain the difference, (fixed or variable).}
11468 @xref{Blocking Factor}.
11469
11470 You can use the @command{mt} utility to advance or rewind a tape past a
11471 specified number of archive files on the tape. This will allow you
11472 to move to the beginning of an archive before extracting or reading
11473 it, or to the end of all the archives before writing a new one.
11474 @FIXME{Why isn't there an "advance 'til you find two tape marks
11475 together"?}
11476
11477 The syntax of the @command{mt} command is:
11478
11479 @smallexample
11480 @kbd{mt [-f @var{tapename}] @var{operation} [@var{number}]}
11481 @end smallexample
11482
11483 where @var{tapename} is the name of the tape device, @var{number} is
11484 the number of times an operation is performed (with a default of one),
11485 and @var{operation} is one of the following:
11486
11487 @FIXME{is there any use for record operations?}
11488
11489 @table @option
11490 @item eof
11491 @itemx weof
11492 Writes @var{number} tape marks at the current position on the tape.
11493
11494 @item fsf
11495 Moves tape position forward @var{number} files.
11496
11497 @item bsf
11498 Moves tape position back @var{number} files.
11499
11500 @item rewind
11501 Rewinds the tape. (Ignores @var{number}.)
11502
11503 @item offline
11504 @itemx rewoff1
11505 Rewinds the tape and takes the tape device off-line. (Ignores @var{number}.)
11506
11507 @item status
11508 Prints status information about the tape unit.
11509
11510 @end table
11511
11512 If you don't specify a @var{tapename}, @command{mt} uses the environment
11513 variable @env{TAPE}; if @env{TAPE} is not set, @command{mt} will use
11514 the default device specified in your @file{sys/mtio.h} file
11515 (@code{DEFTAPE} variable). If this is not defined, the program will
11516 display a descriptive error message and exit with code 1.
11517
11518 @command{mt} returns a 0 exit status when the operation(s) were
11519 successful, 1 if the command was unrecognized, and 2 if an operation
11520 failed.
11521
11522 @node Using Multiple Tapes
11523 @section Using Multiple Tapes
11524
11525 Often you might want to write a large archive, one larger than will fit
11526 on the actual tape you are using. In such a case, you can run multiple
11527 @command{tar} commands, but this can be inconvenient, particularly if you
11528 are using options like @option{--exclude=@var{pattern}} or dumping entire file systems.
11529 Therefore, @command{tar} provides a special mode for creating
11530 multi-volume archives.
11531
11532 @dfn{Multi-volume} archive is a single @command{tar} archive, stored
11533 on several media volumes of fixed size. Although in this section we will
11534 often call @samp{volume} a @dfn{tape}, there is absolutely no
11535 requirement for multi-volume archives to be stored on tapes. Instead,
11536 they can use whatever media type the user finds convenient, they can
11537 even be located on files.
11538
11539 When creating a multi-volume archive, @GNUTAR{} continues to fill
11540 current volume until it runs out of space, then it switches to
11541 next volume (usually the operator is queried to replace the tape on
11542 this point), and continues working on the new volume. This operation
11543 continues until all requested files are dumped. If @GNUTAR{} detects
11544 end of media while dumping a file, such a file is archived in split
11545 form. Some very big files can even be split across several volumes.
11546
11547 Each volume is itself a valid @GNUTAR{} archive, so it can be read
11548 without any special options. Consequently any file member residing
11549 entirely on one volume can be extracted or otherwise operated upon
11550 without needing the other volume. Sure enough, to extract a split
11551 member you would need all volumes its parts reside on.
11552
11553 Multi-volume archives suffer from several limitations. In particular,
11554 they cannot be compressed.
11555
11556 @GNUTAR{} is able to create multi-volume archives of two formats
11557 (@pxref{Formats}): @samp{GNU} and @samp{POSIX}.
11558
11559 @menu
11560 * Multi-Volume Archives:: Archives Longer than One Tape or Disk
11561 * Tape Files:: Tape Files
11562 * Tarcat:: Concatenate Volumes into a Single Archive
11563
11564 @end menu
11565
11566 @node Multi-Volume Archives
11567 @subsection Archives Longer than One Tape or Disk
11568 @cindex Multi-volume archives
11569
11570 @opindex multi-volume
11571 To create an archive that is larger than will fit on a single unit of
11572 the media, use the @option{--multi-volume} (@option{-M}) option in conjunction with
11573 the @option{--create} option (@pxref{create}). A @dfn{multi-volume}
11574 archive can be manipulated like any other archive (provided the
11575 @option{--multi-volume} option is specified), but is stored on more
11576 than one tape or file.
11577
11578 When you specify @option{--multi-volume}, @command{tar} does not report an
11579 error when it comes to the end of an archive volume (when reading), or
11580 the end of the media (when writing). Instead, it prompts you to load
11581 a new storage volume. If the archive is on a magnetic tape, you
11582 should change tapes when you see the prompt; if the archive is on a
11583 floppy disk, you should change disks; etc.
11584
11585 @table @option
11586 @item --multi-volume
11587 @itemx -M
11588 Creates a multi-volume archive, when used in conjunction with
11589 @option{--create} (@option{-c}). To perform any other operation on a multi-volume
11590 archive, specify @option{--multi-volume} in conjunction with that
11591 operation.
11592 For example:
11593
11594 @smallexample
11595 $ @kbd{tar --create --multi-volume --file=/dev/tape @var{files}}
11596 @end smallexample
11597 @end table
11598
11599 The method @command{tar} uses to detect end of tape is not perfect, and
11600 fails on some operating systems or on some devices. If @command{tar}
11601 cannot detect the end of the tape itself, you can use
11602 @option{--tape-length} option to inform it about the capacity of the
11603 tape:
11604
11605 @anchor{tape-length}
11606 @table @option
11607 @opindex tape-length
11608 @item --tape-length=@var{size}[@var{suf}]
11609 @itemx -L @var{size}[@var{suf}]
11610 Set maximum length of a volume. The @var{suf}, if given, specifies
11611 units in which @var{size} is expressed, e.g. @samp{2M} mean 2
11612 megabytes (@pxref{size-suffixes}, for a list of allowed size
11613 suffixes). Without @var{suf}, units of 1024 bytes (kilobyte) are
11614 assumed.
11615
11616 This option selects @option{--multi-volume} automatically. For example:
11617
11618 @smallexample
11619 $ @kbd{tar --create --tape-length=41943040 --file=/dev/tape @var{files}}
11620 @end smallexample
11621
11622 @noindent
11623 or, which is equivalent:
11624
11625 @smallexample
11626 $ @kbd{tar --create --tape-length=4G --file=/dev/tape @var{files}}
11627 @end smallexample
11628 @end table
11629
11630 @anchor{change volume prompt}
11631 When @GNUTAR{} comes to the end of a storage media, it asks you to
11632 change the volume. The built-in prompt for POSIX locale
11633 is@footnote{If you run @GNUTAR{} under a different locale, the
11634 translation to the locale's language will be used.}:
11635
11636 @smallexample
11637 Prepare volume #@var{n} for '@var{archive}' and hit return:
11638 @end smallexample
11639
11640 @noindent
11641 where @var{n} is the ordinal number of the volume to be created and
11642 @var{archive} is archive file or device name.
11643
11644 When prompting for a new tape, @command{tar} accepts any of the following
11645 responses:
11646
11647 @table @kbd
11648 @item ?
11649 Request @command{tar} to explain possible responses.
11650 @item q
11651 Request @command{tar} to exit immediately.
11652 @item n @var{file-name}
11653 Request @command{tar} to write the next volume on the file @var{file-name}.
11654 @item !
11655 Request @command{tar} to run a subshell. This option can be disabled
11656 by giving @option{--restrict} command line option to
11657 @command{tar}@footnote{@xref{--restrict}, for more information about
11658 this option.}.
11659 @item y
11660 Request @command{tar} to begin writing the next volume.
11661 @end table
11662
11663 (You should only type @samp{y} after you have changed the tape;
11664 otherwise @command{tar} will write over the volume it just finished.)
11665
11666 @cindex Volume number file
11667 @cindex volno file
11668 @anchor{volno-file}
11669 @opindex volno-file
11670 The volume number used by @command{tar} in its tape-changing prompt
11671 can be changed; if you give the
11672 @option{--volno-file=@var{file-of-number}} option, then
11673 @var{file-of-number} should be an non-existing file to be created, or
11674 else, a file already containing a decimal number. That number will be
11675 used as the volume number of the first volume written. When
11676 @command{tar} is finished, it will rewrite the file with the
11677 now-current volume number. (This does not change the volume number
11678 written on a tape label, as per @ref{label}, it @emph{only} affects
11679 the number used in the prompt.)
11680
11681 @cindex End-of-archive info script
11682 @cindex Info script
11683 @anchor{info-script}
11684 @opindex info-script
11685 @opindex new-volume-script
11686 If you want more elaborate behavior than this, you can write a special
11687 @dfn{new volume script}, that will be responsible for changing the
11688 volume, and instruct @command{tar} to use it instead of its normal
11689 prompting procedure:
11690
11691 @table @option
11692 @item --info-script=@var{command}
11693 @itemx --new-volume-script=@var{command}
11694 @itemx -F @var{command}
11695 Specify the command to invoke when switching volumes. The @var{command}
11696 can be used to eject cassettes, or to broadcast messages such as
11697 @samp{Someone please come change my tape} when performing unattended
11698 backups.
11699 @end table
11700
11701 The @var{command} can contain additional options, if such are needed.
11702 @xref{external, Running External Commands}, for a detailed discussion
11703 of the way @GNUTAR{} runs external commands. It inherits
11704 @command{tar}'s shell environment. Additional data is passed to it
11705 via the following environment variables:
11706
11707 @table @env
11708 @vrindex TAR_VERSION, info script environment variable
11709 @item TAR_VERSION
11710 @GNUTAR{} version number.
11711
11712 @vrindex TAR_ARCHIVE, info script environment variable
11713 @item TAR_ARCHIVE
11714 The name of the archive @command{tar} is processing.
11715
11716 @vrindex TAR_BLOCKING_FACTOR, info script environment variable
11717 @item TAR_BLOCKING_FACTOR
11718 Current blocking factor (@pxref{Blocking}).
11719
11720 @vrindex TAR_VOLUME, info script environment variable
11721 @item TAR_VOLUME
11722 Ordinal number of the volume @command{tar} is about to start.
11723
11724 @vrindex TAR_SUBCOMMAND, info script environment variable
11725 @item TAR_SUBCOMMAND
11726 A short option describing the operation @command{tar} is executing.
11727 @xref{Operations}, for a complete list of subcommand options.
11728
11729 @vrindex TAR_FORMAT, info script environment variable
11730 @item TAR_FORMAT
11731 Format of the archive being processed. @xref{Formats}, for a complete
11732 list of archive format names.
11733
11734 @vrindex TAR_FD, info script environment variable
11735 @item TAR_FD
11736 File descriptor which can be used to communicate the new volume
11737 name to @command{tar}.
11738 @end table
11739
11740 These variables can be used in the @var{command} itself, provided that
11741 they are properly quoted to prevent them from being expanded by the
11742 shell that invokes @command{tar}.
11743
11744 The volume script can instruct @command{tar} to use new archive name,
11745 by writing in to file descriptor @env{$TAR_FD} (see below for an example).
11746
11747 If the info script fails, @command{tar} exits; otherwise, it begins
11748 writing the next volume.
11749
11750 If you want @command{tar} to cycle through a series of files or tape
11751 drives, there are three approaches to choose from. First of all, you
11752 can give @command{tar} multiple @option{--file} options. In this case
11753 the specified files will be used, in sequence, as the successive
11754 volumes of the archive. Only when the first one in the sequence needs
11755 to be used again will @command{tar} prompt for a tape change (or run
11756 the info script). For example, suppose someone has two tape drives on
11757 a system named @file{/dev/tape0} and @file{/dev/tape1}. For having
11758 @GNUTAR{} to switch to the second drive when it needs to write the
11759 second tape, and then back to the first tape, etc., just do either of:
11760
11761 @smallexample
11762 $ @kbd{tar --create --multi-volume --file=/dev/tape0 --file=/dev/tape1 @var{files}}
11763 $ @kbd{tar -cM -f /dev/tape0 -f /dev/tape1 @var{files}}
11764 @end smallexample
11765
11766 The second method is to use the @samp{n} response to the tape-change
11767 prompt.
11768
11769 Finally, the most flexible approach is to use a volume script, that
11770 writes new archive name to the file descriptor @env{$TAR_FD}. For example, the
11771 following volume script will create a series of archive files, named
11772 @file{@var{archive}-@var{vol}}, where @var{archive} is the name of the
11773 archive being created (as given by @option{--file} option) and
11774 @var{vol} is the ordinal number of the archive being created:
11775
11776 @smallexample
11777 @group
11778 #! /bin/bash
11779 # For this script it's advisable to use a shell, such as Bash,
11780 # that supports a TAR_FD value greater than 9.
11781
11782 echo Preparing volume $TAR_VOLUME of $TAR_ARCHIVE.
11783
11784 name=`expr $TAR_ARCHIVE : '\(.*\)-.*'`
11785 case $TAR_SUBCOMMAND in
11786 -c) ;;
11787 -d|-x|-t) test -r $@{name:-$TAR_ARCHIVE@}-$TAR_VOLUME || exit 1
11788 ;;
11789 *) exit 1
11790 esac
11791
11792 echo $@{name:-$TAR_ARCHIVE@}-$TAR_VOLUME >&$TAR_FD
11793 @end group
11794 @end smallexample
11795
11796 The same script can be used while listing, comparing or extracting
11797 from the created archive. For example:
11798
11799 @smallexample
11800 @group
11801 # @r{Create a multi-volume archive:}
11802 $ @kbd{tar -c -L1024 -f archive.tar -F new-volume .}
11803 # @r{Extract from the created archive:}
11804 $ @kbd{tar -x -f archive.tar -F new-volume .}
11805 @end group
11806 @end smallexample
11807
11808 @noindent
11809 Notice, that the first command had to use @option{-L} option, since
11810 otherwise @GNUTAR{} will end up writing everything to file
11811 @file{archive.tar}.
11812
11813 You can read each individual volume of a multi-volume archive as if it
11814 were an archive by itself. For example, to list the contents of one
11815 volume, use @option{--list}, without @option{--multi-volume} specified.
11816 To extract an archive member from one volume (assuming it is described
11817 that volume), use @option{--extract}, again without
11818 @option{--multi-volume}.
11819
11820 If an archive member is split across volumes (i.e., its entry begins on
11821 one volume of the media and ends on another), you need to specify
11822 @option{--multi-volume} to extract it successfully. In this case, you
11823 should load the volume where the archive member starts, and use
11824 @samp{tar --extract --multi-volume}---@command{tar} will prompt for later
11825 volumes as it needs them. @xref{extracting archives}, for more
11826 information about extracting archives.
11827
11828 Multi-volume archives can be modified like any other archive. To add
11829 files to a multi-volume archive, you need to only mount the last
11830 volume of the archive media (and new volumes, if needed). For all
11831 other operations, you need to use the entire archive.
11832
11833 If a multi-volume archive was labeled using
11834 @option{--label=@var{archive-label}} (@pxref{label}) when it was
11835 created, @command{tar} will not automatically label volumes which are
11836 added later. To label subsequent volumes, specify
11837 @option{--label=@var{archive-label}} again in conjunction with the
11838 @option{--append}, @option{--update} or @option{--concatenate} operation.
11839
11840 Notice that multi-volume support is a GNU extension and the archives
11841 created in this mode should be read only using @GNUTAR{}. If you
11842 absolutely have to process such archives using a third-party @command{tar}
11843 implementation, read @ref{Split Recovery}.
11844
11845 @node Tape Files
11846 @subsection Tape Files
11847 @cindex labeling archives
11848 @opindex label
11849 @UNREVISED
11850
11851 To give the archive a name which will be recorded in it, use the
11852 @option{--label=@var{volume-label}} (@option{-V @var{volume-label}})
11853 option. This will write a special block identifying
11854 @var{volume-label} as the name of the archive to the front of the
11855 archive which will be displayed when the archive is listed with
11856 @option{--list}. If you are creating a multi-volume archive with
11857 @option{--multi-volume} (@pxref{Using Multiple Tapes}), then the
11858 volume label will have @samp{Volume @var{nnn}} appended to the name
11859 you give, where @var{nnn} is the number of the volume of the archive.
11860 If you use the @option{--label=@var{volume-label}} option when
11861 reading an archive, it checks to make sure the label on the tape
11862 matches the one you gave. @xref{label}.
11863
11864 When @command{tar} writes an archive to tape, it creates a single
11865 tape file. If multiple archives are written to the same tape, one
11866 after the other, they each get written as separate tape files. When
11867 extracting, it is necessary to position the tape at the right place
11868 before running @command{tar}. To do this, use the @command{mt} command.
11869 For more information on the @command{mt} command and on the organization
11870 of tapes into a sequence of tape files, see @ref{mt}.
11871
11872 People seem to often do:
11873
11874 @smallexample
11875 @kbd{--label="@var{some-prefix} `date +@var{some-format}`"}
11876 @end smallexample
11877
11878 or such, for pushing a common date in all volumes or an archive set.
11879
11880 @node Tarcat
11881 @subsection Concatenate Volumes into a Single Archive
11882
11883 @pindex tarcat
11884 Sometimes it is necessary to convert existing @GNUTAR{} multi-volume
11885 archive to a single @command{tar} archive. Simply concatenating all
11886 volumes into one will not work, since each volume carries an additional
11887 information at the beginning. @GNUTAR{} is shipped with the shell
11888 script @command{tarcat} designed for this purpose.
11889
11890 The script takes a list of files comprising a multi-volume archive
11891 and creates the resulting archive at the standard output. For example:
11892
11893 @smallexample
11894 @kbd{tarcat vol.1 vol.2 vol.3 | tar tf -}
11895 @end smallexample
11896
11897 The script implements a simple heuristics to determine the format of
11898 the first volume file and to decide how to process the rest of the
11899 files. However, it makes no attempt to verify whether the files are
11900 given in order or even if they are valid @command{tar} archives.
11901 It uses @command{dd} and does not filter its standard error, so you
11902 will usually see lots of spurious messages.
11903
11904 @FIXME{The script is not installed. Should we install it?}
11905
11906 @node label
11907 @section Including a Label in the Archive
11908 @cindex Labeling an archive
11909 @cindex Labels on the archive media
11910 @cindex Labeling multi-volume archives
11911
11912 @opindex label
11913 To avoid problems caused by misplaced paper labels on the archive
11914 media, you can include a @dfn{label} entry --- an archive member which
11915 contains the name of the archive --- in the archive itself. Use the
11916 @option{--label=@var{archive-label}} (@option{-V @var{archive-label}})
11917 option@footnote{Until version 1.10, that option was called
11918 @option{--volume}, but is not available under that name anymore.} in
11919 conjunction with the @option{--create} operation to include a label
11920 entry in the archive as it is being created.
11921
11922 @table @option
11923 @item --label=@var{archive-label}
11924 @itemx -V @var{archive-label}
11925 Includes an @dfn{archive-label} at the beginning of the archive when
11926 the archive is being created, when used in conjunction with the
11927 @option{--create} operation. Checks to make sure the archive label
11928 matches the one specified (when used in conjunction with any other
11929 operation).
11930 @end table
11931
11932 If you create an archive using both
11933 @option{--label=@var{archive-label}} (@option{-V @var{archive-label}})
11934 and @option{--multi-volume} (@option{-M}), each volume of the archive
11935 will have an archive label of the form @samp{@var{archive-label}
11936 Volume @var{n}}, where @var{n} is 1 for the first volume, 2 for the
11937 next, and so on. @xref{Using Multiple Tapes}, for information on
11938 creating multiple volume archives.
11939
11940 @cindex Volume label, listing
11941 @cindex Listing volume label
11942 The volume label will be displayed by @option{--list} along with
11943 the file contents. If verbose display is requested, it will also be
11944 explicitly marked as in the example below:
11945
11946 @smallexample
11947 @group
11948 $ @kbd{tar --verbose --list --file=iamanarchive}
11949 V--------- 0/0 0 1992-03-07 12:01 iamalabel--Volume Header--
11950 -rw-r--r-- ringo/user 40 1990-05-21 13:30 iamafilename
11951 @end group
11952 @end smallexample
11953
11954 @opindex test-label
11955 @anchor{--test-label option}
11956 However, @option{--list} option will cause listing entire
11957 contents of the archive, which may be undesirable (for example, if the
11958 archive is stored on a tape). You can request checking only the volume
11959 label by specifying @option{--test-label} option. This option reads only the
11960 first block of an archive, so it can be used with slow storage
11961 devices. For example:
11962
11963 @smallexample
11964 @group
11965 $ @kbd{tar --test-label --file=iamanarchive}
11966 iamalabel
11967 @end group
11968 @end smallexample
11969
11970 If @option{--test-label} is used with one or more command line
11971 arguments, @command{tar} compares the volume label with each
11972 argument. It exits with code 0 if a match is found, and with code 1
11973 otherwise@footnote{Note that @GNUTAR{} versions up to 1.23 indicated
11974 mismatch with an exit code 2 and printed a spurious diagnostics on
11975 stderr.}. No output is displayed, unless you also used the
11976 @option{--verbose} option. For example:
11977
11978 @smallexample
11979 @group
11980 $ @kbd{tar --test-label --file=iamanarchive 'iamalabel'}
11981 @result{} 0
11982 $ @kbd{tar --test-label --file=iamanarchive 'alabel'}
11983 @result{} 1
11984 @end group
11985 @end smallexample
11986
11987 When used with the @option{--verbose} option, @command{tar}
11988 prints the actual volume label (if any), and a verbose diagnostics in
11989 case of a mismatch:
11990
11991 @smallexample
11992 @group
11993 $ @kbd{tar --test-label --verbose --file=iamanarchive 'iamalabel'}
11994 iamalabel
11995 @result{} 0
11996 $ @kbd{tar --test-label --verbose --file=iamanarchive 'alabel'}
11997 iamalabel
11998 tar: Archive label mismatch
11999 @result{} 1
12000 @end group
12001 @end smallexample
12002
12003 If you request any operation, other than @option{--create}, along
12004 with using @option{--label} option, @command{tar} will first check if
12005 the archive label matches the one specified and will refuse to proceed
12006 if it does not. Use this as a safety precaution to avoid accidentally
12007 overwriting existing archives. For example, if you wish to add files
12008 to @file{archive}, presumably labeled with string @samp{My volume},
12009 you will get:
12010
12011 @smallexample
12012 @group
12013 $ @kbd{tar -rf archive --label 'My volume' .}
12014 tar: Archive not labeled to match 'My volume'
12015 @end group
12016 @end smallexample
12017
12018 @noindent
12019 in case its label does not match. This will work even if
12020 @file{archive} is not labeled at all.
12021
12022 Similarly, @command{tar} will refuse to list or extract the
12023 archive if its label doesn't match the @var{archive-label}
12024 specified. In those cases, @var{archive-label} argument is interpreted
12025 as a globbing-style pattern which must match the actual magnetic
12026 volume label. @xref{exclude}, for a precise description of how match
12027 is attempted@footnote{Previous versions of @command{tar} used full
12028 regular expression matching, or before that, only exact string
12029 matching, instead of wildcard matchers. We decided for the sake of
12030 simplicity to use a uniform matching device through
12031 @command{tar}.}. If the switch @option{--multi-volume} (@option{-M}) is being used,
12032 the volume label matcher will also suffix @var{archive-label} by
12033 @w{@samp{ Volume [1-9]*}} if the initial match fails, before giving
12034 up. Since the volume numbering is automatically added in labels at
12035 creation time, it sounded logical to equally help the user taking care
12036 of it when the archive is being read.
12037
12038 You can also use @option{--label} to get a common information on
12039 all tapes of a series. For having this information different in each
12040 series created through a single script used on a regular basis, just
12041 manage to get some date string as part of the label. For example:
12042
12043 @smallexample
12044 @group
12045 $ @kbd{tar -cM -f /dev/tape -V "Daily backup for `date +%Y-%m-%d`"}
12046 $ @kbd{tar --create --file=/dev/tape --multi-volume \
12047 --label="Daily backup for `date +%Y-%m-%d`"}
12048 @end group
12049 @end smallexample
12050
12051 Some more notes about volume labels:
12052
12053 @itemize @bullet
12054 @item Each label has its own date and time, which corresponds
12055 to the time when @GNUTAR{} initially attempted to write it,
12056 often soon after the operator launches @command{tar} or types the
12057 carriage return telling that the next tape is ready.
12058
12059 @item Comparing date labels to get an idea of tape throughput is
12060 unreliable. It gives correct results only if the delays for rewinding
12061 tapes and the operator switching them were negligible, which is
12062 usually not the case.
12063 @end itemize
12064
12065 @node verify
12066 @section Verifying Data as It is Stored
12067 @cindex Verifying a write operation
12068 @cindex Double-checking a write operation
12069
12070 @table @option
12071 @item -W
12072 @itemx --verify
12073 @opindex verify, short description
12074 Attempt to verify the archive after writing.
12075 @end table
12076
12077 This option causes @command{tar} to verify the archive after writing it.
12078 Each volume is checked after it is written, and any discrepancies
12079 are recorded on the standard error output.
12080
12081 Verification requires that the archive be on a back-space-able medium.
12082 This means pipes, some cartridge tape drives, and some other devices
12083 cannot be verified.
12084
12085 You can insure the accuracy of an archive by comparing files in the
12086 system with archive members. @command{tar} can compare an archive to the
12087 file system as the archive is being written, to verify a write
12088 operation, or can compare a previously written archive, to insure that
12089 it is up to date.
12090
12091 @xopindex{verify, using with @option{--create}}
12092 @xopindex{create, using with @option{--verify}}
12093 To check for discrepancies in an archive immediately after it is
12094 written, use the @option{--verify} (@option{-W}) option in conjunction with
12095 the @option{--create} operation. When this option is
12096 specified, @command{tar} checks archive members against their counterparts
12097 in the file system, and reports discrepancies on the standard error.
12098
12099 To verify an archive, you must be able to read it from before the end
12100 of the last written entry. This option is useful for detecting data
12101 errors on some tapes. Archives written to pipes, some cartridge tape
12102 drives, and some other devices cannot be verified.
12103
12104 One can explicitly compare an already made archive with the file
12105 system by using the @option{--compare} (@option{--diff}, @option{-d})
12106 option, instead of using the more automatic @option{--verify} option.
12107 @xref{compare}.
12108
12109 Note that these two options have a slightly different intent. The
12110 @option{--compare} option checks how identical are the logical contents of some
12111 archive with what is on your disks, while the @option{--verify} option is
12112 really for checking if the physical contents agree and if the recording
12113 media itself is of dependable quality. So, for the @option{--verify}
12114 operation, @command{tar} tries to defeat all in-memory cache pertaining to
12115 the archive, while it lets the speed optimization undisturbed for the
12116 @option{--compare} option. If you nevertheless use @option{--compare} for
12117 media verification, you may have to defeat the in-memory cache yourself,
12118 maybe by opening and reclosing the door latch of your recording unit,
12119 forcing some doubt in your operating system about the fact this is really
12120 the same volume as the one just written or read.
12121
12122 The @option{--verify} option would not be necessary if drivers were indeed
12123 able to detect dependably all write failures. This sometimes require many
12124 magnetic heads, some able to read after the writes occurred. One would
12125 not say that drivers unable to detect all cases are necessarily flawed,
12126 as long as programming is concerned.
12127
12128 The @option{--verify} (@option{-W}) option will not work in
12129 conjunction with the @option{--multi-volume} (@option{-M}) option or
12130 the @option{--append} (@option{-r}), @option{--update} (@option{-u})
12131 and @option{--delete} operations. @xref{Operations}, for more
12132 information on these operations.
12133
12134 Also, since @command{tar} normally strips leading @samp{/} from file
12135 names (@pxref{absolute}), a command like @samp{tar --verify -cf
12136 /tmp/foo.tar /etc} will work as desired only if the working directory is
12137 @file{/}, as @command{tar} uses the archive's relative member names
12138 (e.g., @file{etc/motd}) when verifying the archive.
12139
12140 @node Write Protection
12141 @section Write Protection
12142
12143 Almost all tapes and diskettes, and in a few rare cases, even disks can
12144 be @dfn{write protected}, to protect data on them from being changed.
12145 Once an archive is written, you should write protect the media to prevent
12146 the archive from being accidentally overwritten or deleted. (This will
12147 protect the archive from being changed with a tape or floppy drive---it
12148 will not protect it from magnet fields or other physical hazards.)
12149
12150 The write protection device itself is usually an integral part of the
12151 physical media, and can be a two position (write enabled/write
12152 disabled) switch, a notch which can be popped out or covered, a ring
12153 which can be removed from the center of a tape reel, or some other
12154 changeable feature.
12155
12156 @node Reliability and security
12157 @chapter Reliability and Security
12158
12159 The @command{tar} command reads and writes files as any other
12160 application does, and is subject to the usual caveats about
12161 reliability and security. This section contains some commonsense
12162 advice on the topic.
12163
12164 @menu
12165 * Reliability::
12166 * Security::
12167 @end menu
12168
12169 @node Reliability
12170 @section Reliability
12171
12172 Ideally, when @command{tar} is creating an archive, it reads from a
12173 file system that is not being modified, and encounters no errors or
12174 inconsistencies while reading and writing. If this is the case, the
12175 archive should faithfully reflect what was read. Similarly, when
12176 extracting from an archive, ideally @command{tar} ideally encounters
12177 no errors and the extracted files faithfully reflect what was in the
12178 archive.
12179
12180 However, when reading or writing real-world file systems, several
12181 things can go wrong; these include permissions problems, corruption of
12182 data, and race conditions.
12183
12184 @menu
12185 * Permissions problems::
12186 * Data corruption and repair::
12187 * Race conditions::
12188 @end menu
12189
12190 @node Permissions problems
12191 @subsection Permissions Problems
12192
12193 If @command{tar} encounters errors while reading or writing files, it
12194 normally reports an error and exits with nonzero status. The work it
12195 does may therefore be incomplete. For example, when creating an
12196 archive, if @command{tar} cannot read a file then it cannot copy the
12197 file into the archive.
12198
12199 @node Data corruption and repair
12200 @subsection Data Corruption and Repair
12201
12202 If an archive becomes corrupted by an I/O error, this may corrupt the
12203 data in an extracted file. Worse, it may corrupt the file's metadata,
12204 which may cause later parts of the archive to become misinterpreted.
12205 An tar-format archive contains a checksum that most likely will detect
12206 errors in the metadata, but it will not detect errors in the data.
12207
12208 If data corruption is a concern, you can compute and check your own
12209 checksums of an archive by using other programs, such as
12210 @command{cksum}.
12211
12212 When attempting to recover from a read error or data corruption in an
12213 archive, you may need to skip past the questionable data and read the
12214 rest of the archive. This requires some expertise in the archive
12215 format and in other software tools.
12216
12217 @node Race conditions
12218 @subsection Race conditions
12219
12220 If some other process is modifying the file system while @command{tar}
12221 is reading or writing files, the result may well be inconsistent due
12222 to race conditions. For example, if another process creates some
12223 files in a directory while @command{tar} is creating an archive
12224 containing the directory's files, @command{tar} may see some of the
12225 files but not others, or it may see a file that is in the process of
12226 being created. The resulting archive may not be a snapshot of the
12227 file system at any point in time. If an application such as a
12228 database system depends on an accurate snapshot, restoring from the
12229 @command{tar} archive of a live file system may therefore break that
12230 consistency and may break the application. The simplest way to avoid
12231 the consistency issues is to avoid making other changes to the file
12232 system while tar is reading it or writing it.
12233
12234 When creating an archive, several options are available to avoid race
12235 conditions. Some hosts have a way of snapshotting a file system, or
12236 of temporarily suspending all changes to a file system, by (say)
12237 suspending the only virtual machine that can modify a file system; if
12238 you use these facilities and have @command{tar -c} read from a
12239 snapshot when creating an archive, you can avoid inconsistency
12240 problems. More drastically, before starting @command{tar} you could
12241 suspend or shut down all processes other than @command{tar} that have
12242 access to the file system, or you could unmount the file system and
12243 then mount it read-only.
12244
12245 When extracting from an archive, one approach to avoid race conditions
12246 is to create a directory that no other process can write to, and
12247 extract into that.
12248
12249 @node Security
12250 @section Security
12251
12252 In some cases @command{tar} may be used in an adversarial situation,
12253 where an untrusted user is attempting to gain information about or
12254 modify otherwise-inaccessible files. Dealing with untrusted data
12255 (that is, data generated by an untrusted user) typically requires
12256 extra care, because even the smallest mistake in the use of
12257 @command{tar} is more likely to be exploited by an adversary than by a
12258 race condition.
12259
12260 @menu
12261 * Privacy::
12262 * Integrity::
12263 * Live untrusted data::
12264 * Security rules of thumb::
12265 @end menu
12266
12267 @node Privacy
12268 @subsection Privacy
12269
12270 Standard privacy concerns apply when using @command{tar}. For
12271 example, suppose you are archiving your home directory into a file
12272 @file{/archive/myhome.tar}. Any secret information in your home
12273 directory, such as your SSH secret keys, are copied faithfully into
12274 the archive. Therefore, if your home directory contains any file that
12275 should not be read by some other user, the archive itself should be
12276 not be readable by that user. And even if the archive's data are
12277 inaccessible to untrusted users, its metadata (such as size or
12278 last-modified date) may reveal some information about your home
12279 directory; if the metadata are intended to be private, the archive's
12280 parent directory should also be inaccessible to untrusted users.
12281
12282 One precaution is to create @file{/archive} so that it is not
12283 accessible to any user, unless that user also has permission to access
12284 all the files in your home directory.
12285
12286 Similarly, when extracting from an archive, take care that the
12287 permissions of the extracted files are not more generous than what you
12288 want. Even if the archive itself is readable only to you, files
12289 extracted from it have their own permissions that may differ.
12290
12291 @node Integrity
12292 @subsection Integrity
12293
12294 When creating archives, take care that they are not writable by a
12295 untrusted user; otherwise, that user could modify the archive, and
12296 when you later extract from the archive you will get incorrect data.
12297
12298 When @command{tar} extracts from an archive, by default it writes into
12299 files relative to the working directory. If the archive was generated
12300 by an untrusted user, that user therefore can write into any file
12301 under the working directory. If the working directory contains a
12302 symbolic link to another directory, the untrusted user can also write
12303 into any file under the referenced directory. When extracting from an
12304 untrusted archive, it is therefore good practice to create an empty
12305 directory and run @command{tar} in that directory.
12306
12307 When extracting from two or more untrusted archives, each one should
12308 be extracted independently, into different empty directories.
12309 Otherwise, the first archive could create a symbolic link into an area
12310 outside the working directory, and the second one could follow the
12311 link and overwrite data that is not under the working directory. For
12312 example, when restoring from a series of incremental dumps, the
12313 archives should have been created by a trusted process, as otherwise
12314 the incremental restores might alter data outside the working
12315 directory.
12316
12317 If you use the @option{--absolute-names} (@option{-P}) option when
12318 extracting, @command{tar} respects any file names in the archive, even
12319 file names that begin with @file{/} or contain @file{..}. As this
12320 lets the archive overwrite any file in your system that you can write,
12321 the @option{--absolute-names} (@option{-P}) option should be used only
12322 for trusted archives.
12323
12324 Conversely, with the @option{--keep-old-files} (@option{-k}) and
12325 @option{--skip-old-files} options, @command{tar} refuses to replace
12326 existing files when extracting. The difference between the two
12327 options is that the former treats existing files as errors whereas the
12328 latter just silently ignores them.
12329
12330 Finally, with the @option{--no-overwrite-dir} option, @command{tar}
12331 refuses to replace the permissions or ownership of already-existing
12332 directories. These options may help when extracting from untrusted
12333 archives.
12334
12335 @node Live untrusted data
12336 @subsection Dealing with Live Untrusted Data
12337
12338 Extra care is required when creating from or extracting into a file
12339 system that is accessible to untrusted users. For example, superusers
12340 who invoke @command{tar} must be wary about its actions being hijacked
12341 by an adversary who is reading or writing the file system at the same
12342 time that @command{tar} is operating.
12343
12344 When creating an archive from a live file system, @command{tar} is
12345 vulnerable to denial-of-service attacks. For example, an adversarial
12346 user could create the illusion of an indefinitely-deep directory
12347 hierarchy @file{d/e/f/g/...} by creating directories one step ahead of
12348 @command{tar}, or the illusion of an indefinitely-long file by
12349 creating a sparse file but arranging for blocks to be allocated just
12350 before @command{tar} reads them. There is no easy way for
12351 @command{tar} to distinguish these scenarios from legitimate uses, so
12352 you may need to monitor @command{tar}, just as you'd need to monitor
12353 any other system service, to detect such attacks.
12354
12355 While a superuser is extracting from an archive into a live file
12356 system, an untrusted user might replace a directory with a symbolic
12357 link, in hopes that @command{tar} will follow the symbolic link and
12358 extract data into files that the untrusted user does not have access
12359 to. Even if the archive was generated by the superuser, it may
12360 contain a file such as @file{d/etc/passwd} that the untrusted user
12361 earlier created in order to break in; if the untrusted user replaces
12362 the directory @file{d/etc} with a symbolic link to @file{/etc} while
12363 @command{tar} is running, @command{tar} will overwrite
12364 @file{/etc/passwd}. This attack can be prevented by extracting into a
12365 directory that is inaccessible to untrusted users.
12366
12367 Similar attacks via symbolic links are also possible when creating an
12368 archive, if the untrusted user can modify an ancestor of a top-level
12369 argument of @command{tar}. For example, an untrusted user that can
12370 modify @file{/home/eve} can hijack a running instance of @samp{tar -cf
12371 - /home/eve/Documents/yesterday} by replacing
12372 @file{/home/eve/Documents} with a symbolic link to some other
12373 location. Attacks like these can be prevented by making sure that
12374 untrusted users cannot modify any files that are top-level arguments
12375 to @command{tar}, or any ancestor directories of these files.
12376
12377 @node Security rules of thumb
12378 @subsection Security Rules of Thumb
12379
12380 This section briefly summarizes rules of thumb for avoiding security
12381 pitfalls.
12382
12383 @itemize @bullet
12384
12385 @item
12386 Protect archives at least as much as you protect any of the files
12387 being archived.
12388
12389 @item
12390 Extract from an untrusted archive only into an otherwise-empty
12391 directory. This directory and its parent should be accessible only to
12392 trusted users. For example:
12393
12394 @example
12395 @group
12396 $ @kbd{chmod go-rwx .}
12397 $ @kbd{mkdir -m go-rwx dir}
12398 $ @kbd{cd dir}
12399 $ @kbd{tar -xvf /archives/got-it-off-the-net.tar.gz}
12400 @end group
12401 @end example
12402
12403 As a corollary, do not do an incremental restore from an untrusted archive.
12404
12405 @item
12406 Do not let untrusted users access files extracted from untrusted
12407 archives without checking first for problems such as setuid programs.
12408
12409 @item
12410 Do not let untrusted users modify directories that are ancestors of
12411 top-level arguments of @command{tar}. For example, while you are
12412 executing @samp{tar -cf /archive/u-home.tar /u/home}, do not let an
12413 untrusted user modify @file{/}, @file{/archive}, or @file{/u}.
12414
12415 @item
12416 Pay attention to the diagnostics and exit status of @command{tar}.
12417
12418 @item
12419 When archiving live file systems, monitor running instances of
12420 @command{tar} to detect denial-of-service attacks.
12421
12422 @item
12423 Avoid unusual options such as @option{--absolute-names} (@option{-P}),
12424 @option{--dereference} (@option{-h}), @option{--overwrite},
12425 @option{--recursive-unlink}, and @option{--remove-files} unless you
12426 understand their security implications.
12427
12428 @end itemize
12429
12430 @node Changes
12431 @appendix Changes
12432
12433 This appendix lists some important user-visible changes between
12434 version @GNUTAR{} @value{VERSION} and previous versions. An up-to-date
12435 version of this document is available at
12436 @uref{http://www.gnu.org/@/software/@/tar/manual/changes.html,the
12437 @GNUTAR{} documentation page}.
12438
12439 @table @asis
12440 @item Use of globbing patterns when listing and extracting.
12441
12442 Previous versions of GNU tar assumed shell-style globbing when
12443 extracting from or listing an archive. For example:
12444
12445 @smallexample
12446 $ @kbd{tar xf foo.tar '*.c'}
12447 @end smallexample
12448
12449 would extract all files whose names end in @samp{.c}. This behavior
12450 was not documented and was incompatible with traditional tar
12451 implementations. Therefore, starting from version 1.15.91, GNU tar
12452 no longer uses globbing by default. For example, the above invocation
12453 is now interpreted as a request to extract from the archive the file
12454 named @file{*.c}.
12455
12456 To facilitate transition to the new behavior for those users who got
12457 used to the previous incorrect one, @command{tar} will print a warning
12458 if it finds out that a requested member was not found in the archive
12459 and its name looks like a globbing pattern. For example:
12460
12461 @smallexample
12462 $ @kbd{tar xf foo.tar '*.c'}
12463 tar: Pattern matching characters used in file names. Please,
12464 tar: use --wildcards to enable pattern matching, or --no-wildcards to
12465 tar: suppress this warning.
12466 tar: *.c: Not found in archive
12467 tar: Error exit delayed from previous errors
12468 @end smallexample
12469
12470 To treat member names as globbing patterns, use the @option{--wildcards} option.
12471 If you want to tar to mimic the behavior of versions prior to 1.15.91,
12472 add this option to your @env{TAR_OPTIONS} variable.
12473
12474 @xref{wildcards}, for the detailed discussion of the use of globbing
12475 patterns by @GNUTAR{}.
12476
12477 @item Use of short option @option{-o}.
12478
12479 Earlier versions of @GNUTAR{} understood @option{-o} command line
12480 option as a synonym for @option{--old-archive}.
12481
12482 @GNUTAR{} starting from version 1.13.90 understands this option as
12483 a synonym for @option{--no-same-owner}. This is compatible with
12484 UNIX98 @command{tar} implementations.
12485
12486 However, to facilitate transition, @option{-o} option retains its
12487 old semantics when it is used with one of archive-creation commands.
12488 Users are encouraged to use @option{--format=oldgnu} instead.
12489
12490 It is especially important, since versions of @acronym{GNU} Automake
12491 up to and including 1.8.4 invoke tar with this option to produce
12492 distribution tarballs. @xref{Formats,v7}, for the detailed discussion
12493 of this issue and its implications.
12494
12495 @xref{Options, tar-formats, Changing Automake's Behavior,
12496 automake, GNU Automake}, for a description on how to use various
12497 archive formats with @command{automake}.
12498
12499 Future versions of @GNUTAR{} will understand @option{-o} only as a
12500 synonym for @option{--no-same-owner}.
12501
12502 @item Use of short option @option{-l}
12503
12504 Earlier versions of @GNUTAR{} understood @option{-l} option as a
12505 synonym for @option{--one-file-system}. Since such usage contradicted
12506 to UNIX98 specification and harmed compatibility with other
12507 implementations, it was declared deprecated in version 1.14. However,
12508 to facilitate transition to its new semantics, it was supported by
12509 versions 1.15 and 1.15.90. The present use of @option{-l} as a short
12510 variant of @option{--check-links} was introduced in version 1.15.91.
12511
12512 @item Use of options @option{--portability} and @option{--old-archive}
12513
12514 These options are deprecated. Please use @option{--format=v7} instead.
12515
12516 @item Use of option @option{--posix}
12517
12518 This option is deprecated. Please use @option{--format=posix} instead.
12519 @end table
12520
12521 @node Configuring Help Summary
12522 @appendix Configuring Help Summary
12523
12524 Running @kbd{tar --help} displays the short @command{tar} option
12525 summary (@pxref{help}). This summary is organized by @dfn{groups} of
12526 semantically close options. The options within each group are printed
12527 in the following order: a short option, eventually followed by a list
12528 of corresponding long option names, followed by a short description of
12529 the option. For example, here is an excerpt from the actual @kbd{tar
12530 --help} output:
12531
12532 @verbatim
12533 Main operation mode:
12534
12535 -A, --catenate, --concatenate append tar files to an archive
12536 -c, --create create a new archive
12537 -d, --diff, --compare find differences between archive and
12538 file system
12539 --delete delete from the archive
12540 @end verbatim
12541
12542 @vrindex ARGP_HELP_FMT, environment variable
12543 The exact visual representation of the help output is configurable via
12544 @env{ARGP_HELP_FMT} environment variable. The value of this variable
12545 is a comma-separated list of @dfn{format variable} assignments. There
12546 are two kinds of format variables. An @dfn{offset variable} keeps the
12547 offset of some part of help output text from the leftmost column on
12548 the screen. A @dfn{boolean} variable is a flag that toggles some
12549 output feature on or off. Depending on the type of the corresponding
12550 variable, there are two kinds of assignments:
12551
12552 @table @asis
12553 @item Offset assignment
12554
12555 The assignment to an offset variable has the following syntax:
12556
12557 @smallexample
12558 @var{variable}=@var{value}
12559 @end smallexample
12560
12561 @noindent
12562 where @var{variable} is the variable name, and @var{value} is a
12563 numeric value to be assigned to the variable.
12564
12565 @item Boolean assignment
12566
12567 To assign @code{true} value to a variable, simply put this variable name. To
12568 assign @code{false} value, prefix the variable name with @samp{no-}. For
12569 example:
12570
12571 @smallexample
12572 @group
12573 # Assign @code{true} value:
12574 dup-args
12575 # Assign @code{false} value:
12576 no-dup-args
12577 @end group
12578 @end smallexample
12579 @end table
12580
12581 Following variables are declared:
12582
12583 @deftypevr {Help Output} boolean dup-args
12584 If true, arguments for an option are shown with both short and long
12585 options, even when a given option has both forms, for example:
12586
12587 @smallexample
12588 -f ARCHIVE, --file=ARCHIVE use archive file or device ARCHIVE
12589 @end smallexample
12590
12591 If false, then if an option has both short and long forms, the
12592 argument is only shown with the long one, for example:
12593
12594 @smallexample
12595 -f, --file=ARCHIVE use archive file or device ARCHIVE
12596 @end smallexample
12597
12598 @noindent
12599 and a message indicating that the argument is applicable to both
12600 forms is printed below the options. This message can be disabled
12601 using @code{dup-args-note} (see below).
12602
12603 The default is false.
12604 @end deftypevr
12605
12606 @deftypevr {Help Output} boolean dup-args-note
12607 If this variable is true, which is the default, the following notice
12608 is displayed at the end of the help output:
12609
12610 @quotation
12611 Mandatory or optional arguments to long options are also mandatory or
12612 optional for any corresponding short options.
12613 @end quotation
12614
12615 Setting @code{no-dup-args-note} inhibits this message. Normally, only one of
12616 variables @code{dup-args} or @code{dup-args-note} should be set.
12617 @end deftypevr
12618
12619 @deftypevr {Help Output} offset short-opt-col
12620 Column in which short options start. Default is 2.
12621
12622 @smallexample
12623 @group
12624 $ @kbd{tar --help|grep ARCHIVE}
12625 -f, --file=ARCHIVE use archive file or device ARCHIVE
12626 $ @kbd{ARGP_HELP_FMT=short-opt-col=6 tar --help|grep ARCHIVE}
12627 -f, --file=ARCHIVE use archive file or device ARCHIVE
12628 @end group
12629 @end smallexample
12630 @end deftypevr
12631
12632 @deftypevr {Help Output} offset long-opt-col
12633 Column in which long options start. Default is 6. For example:
12634
12635 @smallexample
12636 @group
12637 $ @kbd{tar --help|grep ARCHIVE}
12638 -f, --file=ARCHIVE use archive file or device ARCHIVE
12639 $ @kbd{ARGP_HELP_FMT=long-opt-col=16 tar --help|grep ARCHIVE}
12640 -f, --file=ARCHIVE use archive file or device ARCHIVE
12641 @end group
12642 @end smallexample
12643 @end deftypevr
12644
12645 @deftypevr {Help Output} offset doc-opt-col
12646 Column in which @dfn{doc options} start. A doc option isn't actually
12647 an option, but rather an arbitrary piece of documentation that is
12648 displayed in much the same manner as the options. For example, in
12649 the description of @option{--format} option:
12650
12651 @smallexample
12652 @group
12653 -H, --format=FORMAT create archive of the given format.
12654
12655 FORMAT is one of the following:
12656
12657 gnu GNU tar 1.13.x format
12658 oldgnu GNU format as per tar <= 1.12
12659 pax POSIX 1003.1-2001 (pax) format
12660 posix same as pax
12661 ustar POSIX 1003.1-1988 (ustar) format
12662 v7 old V7 tar format
12663 @end group
12664 @end smallexample
12665
12666 @noindent
12667 the format names are doc options. Thus, if you set
12668 @kbd{ARGP_HELP_FMT=doc-opt-col=6} the above part of the help output
12669 will look as follows:
12670
12671 @smallexample
12672 @group
12673 -H, --format=FORMAT create archive of the given format.
12674
12675 FORMAT is one of the following:
12676
12677 gnu GNU tar 1.13.x format
12678 oldgnu GNU format as per tar <= 1.12
12679 pax POSIX 1003.1-2001 (pax) format
12680 posix same as pax
12681 ustar POSIX 1003.1-1988 (ustar) format
12682 v7 old V7 tar format
12683 @end group
12684 @end smallexample
12685 @end deftypevr
12686
12687 @deftypevr {Help Output} offset opt-doc-col
12688 Column in which option description starts. Default is 29.
12689
12690 @smallexample
12691 @group
12692 $ @kbd{tar --help|grep ARCHIVE}
12693 -f, --file=ARCHIVE use archive file or device ARCHIVE
12694 $ @kbd{ARGP_HELP_FMT=opt-doc-col=19 tar --help|grep ARCHIVE}
12695 -f, --file=ARCHIVE use archive file or device ARCHIVE
12696 $ @kbd{ARGP_HELP_FMT=opt-doc-col=9 tar --help|grep ARCHIVE}
12697 -f, --file=ARCHIVE
12698 use archive file or device ARCHIVE
12699 @end group
12700 @end smallexample
12701
12702 @noindent
12703 Notice, that the description starts on a separate line if
12704 @code{opt-doc-col} value is too small.
12705 @end deftypevr
12706
12707 @deftypevr {Help Output} offset header-col
12708 Column in which @dfn{group headers} are printed. A group header is a
12709 descriptive text preceding an option group. For example, in the
12710 following text:
12711
12712 @verbatim
12713 Main operation mode:
12714
12715 -A, --catenate, --concatenate append tar files to
12716 an archive
12717 -c, --create create a new archive
12718 @end verbatim
12719 @noindent
12720 @samp{Main operation mode:} is the group header.
12721
12722 The default value is 1.
12723 @end deftypevr
12724
12725 @deftypevr {Help Output} offset usage-indent
12726 Indentation of wrapped usage lines. Affects @option{--usage}
12727 output. Default is 12.
12728 @end deftypevr
12729
12730 @deftypevr {Help Output} offset rmargin
12731 Right margin of the text output. Used for wrapping.
12732 @end deftypevr
12733
12734 @node Fixing Snapshot Files
12735 @appendix Fixing Snapshot Files
12736 @include tar-snapshot-edit.texi
12737
12738 @node Tar Internals
12739 @appendix Tar Internals
12740 @include intern.texi
12741
12742 @node Genfile
12743 @appendix Genfile
12744 @include genfile.texi
12745
12746 @node Free Software Needs Free Documentation
12747 @appendix Free Software Needs Free Documentation
12748 @include freemanuals.texi
12749
12750 @node GNU Free Documentation License
12751 @appendix GNU Free Documentation License
12752
12753 @include fdl.texi
12754
12755 @node Index of Command Line Options
12756 @appendix Index of Command Line Options
12757
12758 This appendix contains an index of all @GNUTAR{} long command line
12759 options. The options are listed without the preceding double-dash.
12760 For a cross-reference of short command line options, see
12761 @ref{Short Option Summary}.
12762
12763 @printindex op
12764
12765 @node Index
12766 @appendix Index
12767
12768 @printindex cp
12769
12770 @summarycontents
12771 @contents
12772 @bye
12773
12774 @c Local variables:
12775 @c texinfo-column-for-description: 32
12776 @c End:
This page took 0.586556 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.